User's GuideVersion 5.0

Studio Artist™

Graphics Synthesizer

from

Synthetik Software

This User's Guide is the official reference for Studio Artist 5.0.

Studio Artist User's Guide by John Dalton.

Studio Artist application by John Dalton.

Special thanks beyond the call of duty to Candice Pacheco.

Thanks to Michael Van Der Linden, Bernard Brunner, Jean Detheux, Chuck Floading, Victor Ingrassia, Dennis Miller, Sharon Katz, Craig Deeley, David Kaplan, Dave Mazza, Dave Nagel, Tien Yang, Jason Sharp, John Binkov, Toru Kawate, Margie Levinson, Scott Rawlings, Steve Campbell, Julia Kay, Tom Dimuzio, Nina Paley, Jenna Amberg Johnson, and everyone else who contributed their time and talent over the years.

Studio Artist™ is developed and supported by Synthetik Software.

Synthetik Software Inc.

The Landmark Tower

1888 Kalakaua Ave, Suite C312

Honolulu ,HI 96815

Voice: (866)-554-5452

Fax: (866)-990-5787

Visit us online at: www.synthetik.com

Technical Support online: www.synthetik.com and techsupport@synthetik.com

(Please include your serial number in any communications when you contact Technical Sup-port.)

Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Synthetik Software, Inc. The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement. The software may be used or copied only in accordance of the terms of the agreement. It is against the law to copy this software on any medium except as specifically allowed in the agreement. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, for any purpose without the express written permission of Synthetik Software, Inc.

Copyright © 1999-2017 Synthetik Software, Inc. All rights reserved.

Studio Artist is a registered trademark, and Synthetik, Graphics Synthesizer, Intelligent-Assisted Drawing, and the Synthetik Software logo are trademarks of Synthetik Software, Inc. Macintosh and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. Other products mentioned are trademarks of their respective holders.

Table of ContentsChapter 1: Getting Started ...................................................................... 1

Studio Artist is a smart painting, drawing, image and video processing program which includes: ...........1The World’s First Graphics Synthesizer.................................................................................................................2Intelligent-Assisted drawing ...................................................................................................................................2The complexity of Raster paint with the editability of Vector paths .................................................................3Extensive Interactivity .............................................................................................................................................3Auto Rotoscoping .....................................................................................................................................................3Vector-based warping and morphing ....................................................................................................................3Image Processing .......................................................................................................................................................4Texture Synthesis .......................................................................................................................................................4Vectorizer - Raster to Vector Conversion ...............................................................................................................4MSG - Modular Synthesized Graphics ..................................................................................................................5Live Video Processing ..............................................................................................................................................5

Overview ........................................................................................................................................................................6Working With Movies .................................................................................................................................................14Studio Artist Windows and Palettes.........................................................................................................................15

Source Area ..........................................................................................................................................................16Editor ....................................................................................................................................................................22Working Canvas ..................................................................................................................................................22Operation Toolbar ...............................................................................................................................................23Favorites Preset Toolbar .....................................................................................................................................24Help Palette ..........................................................................................................................................................25

Installing Studio Artist on your Hard Disk ............................................................................................................26Quick Start....................................................................................................................................................................28System Requirements .................................................................................................................................................31

Chapter 2: Operation Modes ................................................................ 34Presets ...........................................................................................................................................................................37Paint Synthesizer .........................................................................................................................................................43Image Operations ........................................................................................................................................................46Temporal Image Operations ......................................................................................................................................48Texture Synthesizer .....................................................................................................................................................49Vectorizer ......................................................................................................................................................................51MSG - Modular Synthesized Graphics ....................................................................................................................52Warp ..............................................................................................................................................................................53

Warp Quality Settings ............................................................................................................................................54Hot Keys ...................................................................................................................................................................54

Adjust ............................................................................................................................................................................55Hot Keys ...................................................................................................................................................................55

Studio Artist

Selection ........................................................................................................................................................................57Region Masking .......................................................................................................................................................59

Bezier.............................................................................................................................................................................61Bezier Drawing ........................................................................................................................................................61Bezier Editing ..........................................................................................................................................................63

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer Classic .................................................. 64Introduction .................................................................................................................................................................65

Overview of the Paint Synthesizer .......................................................................................................................65Paint Synthesizer Interactive Pen Modes ............................................................................................................70Paint Synthesizer Editable Control Panes ...........................................................................................................75

Paint Synthesizer Control Pane Organization ................................................................................................76Pen Mode ......................................................................................................................................................................80

Autodraw Mode Parameters .............................................................................................................................80Region Draw Mode Parameters ........................................................................................................................81

ParticlePaint Mode ......................................................................................................................................................84ParticlePaint Mode Parameters .........................................................................................................................84

MultiPen Mode ............................................................................................................................................................89Region as Brush Mode ................................................................................................................................................93Path Start ......................................................................................................................................................................98

Start Generator Options ...................................................................................................................................103Path Shape ..................................................................................................................................................................110

Path Shape Type Options .................................................................................................................................117Path Angle ..................................................................................................................................................................121Path End .....................................................................................................................................................................124Path Application .......................................................................................................................................................129Path Randomize .......................................................................................................................................................132Paint Color Source ....................................................................................................................................................135Paint Color Modulate ...............................................................................................................................................143Fixed Colors ...............................................................................................................................................................146Paint Source Offset ....................................................................................................................................................148Paint Brush Load .......................................................................................................................................................152

Brush Load Lighting Effects ................................................................................................................................154Brush Load Procedural Texture Generator ....................................................................................................156

Brush Load Image Processing ............................................................................................................................157Brush Load Gradient Generator .........................................................................................................................160Brush Load MSG ...................................................................................................................................................161

Paint Fill Setup ..........................................................................................................................................................163Paint Fill Apply .........................................................................................................................................................168Alpha Fill ....................................................................................................................................................................171Brush Source ..............................................................................................................................................................173

Computational Brushes ........................................................................................................................................174Image Brushes .......................................................................................................................................................178

Table of Contents

Text Brushes ...........................................................................................................................................................180Movie Brushes .......................................................................................................................................................182Generative Brushes ...............................................................................................................................................185MultiNib Brushes ..................................................................................................................................................187MSG Live Brushes .................................................................................................................................................188

Brush Type .................................................................................................................................................................189Specific Brush Generation Parameters ...............................................................................................................193

Brush Modulation .....................................................................................................................................................205Background Texture ..................................................................................................................................................209

Generic Background Texture Parameters ..........................................................................................................210Procedural Textures ..............................................................................................................................................212Image Textures / Color Image Textures ............................................................................................................213Movie Textures ......................................................................................................................................................214Movie Pixel Index Textures..................................................................................................................................217Texture Synthesizer Textures ...............................................................................................................................218Live Video Textures ..............................................................................................................................................218

Chapter 4: Image Operations ............................................................. 220Generic Image Operation Parameters ................................................................................................................221Texture Synthesizer Modulation in Image Operations ....................................................................................224Image Operation Terminology ............................................................................................................................225Image Operation Examples .................................................................................................................................229

Adaptive Filter ...........................................................................................................................................................230Adaptive Filter Convex Hull ...................................................................................................................................231Block Abstraction ......................................................................................................................................................233Blur 234Cellular Abstraction ..................................................................................................................................................236ColorEdge ...................................................................................................................................................................238Color Gradient Generate ..........................................................................................................................................239Color Gradient Map ..................................................................................................................................................240Color PaletteMap ......................................................................................................................................................242Color Simplify............................................................................................................................................................243Color Simplify1..........................................................................................................................................................245Color Quantize ..........................................................................................................................................................246Colorize.......................................................................................................................................................................247ConvexHull ................................................................................................................................................................248DeInterlace .................................................................................................................................................................249Displacement .............................................................................................................................................................251Edge.............................................................................................................................................................................252Equalizer .....................................................................................................................................................................254Fixed Color .................................................................................................................................................................255Fixed Image ................................................................................................................................................................257Flat Region Colorize .................................................................................................................................................259

Studio Artist

Fracture .......................................................................................................................................................................261Fracture Displacement..............................................................................................................................................263Geodesic Displacement ............................................................................................................................................265Geodesic Falloff .........................................................................................................................................................266Geodesic Filter ...........................................................................................................................................................268Geodesic FX................................................................................................................................................................269Geodesic Growth .......................................................................................................................................................270Geodesic Interpolation .............................................................................................................................................271Geodesic Recursive Growth ....................................................................................................................................272Geodesic Rings ..........................................................................................................................................................274Geodesic Variator ......................................................................................................................................................275Geodesic Warper .......................................................................................................................................................276Gradient ......................................................................................................................................................................278Gradient Lighting ......................................................................................................................................................280Hue Shift .....................................................................................................................................................................282Image Compressor ....................................................................................................................................................283Invert ...........................................................................................................................................................................284Line Screen .................................................................................................................................................................286Line Screen Dual .......................................................................................................................................................287Line Screen Dual1 .....................................................................................................................................................289Line Screen Block Regionize ....................................................................................................................................291Line Screen Regionize ...............................................................................................................................................293 Morphol .....................................................................................................................................................................294 Morpholizer ..............................................................................................................................................................295Oil Painter ..................................................................................................................................................................297Random Block Exchange..........................................................................................................................................298Rank Area Filter .........................................................................................................................................................299Rank Edge Filter ........................................................................................................................................................300Rank Falloff Filter ......................................................................................................................................................301Rank Line Filter .........................................................................................................................................................302Rank Multiscale Filter ...............................................................................................................................................303Resynthesis .................................................................................................................................................................306Selective Color Map ..................................................................................................................................................307Selective Color Matte ................................................................................................................................................308

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer .......................................................... 310Introduction ...............................................................................................................................................................311

Overview of the Texture Synthesizer .................................................................................................................311Texture Synthesizer Editable Control Panes .....................................................................................................313Using Color Palettes and Gradients ...................................................................................................................315

Spatial Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................316Generator Parameters ...............................................................................................................................................318Mapping Parameters ................................................................................................................................................321

Table of Contents

Effect Parameters .......................................................................................................................................................323

Chapter 6: Vectorizer ........................................................................... 326Introduction ...............................................................................................................................................................328

Overview of the Vectorizer ..................................................................................................................................328Vectorizer Editable Control Panes ......................................................................................................................330

Drawing ......................................................................................................................................................................342Composite ..................................................................................................................................................................347

Chapter 7: MSG .................................................................................... 350Introduction ...............................................................................................................................................................351

Overview of MSG Processing ..............................................................................................................................351MSG Editor Panel ..................................................................................................................................................354MSG Advanced Editor .........................................................................................................................................356

MSG Preview .....................................................................................................................................................356Processor Chain and Bus Steam Lists ............................................................................................................357Processor Chain and Bus Steam Lists ............................................................................................................357

Using MSG in the Paint Synthesizer ..................................................................................................................360MSG Evolution Editor ..........................................................................................................................................361

Chapter 8: Region Selection ............................................................... 366Selecting a Region Interactively ..............................................................................................................................367Region Selection Pen Modes....................................................................................................................................369Selection Region Canvas Movement ......................................................................................................................374Region Selection Hot keys .......................................................................................................................................375Region Selection Menu Commands .......................................................................................................................377

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths ....................................................................... 378Bezier Draw................................................................................................................................................................379

Editable Bezier Draw Parameters .......................................................................................................................382Bezier Edit ..................................................................................................................................................................383

Adjustable Bezier Edit Parameters .....................................................................................................................384Curve Editing Hints: .........................................................................................................................................384Bezier Edit Hot Keys: ........................................................................................................................................387

Path Frame Menu Commands ............................................................................................................................388Storing Bezier Paths Within a Single Paint Synthesizer Action Step .............................................................390Generating and Filling Bezier Paths from the Vectorizer ................................................................................392Generating EPS Output from Bezier Paths .......................................................................................................393

Chapter 10: Actions .............................................................................. 394Working With Paint Action Sequences ..................................................................................................................395

Sequence Controls .............................................................................................................................................395Individual Action Step Controls .....................................................................................................................395Paint Action Menu Commands .......................................................................................................................398Unique Features of Paint Action Sequences ..................................................................................................398

Studio Artist

Keyframe Animation in Paint Action Sequences .................................................................................................399Animation Sequence Controls .........................................................................................................................400Working with the PASeq Keyframe Cells ......................................................................................................402Bezier Edit and PASeq Keyframe Cells ..........................................................................................................405

Chapter 11: Layers ................................................................................ 406Working With Layers ................................................................................................................................................408

Layer Controls in the Operation Toolbar .......................................................................................................408Layer Palette ......................................................................................................................................................409

Layer Menu Commands ..........................................................................................................................................411Supersizer Interpolation ...........................................................................................................................................412

Chapter 12: Movies .............................................................................. 414Automatically Processing an Existing Movie File ................................................................................................416

Batch Processing a Movie File with a Paint Action Sequence ........................................................................417Using Paint Action Sequences for Movie Processing ......................................................................................420

Generating a New Movie File With a New Movie Stream .................................................................................423Generating a New Canvas Movie Layer ...............................................................................................................425Working with Movie Layers in the Canvas ...........................................................................................................427

Manipulating a Movie Layer Frame...............................................................................................................427Generating a Moving Bezier Mask .....................................................................................................................429

Working with Alpha Channels in Movies .............................................................................................................430Working with the Source Movie Embedded Alpha .....................................................................................430Generating Embedded Alpha in a Processed Output Movie .....................................................................431

Working with Final Cut Pro and iMovie ...............................................................................................................432Working With Time Particles for Motion Effects ..................................................................................................433Working With Movie Brushes in the Paint Synthesizer ......................................................................................434

Using Movie Brushes to Generate Compositing Effects .................................................................................434Using Movie Brushes to Generate Photo Montage Images ............................................................................435

Converting a Folder of Images into a Movie File .........................................................................................435Making a Movie Brush from your Image Folder Movie File ......................................................................436

Recording Your Painting Directly to Video ..........................................................................................................438

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints .................................................................. 440Introduction ...........................................................................................................................................................440Left Brain vs Right Brain Work Strategies .........................................................................................................441Designing a Paint Strategy...................................................................................................................................443Designing a Custom Art Process ........................................................................................................................444Using Evolution to Generate New Paint Patches .............................................................................................446Using Layers to Visualize Paint Edits or Mix Paints........................................................................................447Simulating Multi-Color Brushing Effects ..........................................................................................................448Alternative Uses for the Source Image...............................................................................................................449How to Visually Abstract the Source Image .....................................................................................................451Knowing When to Stop Painting ........................................................................................................................452

Table of Contents

Using a Movie to Generate a Series of Still Paintings ......................................................................................454Using QuickTime Movies to Build Dynamic Brush Masks ............................................................................455Support for the Advanced Features of Wacom Graphics Tablets ..................................................................457

Chapter 14: Quick Tips ........................................................................ 458Introduction ...........................................................................................................................................................458Changing the Brush Size .....................................................................................................................................459Erasing the Canvas ..............................................................................................................................................460Changing the Eraser Preset .................................................................................................................................460Processing a Movie File .......................................................................................................................................461Selecting a Region ................................................................................................................................................461Moving or Scrolling the Canvas With a Hand Tool ........................................................................................463Masking Painting With the Current Region Selection ....................................................................................463Adjusting the Paint Brush Transparency ..........................................................................................................463Navigating the Studio Artist Interface ..............................................................................................................464Generating Bezier Paths from the Vectorizer Output to Paint Using the Paint Synthesizer ....................464Changing the Number of Frames in the Timeline ...........................................................................................464Getting Rid of Flicker in Paint Animations ......................................................................................................465Speeding up Paint Stroke Drawing ...................................................................................................................466Saving a Preset You Like in a Favorites Memory ............................................................................................467Adding or Changing a Preset Help Message ...................................................................................................467Paint Strokes that Auto Regionize .....................................................................................................................468Quick and Easy Paint Synthesizer Macro Edits ...............................................................................................468Generating Flat Cartoon Style Effects ...............................................................................................................468

Chapter 15: Menu Commands ........................................................... 470Main Menus ...............................................................................................................................................................471

File ...........................................................................................................................................................................471Edit ..........................................................................................................................................................................471Canvas ....................................................................................................................................................................471Path .........................................................................................................................................................................471Action ......................................................................................................................................................................472Operation................................................................................................................................................................472Windows .................................................................................................................................................................472Help .........................................................................................................................................................................472

File 473New Source and Canvas... ...................................................................................................................................473Recent Source and New Canvas .........................................................................................................................474Open Source… .......................................................................................................................................................474Recent Source .........................................................................................................................................................474Source Options ......................................................................................................................................................474

:Movie Loop Action Advance ..........................................................................................................................474:Movie Loop Play ..............................................................................................................................................475:Synch Timeline Frame Count .........................................................................................................................475

:Live Video Capture Now ................................................................................................................................475:Live Video Preview Manual Capture ............................................................................................................475:Live Video Loop Action Advance ..................................................................................................................475

Save Canvas As... ..................................................................................................................................................475Open Session… ......................................................................................................................................................476Save Session As…..................................................................................................................................................476Stream .....................................................................................................................................................................476

:New Movie Stream... .......................................................................................................................................477:New Image Stream ...........................................................................................................................................477:Close Open Stream ...........................................................................................................................................477:Write Frame .......................................................................................................................................................478:Flags :Enable Always AutoWrite ...................................................................................................................478:Flags :Enable Gated AutoWrite ......................................................................................................................478:Flags :Enable Write on Op End ......................................................................................................................478:Flags :Enable Write on PASeq Cycle ..............................................................................................................478:Flags :Enable on Gallery Show Cycle ............................................................................................................478:Flags :Use Alpha Gen Movie Pref ..................................................................................................................479

Movie Codec Settings... ........................................................................................................................................479Import .....................................................................................................................................................................479

:Import Paint Preset... .......................................................................................................................................479:Import Image Operation Preset.. ...................................................................................................................479:Import Temporal Image Operation Preset....................................................................................................480:Import Texture Synthesizer Preset... ..............................................................................................................480:Import Vectorizer Preset... ...............................................................................................................................480:Import MSG Preset... .......................................................................................................................................480:Import DualMode Preset... .............................................................................................................................480:Import Paint Action Sequence Preset... .........................................................................................................481:Import History Sequence... .............................................................................................................................481:Import Color Palette... .....................................................................................................................................481:Import Color Gradient... .................................................................................................................................481:Import Bezier Path Frame... ............................................................................................................................481:Open New Canvas... ........................................................................................................................................481:Open Movie as New Canvas Movie... ...........................................................................................................482

Export ......................................................................................................................................................................482:Export Paint Preset... ........................................................................................................................................482:Export Image Operation Preset... ...................................................................................................................482:Export Temporal Image Operation Preset... .................................................................................................483:Export Texture Synthesizer Preset... ..............................................................................................................483:Export Vectorizer Preset... ...............................................................................................................................484:Export MSG Preset... ........................................................................................................................................484:Export DualMode Preset... ..............................................................................................................................484:Export Paint Action Sequence Preset.. ..........................................................................................................484:Export History Sequence... .............................................................................................................................484

:Export Color Palette... ......................................................................................................................................485:Export Color Gradient... ..................................................................................................................................485:Export Bezier Path Frame... ............................................................................................................................485:Update Old Preset Factory Library ...............................................................................................................485:Update Old Preset Folder... .............................................................................................................................485

Paint Synthesizer ...................................................................................................................................................486:New Image Brush ............................................................................................................................................486:New Movie Brush ... ........................................................................................................................................486:New Background Image Texture ... ...............................................................................................................486:New Background Movie Texture ... ...............................................................................................................487

Page Setup... ...........................................................................................................................................................487Print... ......................................................................................................................................................................487Preferences .............................................................................................................................................................487Quit..........................................................................................................................................................................487

Edit 489Undo .......................................................................................................................................................................489Redo ........................................................................................................................................................................490Cut ...........................................................................................................................................................................490Copy ........................................................................................................................................................................490Paste ........................................................................................................................................................................490Clear ........................................................................................................................................................................490Source ......................................................................................................................................................................490

:Source Color... ...................................................................................................................................................490Palette......................................................................................................................................................................490

:Generate from :Source Image .........................................................................................................................491:Generate from :Canvas Image ........................................................................................................................491:Generate from :Selected Canvas Image ........................................................................................................491:Generate from :Source Gradient ....................................................................................................................491:Randomize Source Color :Lum Saturation ...................................................................................................491:Randomize Source Color :Opponent ............................................................................................................491:Randomize Source Color :TriOpponent ........................................................................................................491:Randomize Source Color :Analogous ...........................................................................................................493:Randomize Source Color :MidLuminance ...................................................................................................493:Randomize Source Color :SplitOpponent ....................................................................................................493:Sort by :Color Distance ....................................................................................................................................493:Sort by :Luminance ..........................................................................................................................................493:Sort by :Hue ......................................................................................................................................................493:Sort by :Saturation ............................................................................................................................................493

Gradient ..................................................................................................................................................................494:Generate from :Source Image ........................................................................................................................494:Generate from :Canvas Image ........................................................................................................................494:Generate from :Source Palette .......................................................................................................................494:Generate from :Source Color Opponent .......................................................................................................494

:Generate from :Source Color TriOpponent ..................................................................................................494:Generate from :Source Color Analogous ......................................................................................................494:Generate from :Color Mem 1-2 ......................................................................................................................494:Randomize :Index ............................................................................................................................................495:Sort by :Color Distance ....................................................................................................................................495:Sort by :Luminance ..........................................................................................................................................495:Sort by :Hue ......................................................................................................................................................495:Sort by :Saturation ............................................................................................................................................495: Sort by :Flip Index ...........................................................................................................................................495

Preset .......................................................................................................................................................................495:Update Current Preset Icon ............................................................................................................................496:Make New Favorites Category ......................................................................................................................496:Current Preset Command tag to Clipboard .................................................................................................496:Retarget StudioArtist Folder ..........................................................................................................................496

Paint Synthesizer ...................................................................................................................................................496:Pen Eraser ..........................................................................................................................................................497:Patch Memory 1................................................................................................................................................497:Patch Memory 2................................................................................................................................................497:Patch Memory 3................................................................................................................................................497:Patch Memory 4................................................................................................................................................497:Fixed Color 1 .....................................................................................................................................................498:Fixed Color 2 .....................................................................................................................................................498--- ..........................................................................................................................................................................498:Path Memory 1 .................................................................................................................................................498:Path Memory 2 .................................................................................................................................................498:Brush Memory 1 ...............................................................................................................................................498:Brush Memory 2 ...............................................................................................................................................498

Canvas ........................................................................................................................................................................499Zoom ......................................................................................................................................................................499

:Zoom Out ..........................................................................................................................................................499:Zoom In .............................................................................................................................................................499:Zoom Full Out ..................................................................................................................................................500:Zoom Full In .....................................................................................................................................................500:Zoom to Fit ........................................................................................................................................................500:Zoom to Specify... .............................................................................................................................................500

Resize Canvas... .....................................................................................................................................................500Layer .......................................................................................................................................................................500

:New Layer .........................................................................................................................................................501:Current View as New Layer ...........................................................................................................................501:Flatten All Layers .............................................................................................................................................501:Capture View to Current Layer......................................................................................................................501:View All .............................................................................................................................................................501:Paint Mask Type: Paint ....................................................................................................................................501

:Paint Mask Type: Path .....................................................................................................................................501:Paint Mask Type: Litho ....................................................................................................................................501:Mask Status .......................................................................................................................................................502

Movie Layer ...........................................................................................................................................................502:Convert to Movie Layer... ...............................................................................................................................502:New Movie Layer... ..........................................................................................................................................502:Open Movie as New Layer... ..........................................................................................................................502:Save Flattened Canvas Movie as... .................................................................................................................503:Convert to Image Layer ..................................................................................................................................503:Record to Existing Frame ................................................................................................................................503:Insert as New Frame ........................................................................................................................................503:Insert as N New Frames... ...............................................................................................................................503:Delete Existing Frame ......................................................................................................................................503:Settings :Loop Play ..........................................................................................................................................503:Settings :Advance on Record ..........................................................................................................................504

Alpha.......................................................................................................................................................................504:Enable for View ................................................................................................................................................504:Set to :Full Off ...................................................................................................................................................505:Set to :Full On ...................................................................................................................................................505:Set to :Selection .................................................................................................................................................505:Set to :Source Alpha .........................................................................................................................................505:Initialize :Full On ..............................................................................................................................................505:Initialize :Full Off .............................................................................................................................................505:Background :Black ...........................................................................................................................................505:Background :White ..........................................................................................................................................505:Background :Gray ............................................................................................................................................505:Paint Synth Alpha Enable ...............................................................................................................................505

Blanking ..................................................................................................................................................................506:Initialize .............................................................................................................................................................506:Set to Canvas .....................................................................................................................................................506:Set to Source Edges ..........................................................................................................................................506

Selection ..................................................................................................................................................................506:Set to :Full Off ...................................................................................................................................................506:Set to :Full On ...................................................................................................................................................506:Set to :Canvas ....................................................................................................................................................507:Set to :Canvas Alpha ........................................................................................................................................507:Set to :Source .....................................................................................................................................................507:Set to :Source Alpha .........................................................................................................................................507:Set to :Regionized Source ................................................................................................................................507:Set to :Blanking .................................................................................................................................................507:Set to :Bezier Frame .........................................................................................................................................507:Set to :Selected Bezier ......................................................................................................................................507:Invert .................................................................................................................................................................508

:Feather ...............................................................................................................................................................508:Expand ...............................................................................................................................................................508:Contract .............................................................................................................................................................508:Cleanup .............................................................................................................................................................508

Default Color .........................................................................................................................................................508:White .................................................................................................................................................................508:Black ...................................................................................................................................................................509:Source Color .....................................................................................................................................................509:Source Image .....................................................................................................................................................509:Selection .............................................................................................................................................................509:Live Video Capture .........................................................................................................................................509:Source Alpha ....................................................................................................................................................509:Layer Alpha ......................................................................................................................................................509:Source Color Mem 1 ........................................................................................................................................509

Set to Default Color ...............................................................................................................................................510Default Interpolation ............................................................................................................................................510

:BiCubic...............................................................................................................................................................510:Supersizer ..........................................................................................................................................................510

Erase ........................................................................................................................................................................510Canvas to ................................................................................................................................................................510

:Source .................................................................................................................................................................510:Clipboard ...........................................................................................................................................................510

Onion Skin ..............................................................................................................................................................511:Toggle OnionSkin .............................................................................................................................................511:Manual Load .....................................................................................................................................................511:Source .................................................................................................................................................................511:Canvas Movie ...................................................................................................................................................511:Last Stream ........................................................................................................................................................511:Sequential Key Frame ......................................................................................................................................511

Path .............................................................................................................................................................................513Paint Paths ..............................................................................................................................................................513

:Full Layer ..........................................................................................................................................................513:Reverse Full Layer ...........................................................................................................................................513:Selected Only ....................................................................................................................................................513

Generate Paths .......................................................................................................................................................514:from Source Edges ...........................................................................................................................................514:from Source Adjacent Edges ...........................................................................................................................514:from Canvas Edges ..........................................................................................................................................514:from Selection Edges .......................................................................................................................................514:from Source Skeleton .......................................................................................................................................514:from Canvas Skeleton ......................................................................................................................................514:from Selection Skeleton ...................................................................................................................................514:from NonWhite Canvas ..................................................................................................................................515

:from NonWhite Selection ................................................................................................................................515:Gen Option ........................................................................................................................................................515:from Ip Op .........................................................................................................................................................515

Path Layer Commands .........................................................................................................................................516:Erase ...................................................................................................................................................................516:Expand ...............................................................................................................................................................516:Expand and Remove ........................................................................................................................................516:Complete Expand .............................................................................................................................................516--- ..........................................................................................................................................................................516:Connect Closest ................................................................................................................................................516:Connect Closest and Remove .........................................................................................................................516:Connect if Close ................................................................................................................................................516--- ..........................................................................................................................................................................517:Skeletonize ........................................................................................................................................................517:Skeletonize and Remove .................................................................................................................................517--- ..........................................................................................................................................................................517:Simplify .............................................................................................................................................................517:Simplify Lite ......................................................................................................................................................517:Straighten ..........................................................................................................................................................517:Straighten Subtle ..............................................................................................................................................517:Size Prune ..........................................................................................................................................................517:Size Prune1 ........................................................................................................................................................518:Size Prune2 ........................................................................................................................................................518

Convert to Paint Synthesizer ...............................................................................................................................518:as Time Particles ...............................................................................................................................................518:as Autodraw Embedded Bezier Frame .........................................................................................................518:as Repeating Pattern ........................................................................................................................................518:Convert PASeq Bezier Context to Embedded Autodraw ...........................................................................518:Convert PASeq Source Context to Bezier Context ......................................................................................519:Convert MSG Scan to Embedded Bez Path Start ........................................................................................519

Path Layer Record Options ..................................................................................................................................519:Pen Draw ...........................................................................................................................................................519:Action Draw ......................................................................................................................................................519:Vectorizer ...........................................................................................................................................................520:Erase Before Action ..........................................................................................................................................520:Use Recorded Paint Color ...............................................................................................................................520:Split NonContiguous .......................................................................................................................................520

Path Memories .......................................................................................................................................................520:Internal : Playback ............................................................................................................................................520:Internal : Record ...............................................................................................................................................520:Global1 : Playback ............................................................................................................................................521:Global1 : Record ...............................................................................................................................................521:Global2 : Playback ............................................................................................................................................521

:Global2 : Record ...............................................................................................................................................521:Global3 : Playback ............................................................................................................................................521:Global4 : Record ...............................................................................................................................................521:Global5 : Playback ............................................................................................................................................521:Global5 : Record ...............................................................................................................................................521

Action ..........................................................................................................................................................................522Do Current Action .................................................................................................................................................522Run Loop Action ...................................................................................................................................................522History Sequence ..................................................................................................................................................522

:Play ....................................................................................................................................................................523:Erase ..................................................................................................................................................................523:Record ................................................................................................................................................................523:Copy Replace to PASeq ..................................................................................................................................523:Copy Replace to PASeq ..................................................................................................................................523

Paint Action Sequence ..........................................................................................................................................523:Play ....................................................................................................................................................................523:Loop Play Paint Action Sequence .................................................................................................................523:Activate Paint Action Sequence Recording ..................................................................................................524:Record Last Action as Paint Action Step.......................................................................................................524:Erase ..................................................................................................................................................................524

PASeq Timeline ......................................................................................................................................................524This menu allows you to access the following commands associated with the current Paint Action Sequence timeline. ............................................................................................................................................524:Time Compress/Expand... ..............................................................................................................................524:Delete Keyframes .............................................................................................................................................524:Embedded Bezier Frame :Reorder Minimal Distance ................................................................................525:Embedded Bezier Frame :Normalize Recycle ..............................................................................................525:Embedded Bezier Frame :Normalize Split ...................................................................................................525:Record Context :Source ...................................................................................................................................525:Record Context :Bezier ....................................................................................................................................525:Record Context :Content .................................................................................................................................525:Record Context :Bezier+Content ...................................................................................................................526:Record Context :Morph ...................................................................................................................................526:Record Context :Warp .....................................................................................................................................526:Record Context :Filter ......................................................................................................................................526:Record Context :Inv Warp ...............................................................................................................................526:Record Context :Multiple Keys :Source... .....................................................................................................527:Record Context :Multiple Keys :Content... ...................................................................................................527:Record Context :Multiple Keys :Morph... .....................................................................................................527

Process Movie With Paint Action Sequence ......................................................................................................527:Movie to Movie... .............................................................................................................................................527:Movie to Image... ..............................................................................................................................................529:Movie to EPS... ..................................................................................................................................................529

:Image to Movie... ..............................................................................................................................................530:Image to Image... ..............................................................................................................................................530:Image to EPS... ..................................................................................................................................................530

Batch Process..........................................................................................................................................................530:with Paint Action Sequence... .........................................................................................................................531:with Folder of Paint Action Sequences... ......................................................................................................531

Generate EPS ..........................................................................................................................................................531:with Vectorizer... ...............................................................................................................................................531:with Paint Action Sequence... .........................................................................................................................531

Generate SVG ........................................................................................................................................................532:with Vectorizer... ...............................................................................................................................................532:with Paint Action Sequence... .........................................................................................................................532:Print with Paint Action Sequence... ...............................................................................................................532

Run Gallery Show .................................................................................................................................................533Operation....................................................................................................................................................................534

Flip ...........................................................................................................................................................................534Presets .....................................................................................................................................................................535Image Operation ...................................................................................................................................................535Temporal Image Operation ..................................................................................................................................535Texture Synthesizer ...............................................................................................................................................535Vectorizer ................................................................................................................................................................535MSG .........................................................................................................................................................................535Paint Synthesizer Classic .....................................................................................................................................536DualMode Paint ....................................................................................................................................................536Warp ........................................................................................................................................................................536Adjust ......................................................................................................................................................................536Selection ..................................................................................................................................................................536Bezier.......................................................................................................................................................................536Paint Action Sequence ..........................................................................................................................................537

Windows .....................................................................................................................................................................538

Chapter 16: Technical Questions ....................................................... 540Troubleshooting Your Problem ...............................................................................................................................540Things to Keep in Mind............................................................................................................................................542

Large Source Images .............................................................................................................................................542Image Open and Save Operations ......................................................................................................................544Movie Frame Writing to a Disk File ...................................................................................................................544

Common Problems ...................................................................................................................................................545The application launches but never starts up properly. ..................................................................................545The application takes forever to launch and there are no presets. ................................................................545I keep getting assert error messages when running the program. ................................................................546I installed a new Wacom tablet driver and now the application doesn’t launch. .......................................546The program doesn't seem to be drawing. .......................................................................................................547

I reset the background but nothing changed? ..................................................................................................548I reset the background to white but i still see a black canvas? .......................................................................548Why don't I have any Presets? ..........................................................................................................................550Why does the application take forever to boot? ...............................................................................................550Why can’t I open an image file? ..........................................................................................................................550Why am I running out of memory after running the program for a long time? .........................................551I’m processing a movie file with a Paint Action Sequence and the output movie file is all white?..........551How do I get the individual movie frames to appear in the Canvas when processing a movie file? ......551

Welcome to Synthetik Studio Artist!

As a new Studio Artist user, we just wanted to take a few minutes to welcome you to the Synthe-tik user base and tell you a little about our company. Synthetik’s mission is to develop innovative software tools for computer artists and creative professionals. We’re trying to tread new ground and create tools that are unique, ground breaking, and differ-ent from existing software for computer artists. Unlike many companies that have abandoned computer art to focus on graphics business applications, our primary focus is to help expand your range of artistic and creative possibilities.

Studio Artist is unique in several different ways. First, it takes many work metaphors that have existed in the computer music and audio world and incorporates them into a painting and image processing program.

Musicians have used audio synthesizers for many years to generate complex sounds and arrange-ments. Studio Artist can be thought of as a graphics synthesizer. An individual can generate an unlimited number of graphics patches. These patches can be anything from a paint brush or paint type to complex graphical processes that can emulate traditional graphics arts techniques or pro-duce a totally new visual look.

The factory patches shipped with the program barely scratch the surface of the potential possible visual looks and artistic manipulations that can be created within the program. The immense flexi-bility of the program also allows artists to create their own art tools or processes with unique visual looks based on their own personal tastes. For example, if you don’t like our watercolor brushes, you can make your own.

Synthetik Software is also unique among many companies in that we are dedicated to creating soft-ware that is affordable by individuals. Studio Artist contains some features that are currently only available in software costing thousands of dollars. We feel that the most compelling work is created by individuals. That’s why we’ve brought you features that you would have to spend thousands of dollars to get in other software packages as well as additional features unavailable before at any price.

For many years we've been interested in the relationship between artistic representation and how our brains internally represent visual images that we see in the world. Studio Artist is the first commercial program for computer artists that incorporates research results from cognitive neuro-science investigations into the nature of visual perception in the brain. What this allows us to do is to provide intelligent assisted drawing.

What does this mean for you as a user of the program? Studio Artist understands something about how drawings are made and perceived. If you don’t know how to draw, Studio Artist can help you by drawing for you. You can work to direct its activity at a much higher level than drawing indi-vidual lines.

But wait you say, I already know how to draw. That’s OK, because you can still use Intelligent-Assisted™ drawing to help you with repetitive or complex drawing tasks, or to create new visual looks. In addition to being a creative tool, this feature can also help you reduce the use of repetitive mouse or pen movements that can lead to problems like carpal tunnel syndrome. Try out the auto crosshatching and you may never do it manually again.

We’re extremely interested in getting feedback from users about what they like, don’t like, would like to see added or done differently, etc. You can have the unique opportunity to see your feature suggestions quickly incorporated into the program. Don’t hesitate to become a part of the design process.

Feel free to contact us via email at techsupport@synthetik.com.

We look forward to hearing from you!

Welcome to Synthetik Studio Artist 5.0!

We're all very excited about this major new release of our award winning Studio Artist Graphics Synthesizer. There are a ton of new features incorporated into this new release, along with a lot of refinement and enhancement of the existing functionality. This release incorporates a major rewrite of all the underlying code used in Studio Artist.

We are providing two different versions of the Studio Artist 5.0 application. One is optimized for Apple's Mac OS-X. The other is optimized for Windows PC's. This way you can choose the operating system platform you want to work with and not be compromised in any way.

We've also tried very seriously to incorporate the many great suggestions we've received from our dedicated users since the initial Studio Artist release and incorporate them into this new version. This process is an ongoing one and you can be a part of it. Please let us know your feature sugges-tions and feedback so we can make Studio Artist an even greater program.

Synthetik is trying to be much more aggressive about publishing web-based documentation for Studio Artist. The Studio Artist Tips site at www.synthetik.com/tips is one example. The Studio Artist User Forum at studioartist.ning.com is another example. Also, the Studio Artist news blog at studioartist.blogspot.com has additional tutorial posts from time to time.

The nice thing about web based documentation is that we can update it quickly over time to answer specific questions or to document new features or techniques. This traditional pdf user guide gets updated on a much more irregular time schedule. So you should use these web resources in addi-tion to this user guide as resources to help answer your Studio Artist questions.

Synthetik Software is still devoted to pushing the envelope of creative and artistic expression. We have some exciting new products under development.

Feel free to contact us via email at techsupport@synthetik.com with your suggestions and feedback.

Again, please check out the Studio Artist User Forum at studioartist.ning.com and become a part of the online Studio Artist community. You can ask questions that will be answered by Studio Art-ist experts as well as share your opinions, art and presets with other Studio Artist users. So if you have questions about how to use Studio Artist that can't be answered by this use guide the User Forum is where you should go first to receive help.

Chapter 1: Getting Started1

1

Chapter 1: Getting Started

Studio Artist is a smart painting, drawing, image and video processing program which includes:

Unlimited User Editable Natural to Out-of-this-World Paints

Intelligent-Assisted Painting and Drawing Resolution Independent Raster Painting with Vector Editing

A Complete Image Processing and Video Effects Suite

Auto Rotoscoping and Video Effects Processing

Real-time Image Warping and Keyframable Morphing

Dynamic Kaleidoscope and Symmetry Effects

Full use of the Advanced Features of Wacom’s Intuos Graphics Tablets

Unique Interactive Magic Wand Region Selection

Record, Edit and Playback of Paint Action Sequences

Unlimited Keyframe Paint Animation

Resolution Independent Texture Synthesis and Texture-based Effects

3D Paint Lighting and Texture Effects

MSG - Modular Synthesized Graphics Plug-in Architecture

Vectorizer - Artistic Raster Image to Vector Region Convertor

Live Video Processing

Studio Artist2

The World’s First Graphics Synthesizer

Musicians have used music synthesizers for many years. Studio Artist takes metaphors from music synthesis and applies those metaphors to interactive painting, graphics and photo manipulation.

Unlike other paint programs with a small number of editable parameters, Studio Artist‘s Graphics Synthesizer module has literally hundreds of editable controls. This kind of control enables Studio Artist to produce unlimited lush dynamic and complex paints while allowing for the randomness or happy accidents of real art materials. But realistic oil, chalk, watercolor or wet paints are only a part of the picture. Studio Artist travels way beyond the world of natural media and into the realm of Wow! Watch paint brushes interact with a virtual canvas to create truly unique paintings, drawings and processed video.

Intelligent-Assisted drawing

Studio Artist can automatically paint and draw based on built-in intelligent visual perception modules. A touch of a button can start Studio Artist’s Paint Actions. Studio Artist examines the source image, then automatically draws or paints it in the style of the user’s choosing.

The user can choose to interactively navigate through the creative process with Studio Artist or let Studio Artist do all the work. Whatever the user’s skill, Studio Artist can Intelligently-Assist in achieving a much greater level of creative expression.

Chapter 1: Getting Started3

1

The complexity of Raster paint with the editability of Vector paths Studio Artist uses a unique hybrid graphics model that combines the complexity and richness of Raster paint with the editability of Vector paths. Drawings and paintings can be edited using Bezier curves after the fact. Paintings can be designed at low resolution and then rerendered at higher resolution with added detail.

Extensive Interactivity

Studio Artist takes full advantage of all of the advanced features of the awesome Wacom Intuos Graphics Tablets. Go wild! The user can interactively modulate hundreds of paint parameters in real time using Wacom’s pressure sensitive pens, air brush tools, 4D mouse, tilt and pressure modulation. Watch delicious tilt and pressure sensitive wet paints magically flow over the canvas.

Auto Rotoscoping

Studio Artist can autopaint or rotoscope QuickTime video frame by frame automatically. Design a series of paint and image processing operations and then let Studio Artist automatically generate a hand-painted and/or processed video sequence.

Vector-based warping and morphing

Studio Artist4

Design vector-based unlimited keyframe image warps, morphs, or video feedback effects that can be saved as QuickTime moves. Warp, stretch, and mutilate images in real time using a pressure sensitive pen or mouse.

Image Processing

Studio Artist has a full range of image processing filters and unique visual effects. Custom art processes can be designed that combine paint operations and image processing filters as Paint Action sequences. Image processing brush loading within the Paint Synthesizer allows for pen controlled image processing.

Texture Synthesis

The Texture Synthesizer module allows for resolution independent texture synthesis or texture based image processing effects. The end result could be image processing or video effects, or complete generation of static or dynamic abstract imagery.

Vectorizer - Raster to Vector Conversion

Chapter 1: Getting Started5

1

The Vectorizer allows for a wide range of artistic raster to vector effects. Create automatic cartoon rendering of static images or cartoon animation automatically from Quicktime video. The Vectorizer also allows for resolution independent eps output so you can print your work on large format printers or output numbered eps frames for importing into Flash.

MSG - Modular Synthesized Graphics

MSG stands for modular synthesized graphics. MSG is the new modular preset-based plug in architecture from Synthetik Software. MSG allows you to build an unlimited number of image processing or video effects as well as generate amazing static or dynamic abstract imagery. Unlike other plug in architectures, MSG is preset based which means you can create your own processing effects from scratch or customize existing ones.

Live Video Processing

Studio Artist now allows you to incorporate a live video feed directly into the Paint Synthesizer for amazing interactive real time graphics.

Studio Artist6

Overview

Studio Artist is based around the metaphor of a graphics synthesizer. A user can construct graphical patches that allow for an unlimited number of potential visual effects or interactive paint tools. This overview will help you understand the structure of the program so that you can quickly start modifying preset patches as well as create your own.

Terminology First, some terminology. Most of the screen real estate is taken up by the working Canvas. The “Canvas” is the image you are painting, editing, manipulating, etc. The Canvas may contain multiple Layers.

Different editing palettes can be docked at the edges of the main Canvas. Or they can be floating windows, which is useful if you work with multiple monitors. By using the 4 workspace layout memories you can custom configure your workspace and change it on the fly as you work.

The “Source” is the source of the visual attributes used by the program for intelligent-assisted drawing and visual effects.

What is a visual attribute? Studio Artist understands visual representation of images by modeling human visual perception, and is always trying to use this perceptual information to aid in drawing or painting. We call this Intelligent-Assisted™ drawing, and the results may be subtle or “in-your-face” depending on the current paint settings of the program.

Unlike other painting programs, there is always a Source as well as a Canvas in Studio Artist. The Source is responsible for much of the visual complexity of the resulting painted images. This is much more advanced then what has traditionally been called cloning in other programs, and the uses of the Source are consequently much more varied than these other programs.

“But I hate representational painting,” you may say. “Why do I have to choose a Source.” The answer is that you don’t have to choose a

Chapter 1: Getting Started7

1

representational image. You might choose your source for it’s textures, colors, or some other desired visual attribute. Or, you can ignore the Source Image and manually control all aspects of color selection and drawing as desired.

In previous version of Studio Artist you always had to open a source image at startup. In version 4 you do not have to open a source image if you want to paint manually. Be aware in this case that there is still a default solid color source image the paint synthesizer will use for visual modeling if you use any paint presets that incorporate intelligent assisted automatic drawing.

Operation Modes Studio Artist has a number of different categories of modal interaction with the paint canvas. These categories of interaction are referred to as Operations. Interaction may be through an automatic “Action”, or one or more interactive “Pen Modes”. The main operation popup is located in the main Operation Toolbar of the Studio Artist interface. Next to the operation popup is the Action button, which is used to start automatic action.

Many operation modes have associated user presets. Presets are a way to store prebuilt visual effects or paint tools. Each preset has an associated set of adjustable parameters that can be edited in a standard Editor.

Presets and their internal set of editable parameters are also sometimes referred to as a Patch, which is some terminology originally used in music synthesis. Studio Artist takes many editing metaphors used in music synthesis and bring them to graphics and digital painting.

Studio Artist provides navigational shortcuts via the main Operation menu to easily access all of the various nested control panes associated with the different operation modes. For example, choosing “Selection: Lasso” from the Operation main menu would immediately switch the main Editor control pane to Selection and allow Lasso selection via the mouse in the main Canvas.

Studio Artist8

Presets Presets provide a high level interface to the underlying power of Studio Artist. By using pre-built presets, you can get to work quickly and focus on artistic expression rather than the mechanics of designing new paint tools or effects. Presets are pre-edited sets of parameters for a particular Operation.

Presets can be accessed via the Preset palette or the Favorites toolbar or via import menu commands. You can always use the main Operation : Preset menus to access the different operation presets. Running these menus will bring up the Preset Browser and load it with the appropriate presets for the selected operation mode.

There are eight different types of presets associated with some (but not all) of the operation modes. They are briefly discussed below. A “Paint” preset is a complete set of Paint Synthesizer parameters. Think of each Paint preset as a unique paint tool.

A “Dual Mode” preset is a complete set of Paint Synthesizer parameters along with a complete set of parameters for an additional specified image processing operation (IpOp, Warp, MSG, Texture Synth). Dual Mode presets can be used as dynamic paint tools that can simulate things like paint on a wet surface, or be used to generate live visual performance using paint and image processing working together to build a visual effect.

An “Image Operations” preset is a specific Image Processing Operation and its associated editable parameters. Each Image

Chapter 1: Getting Started9

1

Operation preset is a unique visual effect ready to use at the touch of a button.

A “Temporal Image Operations” preset is a specific Temporal Image Processing Operation and its associated editable parameters. Each Temporal Image Operation preset is a unique video processing visual effect.

A “Texture Synthesizer” preset is a complete set of Texture Synthesizer parameters. Texture Synthesizer presets can either generate a unique abstract artistic image or a resolution independent visual effect.

A “Vectorizer” preset is a complete set of Vectorizer parameters. The Vectorizer takes a raster image and converts it into an infinite number of artistic vector representations, which can also be output as vector eps or svg files.

A “MSG” preset is a complete set of parameters and processor configuration for a MSG effect. MSG stands for Modular Synthesized Graphics, and is Synthetik's new preset based totally configurable and infinitely extendable plug in architecture. MSG presets can either generate abstract visual imagery or an unlimited number of different visual effects. MSG presets can also be loaded into Paint Synthesizer paint tools, providing user configurable extensibility of the Paint Synthesizer. A “Paint Action Sequence” preset is a series of recorded Actions that can include things like auto-painting, image processing operations, interactive warps, region selections, texture synthesis, etc. Paint Action Sequence presets can either be a literal record of what you have previously done in Studio Artist during an art session, or they can be stylistic scripts that are intelligently adaptable to varying source image or movie files.

Studio Artist10

Here's some more detailed overview information on the various operation modes. Each of the operation modes has one or more editable control panels accessed via a generic Editor palette. You can also access any specific control panel for an operation mode via the main Operation menu.---

Paint Synthesizer ClassicAllows a user to edit parameters associated with painting or interactive drawing. Painting can be user directed via a mouse or pressure sensitive tablet, or automatic through Intelligent-Assisted™ drawing, or a hybrid combination of the two techniques. There are a large number of editable and modulatable parameters that control the look and feel of the paint as well as the interactivity and expressiveness of the paint tool.

All interactive paint strokes can be edited with vector paths and then redrawn as Raster paint. Painting actions can also be recorded as a History Sequence and later rerendered at different resolutions. This is a way to take a low resolution session history and rerender it to generate a high resolution final work suitable for printing.

Dual Mode PaintAn extension of the paint synthesizer operation mode that allows for a second dynamic image processing effect to be run while you are manually or automatically painting. This could be used to simulate things like painting on a wet surface, for visual performance, or to create totally new kinds of visual effects.

--- Image Operations

Allows a user to perform a large number of different image processing operations. Each image processing operation also includes extensive compositing options which can be used to dramatically change the operation’s resulting visual effect. Iterative or repetitive operations can also be defined. Image Operations can also be used to process the current region selection or alpha buffer for stylistic masking effects.

Chapter 1: Getting Started11

1

Temporal Image OperationsAllows a user to perform a number of different time-based image processing operations. Each temporal image processing operation also includes extensive compositing options which can be used to dramatically change the operation’s resulting visual effect.

Texture SynthesizerAllows for generation and editing of resolution independent texture based effects. Can either be used as a texture field generator or as a texture-based effects module. You can create wild abstract visual imagery that could be finished works of art as well as amazing visual processing effects. You can also create abstract textural imagery that evolves over time and output the results as a movie file.

VectorizerAllows the Vectorizer source image to be converted into a vector representation based on vector regions. Can also be used to generate vector region special effects. Can be used for direct vector conversion and eps output of the Vectorizer source image or as a action step in a more complicated paint action sequence.

MSGAllows MSG modular synthesized graphics presets to be used within Studio Artist for image and video processing special effects as well as to generate amazing abstract imagery. MSG presets can also be loaded into Paint Synthesizer brushes, providing infinite user scriptable extensionality for the Paint Synthesizer. An infinite range of different modular image processing effects can be built using MSG processing modules.

--- Interactive Warp

Allows the user to dynamically warp, flip, move, or rotate the canvas image in a variety of different ways.

Interactive AdjustAllows the user to dynamically control interactive image processing or gradient fill operations.

Studio Artist12

--- Selection

Allows the user to interactively define area selection regions based on image or canvas visual attributes, or by hand painting or drawing a mask. These regions can be used for masking of other Actions within the program, or for Paint Fill Actions.

BezierAllows the user to draw and edit Bezier paths. All interactive Raster drawing operations within Studio Artist can be recorded as Bezier paths for later Vector editing. The edited vector paths can then be redrawn with Raster Paint. Bezier paths can be generated on the fly from the Canvas or Source Images. Collections of Bezier paths can be used to define path drawing in the Paint Synthesizer. Bezier paths can also be recorded as keyframes for subsequent animation over time using the Paint Action Sequence Keyframe Timeline.

--- Paint Action Sequence

Allows the user to record and playback a series of individual action steps. Anything you do in the Studio Artist interface associated with the other operation modes (either manual or automatic actions) can be recorded as individual action steps in a Paint Action Sequence (PASeq).

PASeqs are how you combine or encapsulate different operation mode effects into a single recallable preset. PASeqs are also the mechanism used to build processing scripts for processing movie files in Studio Artist.

PASeq contexts allow for the creation of warp or morph effects. They can also be used to associated specific source images or sets of bezier paths with keyframes in the PASeq timeline. Recordable keyframes provide a way to interpolate PASeq action steps and their associated recorded internal parameters over time when processing a movie or when generating an animation.

Chapter 1: Getting Started13

1

Previous versions of Studio Artist had a Layer keyframe Timeline and a PASeq keyframe Timeline. All of the old Layer Timeline keyframe functionality can now be accessed in the single PASeq Keyframe Timeline using PASeq Context action steps. The one exception is the old position keyframe type, which is not currently not supported since the initial release of v4 does not support variable sizing and positioning for different layers (this may change with a future update).

Studio Artist14

Working With Movies

All modal Operations can be performed on a static Canvas (which could contain multiple Layers), or on the individual frames of a QuickTime movie. There are several different approaches to working with movies in Studio Artist. You can automatically process existing movie files, generate new ones from scratch, or hand paint and modify movies frame by frame for traditional rotoscoping or special effects.

Movies can also be loaded into individual Movie Layers, which gives you the ability to hand paint or touch up individual frames as well as build up traditional hand drawn paint animation a frame at a time.

Studio Artist’s ability to visually analyze and then paint or draw individual frames within a movie opens up amazing creative possibilities. You can work with one movie frame to build up a Paint Action Sequence that generates a particular artistic style or effect. Studio Artist can then automatically rotoscope the remaining frames in the movie. Studio Artist’s intelligent-assisted drawing insures that each frame will be drawn properly.

The ability of Studio Artist to combine together different paint tools along with image processing effects, resolution independent texture synthesis, artistic raster to vector transformation, morphing and warping allows for a virtually unlimited and extremely powerful video effects generation environment.

Processed Quicktime movies can then be imported into any nonlinear editing or compositing program for final editing into a completed video project. Or, you can use the Vectorizer to output vectorized eps movie frames for importing into Flash or for rendering as high resolution film frames.

Chapter 1: Getting Started15

1

Studio Artist Windows and Palettes

Studio Artist is primarily designed around one main drawing window that contains the canvas. The canvas is where you paint and draw or run image or video processing effects. Toolbars like the Operation Toolbar can be docked at the sides of the main window.

Auxiliary functions primarily associated with lists of actions or layers that interact with the main controls are accessed from different editing palettes. Palettes may be docked at the edges of the main canvas or can be floating windows. Palettes that are docked on top of existing palettes will be tabbed in that area.

A Status area located at the bottom of the main window provides contextual information on controls the cursor is hovering over on the left, and status information on running actions on the right.

You can use the various Window menus to open and close palettes as well as access the 4 user configurable workspace memories that let you save and restore custom workspace configurations on the fly.

Studio Artist16

Source Area

The top left corner of the main Studio Artist window is the Source area. There are 4 different options available in the source area via tabs. These are Image, Color, Palette and Gradient. They control the color source for painting. A small representation of the Source Image is displayed there when the Image tab is selected.

The source display can be switched to Color, which allows for user specification of color from a color picker. When the Source Image is active, the initial paint color source is cloned directly from the Source Image. When the Fixed Color picker is active, the initial paint color source is the user selected picker color.

If you double click on the fixed color picker a more advanced color picker dialog will appear.

Chapter 1: Getting Started17

1

The second popup available when Source Image is active allows for some additional color options.

Paint clones color directly from the source image.

Colorize uses the current fixed color to colorize the source image.

Palettize chooses the best representative color from the current Source Color Palette described below to paint the source image.

Fixed uses the current fixed color for drawing and ignores the source image.

You can mouse down in the source image while holding the c hotkey to choose the current picked or fixed color based on the source image colors.

Studio Artist18

Source Color Palette is a set of individual color memories arranged as a series of colored squares in the source area. Clicking on a colored square selects that color as the current source color. Option-clicking on a colored square will record the current source color into that square.

The Fixed setting draws with the chosen palette fixed color.

The Palettize setting chooses the best palette color to represent the source image at a given location.

The Random setting chooses a random color from the palette for drawing.

A complete color palette can be imported or exported with the “File: Import: Import Source Color Palette...” and “File: Export: Export Source Color Palette...” menu commands. Sets of color palettes can also be algorithmically modified or generated using the “Edit: Palette ...” menu commands.

Chapter 1: Getting Started19

1

Source Color Gradient is an editable color gradient ( think of linear transitions between a series of colors) in the source area. Option-clicking in the color gradient bar records the current Source Color into that location in the color gradient. Cmnd-Option-clicking a color in the gradient bar erases that color from the gradient.

There are several hot keys available for editing the current color memory, Color Palette and Color Gradient. They include ‘h’ for hue editing, ‘l’ for luminance editing, and ‘s’ for saturation editing.

Color Memory Buttons

Four color memory buttons are also located in the source palette. The large one on the left displays the current source color. The three smaller colored squares on the right are color memories, and can be used to store and switch between paint colors while working. They are also used as color sources for certain Image Processing or Region Fill operations that require the specification of multiple colors.

Memory buttons are used throughout the Studio Artist interface to provide easy storage and playback of any editable parameters. Memory button icons always work the same way. You Option-click them to record new parameters into the memory, you click them to play back the recorded parameters into the working interface controls.

Some of the memory buttons available in previous version of Studio Artist are accessed via menu commands in version 4. For example, all of the Paint Synthesizer path memory buttons that used to be in the secondary control area are now accessed via menu commands in the Edit : Paint Synthesizer menu.

Studio Artist20

Live Video Input

Studio Artist allows for live video capture into the source image area. You can either use Apple's iSight firewire camera, or a firewire camcorder or other video Quicktime based video input device. You can turn live video capture on using the appropriate menu flags in the File : Source Settings menus.

The 3 live video source settings menus allow you to capture a source frame immediately, drop into live video preview manual capture mode, or capture a live video frame automatically at the beginning of each cycle in a loop action or animation cycle.

When you first enter live video preview manual capture, a live video preview will appear in the Source area image display. If you click on the live video preview image, you can capture a still frame off of the live video feed to use as a source image for painting or other processing within Studio Artist.

Clicking the static captured image will cause the live video preview to start up again until you either click the preview image or start painting in the canvas.

Chapter 1: Getting Started21

1

Gallery Show

Gallery Show is a new v4 feature. You can use the gallery show preferences to configure Studio Artist to operate in different ways when running a gallery show. The basic idea is that gallery show presentation mode provides a way for you to configure Studio Artist to automatically run unattended (perhaps in an art gallery) while generating an endless variety of new art work.

The Gallery Show performance presentation features also allow for live video capture when running gallery show. When used in this way Studio Artist would capture a live video frame, then generate a painting off of the captured frame, then repeat this process indefinitely.

Studio Artist22

Editor

Each operation mode has an associated set of individually editable parameters can be navigated by popup controls in a generic Editor palette. Changing the operation mode will change the set of control panels and controls available in the generic Editor palette.

Some operation modes have more than one control panel. You can use the popup menu at the top of the Editor to move between different control panels associated with a particular operation mode. Individual control panes can also be accessed directly by using the Operation main menu.

Each control parameter is edited via a collection of interactive controls. Numerical parameters can be edited with slider controls or their associated text edit fields. Non-numeric parameters can be edited with popups or check boxes.

This area is where you'll do all of your preset patch design and editing.

Working Canvas

The working Canvas takes up the center of the main Studio Artist window. This is where you interactively paint with a mouse or pressure sensitive pen or airbrush tool. The Canvas is where the various Operation Actions are performed. All of Studio Artist’s visual editing and art creation takes place in the Canvas.

Chapter 1: Getting Started23

1

Operation Toolbar

The Operation Toolbar is used to select the current Operation mode via the left side operation popup. You can also use the Operation main menu to switch between different operation modes and their associated editor control panels.

To the right of the operation popup is the Action button. Pressing the Action button will run the automatic action associated with the current operation mode (if there is one, for example warp and adjust do not currently have actions).

The plus and minus buttons to the right of the Action button are used to zoom the current view in or out of the Canvas. The numeric indicator directly to the right of these two zoom buttons indicates the current zoom ratio. A display of 1 means a 1:1 view ratio (i.e.. no magnification). A display of 2 means a 2:1 magnification. A display of 0.5 means the view is half the size of the actual Canvas.

The popup to the right of the zoom controls is the current layer popup. You can use it to switch between any of the individual layers associated with the canvas. The Layer palette provides a complete editable list of the available layers.

The View icon to the right of the layer popup lets you adjust the canvas view between current view and view all.

The Erase button will erase the current layer to the default background when pressed. You can set the default background via the Canvas : Default Color menu.

Shift clicking the Erase button will perform a complete erase, which means it also erases the bezier path frame associated with the layer, erases the current internal blanking buffer (used in paint synthesizer) and resets the layers alpha channel to full off.

Studio Artist24

The Mask checkbox turns selection masking on and off. When it is turned on, then any areas of the canvas not currently selected will be dimmed in the display. When masking is on, then any actions in the canvas will be appropriately masked. The Canvas : Layer : Paint Mask Type menu determines the behavior of the selection mask when working with the paint synthesizer.

Favorites Preset Toolbar

The Favorites Preset Toolbar is a compact space saving toolbar you can use to custom organize presets that are useful for your personal workflow. You can create your own Favorites categories to help in this organization by using the Edit :Preset :Make New Favorites Category menu command. To add the current preset to the current favorites category you can just drag and drop the current preset icon in the main preset browser into the favorites preset toolbar.

One nice feature associated with Favorites presets is that you can mix and match different preset types in a single favorites category. So you aren't restricted to just paint presets or just image processing presets in a given favorites category, which is the case for the normal factory preset categories.

Note that favorites presets are organized by category only, not the dual collection-category folder hierarchy associated with the factory preset types associated with specific operation modes.

Favorites presets replace the more limited but popular functionality of the preset memory buttons that were available in previous versions of Studio Artist in the main preset browser.

Chapter 1: Getting Started25

1

Help Palette

The Help palette is a html help browser integrated directly into Studio Artist. There are a set of factory help pages provide by Synthetik that will be expanded over time. You can also create your own custom html help documents (accessed via the Custom button in the toolbar at the top of the help palette). You can use custom help pages as a way to document, organize, and access your own personal preset collection, or to set up personal crib notes that document features or techniques associated with your personal workflow.

In addition to providing access to html help pages, Studio Artist help can include user commands that when pressed cause some immediate action to take place within Studio Artist. These actions can be as simple as switching to a specific operation mode to more elaborate commands like performing paint synthesizer macro edits or MSG editing commands or loading specific preset files.

Studio Artist26

Installing Studio Artist on your Hard Disk

Although you can run Studio Artist directly from the CD-Rom, you should install it on your hard disk for maximum performance and utility.

1. Drag the Synthetik Studio Artist 5.0 folder from the CD-Rom onto your hard disk. This will copy the Studio Artist application as well as the various Preset folders that need to reside next to the application. These five folders must be located in the same folder as the Studio Artist application.

Studio Artist looks for the various operation mode presets in a ‘Preset’ folder located next to the application. Studio Artist looks for image brushes and movie brushes associated with Presets in the ‘Brush’ folder located next to the application.

Studio Artist looks for factory interactive Help files in the ‘doc’ folder located next to the application.

Studio Artist looks for your custom interactive Help files in the ‘custom’ folder located next to the application.

Studio Artist looks for plugin libraries it needs to run in the ‘plugins’ folder located next to the application.

It's extremely important that you keep the Studio Artist application files in the main Studio Artist folder along with all of the preset, help, and plugin folders discussed above. The application needs to reside in the same folder as these other folders so that it can find all of your presets, brush, and help information and display it appropriately in the Studio Artist interface.

Chapter 1: Getting Started27

1

If you are running Apple Mac OS-X

You need to run OS-X 10.6.8 or greater to work with Studio Artist 4. If you use a Wacom tablet you will need to download the appropriate tablet drivers from www.wacom.com if you do not already have them installed on your computer. Follow the instructions that come with the Wacom drivers to install them.

Version 5 does not support Classic OS 9. You would need to run Studio Artist 3.5 if you have one of the older mac models running Classic OS 9.

In general, the more memory you can pack in your OSX machine the better. Studio Artist runs much more quickly when running directly out of RAM memory under OSX as opposed to having to resort to virtual memory swaps onto free disk space.

If you are running Windows

Studio Artist currently runs on Windows XP, Vista WIndows 7, 8, 10.

You need to install Quicktime for Windows on your Windows computer if it is not already there. Studio Artist makes extensive use of Quicktime for movie playback and processing as well as image file import and export. You can download a Windows Quicktime installer from Apple's web site at www.apple.com/quicktime .

This manual is generated using Studio Artist screen shots taken on an Apple computer. However, the Studio Artist interface is identical on Apple and Windows (other than being displayed using Windows native controls rather than Apple native controls).

Studio Artist28

Quick Start

Ok, you hate manuals and just want to get started painting. Here’s how to get started quickly.

1. Double-click on the Studio Artist application icon. After a few seconds the main Studio Artist interface will appear. Studio Artist boots into the Paint Preset Operation control pane the first time you startup.

At this point you might want to take a moment and configure the Studio Artist workspace for your particular monitor setup. You can re-size the overall interface window, as well as drag the various preset palettes around to different docking locations in the interface (or make them floating palettes if you have a dual monitor setup).

2. If you wish to work with a source image, run the File : New Source and Canvas menu. A dialog will come up that lets you choose a source image. The source image you choose can be smaller than your working canvas size.

Then, a dialog will come up that allows you to specify the working Canvas size. Typically, you might choose a Canvas size different then the original Source Image. The Source Image is not modified in any way. The Canvas Image will be the final output image.

After you click OK in the Set Canvas Size dialog, the cursor will spin for a short period of time while Studio Artist examines your Source Image.

3. Use the mouse or pressure sensitive pen to start drawing into the Canvas. Or, click the Action button to watch Studio Artist autopaint without any manual assistance.

4. To change the current Paint Preset, click on one of the colored Paint Preset icons in the Preset Browser (located on the left side of the main Canvas window when you first startup Studio Artist). You can use the Collection and Category popups to choose a new preset collection and

Chapter 1: Getting Started29

1

it's associated category. Every time you change to a new Paint Preset, the look and feel of the current paint tool will totally change.

Working your way through the various Paint Presets (there are over 4000 included with the application to get you started) will give you a feel for the unlimited range of potential visual looks and tactile feels that the Paint Synthesizer can generate.

You can create your own custom preset Favorite categories and then drag and drop presets you like into these custom favorites categories as a technique to aid in accessing preset you like. You are also free to make your own collections and categories in the factory preset set and custom organize presets as you see fit for your particular workflow.

All paint presets have the option of being used in different ways. You can draw manually using the mouse or Wacom pen and tablet. Or you can press the Action button and watch them draw automatically.

Some presets may have been designed primarily for action drawing, others for manual drawing. Manual drawing presets may also have specific interactive behaviors missing or limited when used with a mouse.

When exploring new presets it is often a good idea to try both approaches to get a sense of the range of possibilities available with that particular preset. Keep in mind that you always have the option of editing the way a particular paint preset automatically draws if you would like it to behave differently.

5. When you feel you are ready to explore other areas of the program,use the Operation menu to move to a new Operation control pane and explore what it has to offer. Image Operations is a good one to start with. Image Operations are different image processing effects that run as Actions (the pen or mouse is not used).

Studio Artist30

Hint:Cmnd R and the “spacebar” are used throughout the program as a means to quickly perform certain actions. You can always use “Cmnd-R” to execute the current Operation’s Action as an alternative to the Action button. You can use the “spacebar “to stop any currently executing Action. Studio Artist also uses the “spacebar” hot key to execute or complete any interactive edits that use interactive pressure from a pen. This allows you to execute a pressure sensitive edit without losing your pressure setting during the pen up operation.

Chapter 1: Getting Started31

1

System Requirements

Minimum Requirements:Apple Computers:

• PowerMacintoshwith128MBofRAMormore

• Systemversionmustbe10.6.8orhigher.

• QuickTime.

Windows Computers:

• WindowsComputewith128MBofRAMormore

•WindowsXP,Vista,Windows7,8,10operatingsystem. • WindowsQuickTime7.0orhigher.

If you need to instal Windows Quicktime on your Windows computer you can download a Windows Quicktime installer from www.apple.com/quicktime .

We Recommend:Modern Macintosh running OSX with 2 gig of RAM or moreLarge Screen flat panel displayWacom Intuos tablet for best interactive painting experience

Studio Artist32

Technical Support and Registration

Your Serial Number:

Note: Before contacting Technical Support, please first look for the answer in this manual and also be sure to read the Read Me document on your Studio Artist CD-Rom. The Read Me contains updated information that may be newer than information in this manual. There may also be other documentation accompanying this manual—you should look there for answers as well. Also check the Studio Artist Tips and Studio Artist User Forum web sites. If you can’t find the answer and do contact Technical Support via email, please provide your serial registration number and a detailed description of the problem.

Technical Support

Registered Studio Artist owners are entitled to receive reasonable email technical support. Any program bugs or inconsistencies should be reported to techsupport@synthetik.com.

Questions related to achieving certain artistic effects or learning the program should be directed to the Studio Artist Users Forum at studioartist.ning.com , which is accessible from the links section of our web page. Synthetik monitors the forum every day as do a large group of expert Studio Artist users. We're all more than happy to answer your questions and offer advice and suggestions.

There is a Technical problems chapter in this User Guide. You should check there first for answers to common technical questions.

There are several ways to get the answers you need online by using the internet:

Answers to the most frequently asked questions are available on ouronline Tech Doc pages. Click on the support link for detailed instructions, tips and troubleshooting help.

Chapter 1: Getting Started33

1

http://www.synthetik.com/

Technical support is provided via email. Please include your Studio Artist serial number in your email, along with a detailed description of the problem.

You can email technical support at: techsupport@synthetik.com

You must supply your Studio Artist Serial Number to receive Technical Support. If you do experience a crash problem, please include the Studio Artist crash log in your email report (located in Users/yourname/Library/Logs/CrashReporter). It's the best tool we have to understand your problem and to fix it for you quickly.

The Synthetik web site www.synthetik.com includes a large number of tutorials, technical tips, links to user forums, additional presets available for download, and other user's web sites and art work. Become a part of the on-line Studio Artist community at the Studio Artist user forum and have your questions answered by Studio Artist expert users.

Also, don't forget to check the Video Training Tutorials if you need help understanding something.

Registration

It’s important that you register online at www.synthetik.com. You need to register in order to qualify for technical support and future program and documentation updates. You can also email your registration information to admin@synthetik.com. Please include your name, address, phone number, email address, and serial number when registering.

In the past we have offered free program updates and valuable information to registered users. If you are not registered we have no way to get in contact with you with this kind of information regarding updates and program enhancements. Registration information remains Synthetik Software confidential and is not given out to any third parties.

Studio Artist34

Chapter 2: Operation Modes

StudioArtistisbasedaroundthemetaphorofagraphicssynthesizer.AnindividualcanuseStudioArtist’sgraphicssynthesizertogenerateanunlimitednumberofgraphicspatchesthatcanbestoredandrecalledonthefly.Thesepatchescanbeanythingfromapaintbrushorpainttypetocomplexgraphicalprocessesthatcanemulatetraditionalgraphicsartstechniquesorproducesometotallyunknownnewvisualaesthetic.

Musicians have used audio synthesizers for many years to generate complex sounds and arrangements. Studio Artist extends these musical metaphors to the world of graphics.

Atit’shighestlevel,theprogramhasanumberofcategoriesofmodalinteractionwiththeworkingCanvasthatarereferredtoasOperations.InteractionmaybethroughanautomaticAction,oroneormoreinteractivePen Modes.Theusercanchoosethedesiredtypeofinteraction(OperationandassociatedModes)withpopups.

TheOperationpopupislocatedintheOperationToolbar.TheActionbuttonnexttotheOperationpopupinitiatestheOperation’sassociatedautomaticActionifthereisone.

Hint:

AlloftheStudioArtistOperationModesandtheirvariousassociatededitablecontrolpanelscanalsobeaccessedviathemainOperationmenuslocatedatthetopofthescreeninthemenubar.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes35

2

EditorcontrolpanelsareassociatedwiththefollowingtypesofmodalOperations:

Image OperationsTemporal Image OperationsTexture SynthesizerVectorizerMSG...Paint Synthesizer ClassicDual Mode...WarpAdjust...SelectionBezier...Paint Action Sequence

EachofthesemodalOperationswillbeexplainedinmoredetailinthefollowingsectionsofthischapter.

UserscannavigatethroughahierarchyofcontrolpanelstoeditparametersassociatedwiththecurrentOperationmode.Individualparameterpanelsareaccessedbyusingtextpopupslocatedatthetopoftheparameterpanel.Acompletecollectionofeditableparametersiscalledapatch.ApatchstoredasafileondiskisreferredtoasaPreset.

Studio Artist36

Preset and Patch terminology may be mixed together in the documentation, but both refer to the set of editable parameters associated with an operation. Preset refers to the set of parameters stored on disk in the preset file. Patch refers to the set of parameters currently being edited, which may vary from the values stored in the preset file once a user starts editing.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes37

2

Presets

Presetsarepredefinedpatchesstoredasfilesonyourharddisk.YoucanorganizeyourpresetsaccordingtoCollection, CategoryandtheindividualpresetnameswithinaCategory.TheCategorynameisthenameofasubfolderinaparticularCollectionfolderanditsassociatedPresetfilesarelocatedwithinthecategorysubfolder.

Collections provideameanstoorganizeasetofCategoriesandtheirassociatedPresets.TheCollectionnameisthenameofafolderatthetoplevelwithinaparticularpresetfolderanditsassociatedCategoryarefoldernameslocatedwithinit.

Collectionsarethefirstleveloffolderslocatedwithinthespecificoperation'spresetfolder.CategoriesarethesecondleveloffolderslocatedwithineachCollectionfolder.

Don't store loose presets directly in a collection folder, store them in a specific category folder located within a given collection folder or they will not be found by Studio Artist.

ThereareeightdifferentkindsofpresetsinStudioArtist.Theyareallstoredinspecific

Studio Artist38

folderscontainedwithinthemain“Preset”folderlocatednexttotheStudioArtistapplication.

Paint presetsareacompletesetofparametersforthePaintSynthesizerClassic.Theyarestoredinthe“Paint”folderlocatedinthemainPresetfolder.

Image Processing presetsstoreparametersassociatedwithaparticularImageProcessingOperation.Theyarestoredinthe“ImageOp”folderlocatedinthemainPresetfolder.

Temporal Image Processing presetsstoreparametersassociatedwithaparticularTemporalImageProcessingOperation.Theyarestoredinthe“TemporalIpOp”folderlocatedinthemainPresetfolder.

Texture Synthesizer presetsstoreparametersassociatedwiththetexturesynthesizer.Theyarestoredinthe“TexSynth”folderlocatedinthemainPresetfolder..

MSG presetsstoreparametersassociatedwithMSGprocessingeffectobjects.Theyarestoredinthe“MSG”folderlocatedinthemainPresetfolder..

Vectorizer presetsstoreparametersassociatedwiththeVectorizerTheyarestoredinthe“Vectorizer”folderlocatedinthemainPresetfolder.

DualMode presetsstoreparametersassociatedwiththeDualModeoperationTheyarestoredinthe“DualMode”folderlocatedinthemainPresetfolder.

Paint Action Sequence presetsareasetofactionsthatcanbeappliedtothecurrentCanvas.Theyarelikemacrosorscriptsandcanincludemultiplepaintactionsaswellasimageoperationactions,warpactions,etc.Theyarestoredinthe“PASeq”folderlocatedinthemainPresetfolder..

Chapter 2: Operation Modes39

2

Important:

TheStudioArtistapplicationalwaysneedstobelocatedonyourharddiskinthemainStudioArtistfoldernexttothemainpresetfolder.FailuretodothiswillresultinStudioArtistbeingunabletofindyourpresetsatstartup.

YoucanaccessPresetsbychoosingfromtheCollection, Categorypopups,andthenclickingontheappropriatepatchiconinthescrollableiconlist.ThesetofnamediconsinthescrollabletablecorrespondstothepatcheslocatedinthecurrentlyselectedCategoryfolder.

WhenyouexportanewpresettooneoftheStudioArtistpresetfolders,thenewpresetwillnotimmediatelyshowupintheassociatedCollection:Category:Patchpopupsandicontable.ToreloadthepresetinformationtoaccuratelyreflectanychangesmadetothePresetfoldercontents,justresettheCategorypopup.

YoucaneditoroverwriteanexistingcurrentpresetbyoptionclickingthelargecurrentPresetIcon.Theiconimageitselfwillnotbeoverwritten.Youcanusethe“Edit: Preset: Update Current Preset Icon”menucommandtooverwritetheiconwiththecurrentCanvasimage.

AtextlabellocatedontherightsideofthePresetIconshowswhetherthecurrentPresetis“active”or“edited”.ActivemeansthePresetisloadedintothePaintSynthesizerandallofthePaintSynthesizersettingsmatchthosestoredinthePresetfile.EditedmeansthatsomeofthesettingsinthePaintSynthesizeraredifferentfromthosestoredinthePresetfile.

OptionclickingthePresetIconwillupdatethecurrentPresetfilewiththecurrent

Studio Artist40

settingsofthePaintSynthesizerandthetextlabelwillchangefrom‘Edited”to‘Activetoreflectthischange.

ShiftclickingthePresetIconwillbringupaSaveFileasdialogatthelocationofthecurrentpresetinyourPresetfoldersothatyoucansaveanewpresetwiththecurrentsettingsofthePaintSynthesizer.Shiftclickingisalsoausefulwaytosavecopiesofanexistingpresetintoyourowncustomizedcollection/categoryfolders.CmndShiftclickingthePresetIconwillbringupaSaveFileasdialogatthetopofthefactorypresethierarchy,againausefulworkingshortcut.

Hints:

YoucanimportaPresetfilelocatedanywhereonyourharddiskbyusinganimportmenucommand.YoucanexportorwriteapresettoafileonyourharddiskbyusinganExportmenucommand.

Thepresetimportandexportmenucommandsarealsoaccessiblefromthecontextualmenusavailableifyoucontrolclickeitherthemainpresetcontrolpanelortheassociatedoperationmodeeditingcontrolpanels.

YoualwayshavetheoptionofeitherdraggingapresetfiledirectlyfromthefindertotheStudioArtistdockiconasanalternativetoimportingthepreset.OryoucandoubleclickonapresetfileinthefinderanditwillopeninStudioArtistasthecurrentpreset.

Favorites:

Favoritespresetsareawaytocustomizeyourpersonalpresetcollectionortoorganizespecificfactorypresetsthatareusefultoyourpersonalworkflow.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes41

2

FavoritespresetscanbeaccessedviatheFavoritestabinthemainPresetbrowsingpalette.FavoritescanalsobeaccessedviatheFavoritesPresetToolbar.

FavoritesareorganizedbyCategory.YoucanaddyourownfavoritescategorybyaddinganewfoldertotheFavoritesfolderinthemainPresetfolder.OryoucanruntheEdit :Preset :Make New Favorites Categorymenucommand.Notethatfavoritesareorganizedbycategoryonly,notthedualcollection-categoryhierarchyusedforthefactoryoperationmodepresettypes.

Toaddthecurrentpresettothecurrentfavoritescategory,justdraganddropthecurrentpreseticonontothefavoritespresettoolbar.

FavoritesreplacetheoldpresetfavoritesmemorybuttonsthatwereavailableinpreviousversionsofStudioArtist.

Custom Preset Help:

YoucanbuildyourowncustompresethelppagesbyusingthefeaturesoftheintegratedHelppalette.TheHelppalettedisplayshtmlhelppages.PressingtheCustombuttonatthetopoftheHelppalettegoestoyourpersonalcustomindexpage,whichiscalledstartDoc.htmlandislocatedinthecustomfolder(locatednexttotheStudioArtistapplicationinthemainStudioArtistfolderonyourharddisk).Youcandesignacustompresethelppageusinganyhtmleditortoincludenotesonhowtousethepresetorwhatitlooksorbehaveslikeaswellasexampleimagesthatshowoffhowthepresetlooksordraws.

Youcanalsoincludeanactivecommandtaglinkinthehtmlsourceforacustompresethelppagethatwillautomaticallyloadthepresetwhenpressed.Toloadaloadpresetactivetagforthecurrentpresetontotheclipboard,runtheEdit:Preset:CurrentPresetCommandTagtoClipboardmenucommand.Youcanthenswitchtoyourhtmleditorandpastetheactivecommandintoalinkfieldforthecustomhelphtmlpageyouareediting.

Studio Artist42

CustompresethelppagesareapowerfuladvancedfeatureavailableinStudioArtist4andyoushouldtakeadvantageofthemtohelpaccess,documentandorganizeyourpersonalpresetcollection.

Help Messages:

Eachpresethasanassociatedhelpmessage.Toreadthemessage,clickonthe?iconnexttothecurrentpreset’simageicon.Ahelpmessageforthepresetwillappear.

Thefactorypresetshavehelpfulhintsinthismessage.However,youcancustomizeanypreset’shelpmessage.Similarly,whenyouconstructanewpreset,youshouldaddahelpmessagetoit.

Toeditthecurrentpreset’shelpmessage,usethe‘Edit: Preset: Update Current Preset Help Text”menucommand.Or,youcanjustoptionclickthe?icontodirectlyaccessthepresethelpmessageeditordialog.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes43

2

Paint Synthesizer

StudioArtistisbasedaroundthemetaphorofagraphicssynthesizer.Ausercanconstructeditablepaintpatchesthatallowforanunlimitednumberofpotentialvisualappearancesandinteractivebehavior.UsersfamiliarwithaudiosynthesisormusicsoftwarewillnoticemanysimilaritiesbetweenthePaintSynthesizerandmoreconventionalmusicoraudiosynthesizers.

TherearealargenumberofeditableparametersthatcontroltheoverallbehaviorofthePaintSynthesizer.Theseparametersdeterminethelookandfeelofthecurrentpainttool.YoucanpaintmanuallyorhaveStudioArtistgeneratepaintingautomaticallyasaPaintAction.Or,workinahybridmodewhereStudioArtist’sautomaticpaintingisbeingguidedbyyourmanualpaintinginteractions.

PaintSynthesizerPatchesarecompletesetsofalloftheeditableparametersassociatedwiththePaintSynthesizer.Thereareover470oftheseeditableparameters.Theseeditableparametersareorganizedintoaseriesofparametercontrolpanels.Aparameterspopupbelowthemainoperationpopupisusedtoswitchbetweenthedifferentparametercontrolpanels.

Studio Artist44

PaintSynthesizerPatchescanbeimportedorexportedtodiskasindividualfiles.TheycanalsobeaccessedasPaintPresetsfromwithintheStudioArtistPresetsoperationmodeinterface.

AnyPaintPresetfilesthatareplacedinaCategoryfolderinthePaintfoldercontainedinthemainPresetfoldernexttotheStudioArtistapplicationwillappearasPaintPresetswithinStudioArtist.ThefirstlevelofSubfolderswithinthePaintfolderwillappearasCollectionheadings.SubfolderswithintheCollection folderswillappearasPaintPresetCategoryheadingsforagivenCollectionUsetheseCollectionandCategorysubfolderstocustomorganizeyourPaintPresets.

StudioArtistshipswithover4000factorypaintpresets.However,youcaneasilyeditthesetocustomizethemoryoucanbuildyourownfromscratch.Spendsometimelookingthroughthedifferentfactorypresetsanddon'tbeafraidtocustomizethenamesorthecollectionandcategoryarrangementstosuityourownindividualworkneeds.

Building Custom Art Processes with Multiple Paint Presets

PaintActionSequencescanbeusedforcombiningtogetherdifferentindividualPaintActionstogeneratecomplexartprocesses.YoucanusePaintActionSequencePresetstoaccessthesesequencesofindividualPaintoperationsatthetouchofabutton.

StudioArtist'sPaintActionSequencesareuniqueinthattheycanbeastylisticscriptasopposedtojustaliteralrepresentationofyouractionslikescriptingenvironmentsinothergraphicsprograms.ThisbecomesespeciallyusefulifyouwanttoprocesssetsofdifferentsourceimagesorvideoframeswithaPaintActionSequence.StudioArtist'sIntelligentAssisteddrawingwillautomaticallyanalyzetheindividualimagesorvideoframesasthePaintActionSequenceplaysback,creatingauniquerepresentationoftheoriginalstyleyourecordedthatmatchesthesourcematerialcurrentlybeingprocessed.

See Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer for detailed information on how to use and edit the Paint Synthesizer.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes45

2

Studio Artist46

Image Operations

ImageOperationsareasetofimageprocessingeffectsthateachhaveuniqueeditableparameterpanes.Therearealargenumberofdifferentimageoperationsthatcoverawiderangeofspecialeffectsaswellasutilityimageprocessingfunctionality.ThecurrentImageOperationisinitiatedbypressingtheActionbutton(orbyusingtheCmnd Rhotkeycommand).

TheyacttotransformanimagethatisspecifiedasthecurrentIPSource.TheIPSourcecanbethecurrentCanvasLayer,aspecificCanvasLayer,theSourceImage,thecurrentRegionSelection,ortheCurrentLayerAlphaChannel.

TypicallytheendresultoftheimageoperationisplacedinthecurrentCanvasLayer.ThiscanbeoverriddentoplacetheresultdirectlyintothecurrentRegionSelectionorcurrentlayer'salphachannelwiththeappropriateCompositesetting.

EachImageOperationalsohasacompositingoperationandmixcontrollocatedatthebottomoftheparameterpane.CompositingoperationstaketheoutputoftheImageOperationeffectandtheimagealreadyintheworkingcanvasandcancombinethem

Chapter 2: Operation Modes47

2

togetherindifferentwaysbeforetheresultreplacesthecurrentworkingcanvas.

The use of different compositing operators can totally change the effect of a given image operation, resulting in a manyfold increase in possible visual effects achieved with a given image operation. For example, a blur effect can be changed into a sharpening effect by changing the compositing from Replace to Edge. Changing the Ip Source to something other than the current Layer also increases the range of possible effects that can be created even more.

Youcanalsospecifyaspecificnumberofrepetitionsofaparticularimageoperation.ThiswillrepeattheeffectNtimesautomaticallyinoneactionstep.Someimageoperationsgiveinterestingresultswhenrunrepeatedlyonthesameimage.

YoucanuseImageOperationPresetstoaccessagivenImageProcessingOperationanditsassociatededitableparametersatthetouchofabutton.LikeallPresetsinStudioArtist,theycanbeorganizedandaccessedbyCollection,Category,andPresetname.

PaintActionSequencescanalsobeusedtocombinetogetherdifferentImageOperationsinaseriestogeneratemorecomplexvisualprocesses.

Hint:

ThemainOperationsmenuprovidesaccesstoalloftheImageOperationseitherbyalphabeticalordering,orbytypeofeffectforeaseofaccesswhenworking.

See Chapter 4: Image Operations for detailed information on how to use the Paint Synthesizer.

Studio Artist48

Temporal Image Operations

TemporalImageOperationsareasetoftime-basedimageprocessingoperations.Time-basedmeansthattheyworkusingmultipleframeimagesasinputtogenerateanoutputataspecificframetimewhenprocessingasourcemovie.

Theyaredesignedtoworkwithaloadedsourcemovie,andwillnotreallydoanythingifyoudonothavealoadedsourcemovie.

Processing a movie file with a PASeq is the equivalent to loading a source movie so temporal ip ops will work as individual action steps in a PASeq designed to process movie files.

AllofthenormalcompositingoptionsavailableforImageOperationeffectsarealsoavailableforTemporalImageOperations.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes49

2

Texture Synthesizer

TheTextureSynthesizerisbasedonanunderlyingresolutionindependentproceduraltexturesynthesisengine.Therearealargenumberofeditableparametersthatcanbeusedtodefinethevisualcharacteristicsofthegeneratedtexturefield.ThetexturefieldmaybeplaceddirectlyintheCanvasandusedasafinishedabstractartisticimageoritcanbeusedasthebasisforalargenumberoftexture-basedimageprocessingoranimationandvideoeffects.

Some Image Operations that provide Texture Synth modulation options may incorporate the Texture Synthesizer as an extended part of their editable parameters and overall visual effect.

Extensiveeditablemodulationoptionsarebuiltintothetexturesynthesizer.AsourceusedformodulationcouldbethecurrentSourceimage,Canvasimage,orvariousvisualattributesassociatedwiththem.BymodulatingparametersovertimeusingPaintActionSequencetimelinekeyframing,dynamicabstracttexturalimagerycanbegeneratedandusedasthebasisfordynamicanimationorvideooutput.

Studio Artist50

See Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer for detailed information on how to use the Texture Synthesizer.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes51

2

Vectorizer

TheVectorizerisarastertovectorconversionsynthesizer.Itcanbeusedtogeneratearealisticvectorrepresentationofarasterimage.Oritcanbeconfiguredtocreateartisticvectoreffects.

VectorizeroutputcanberenderedintothenormalStudioArtistrasterworkingcanvaslayers.Thenormalimageoperationsstylecompositingoptionsareavailableinversion4forcompositingyourvectorizeroutputintoanexistingrastercanvas.

TheVectorizercanalsogeneratevectorepsorsvgoutputtoanexternaleps,svg,orpdffile.TheindividualBezierpathsassociatedwitheachgeneratedvectorregioncanalsoberecordedtothecurrentBezierpathframe.

Studio Artist52

MSG - Modular Synthesized Graphics

MSGstandsformodularsynthesizedgraphicsandisStudioArtist'smodularimageprocessingarchitecture.Thereareover500individualMSGprocessorsthatcanbeusedtobuildMSGprocessingeffects.BycombiningtogetherdifferentMSGprocessorsinaprocessorchainlistyoucanbuildanunlimitednumberofdifferentimageorvideoprocessingspecialeffects,aswellascreateabstractproceduralartoranimation.

MSGpresetscanalsobeloadedintothepaintsynthesizerasMSGPathStartGenerators,MSGPathShapeGenerators,MSGBrushLoadGenerators,orMSGLiveSourceBrushes.ThisallowsyoutodramaticallyextendthecapabilitiesofthepaintsynthesizerbyincorporatingyourowncustomMSGpresetsintopaintpatches.

MSGisuniqueamongoperationmodesduetoit'stotallymodularnature.ThereisaspecialMSGAdvancedEditorpaletteyoucanusetobuildandeditMSGpresets.ThereisalsoaEvolutionEditoryoucanusetoperformdirectedevolutionofMSGpresets.These2additionaleditingpalettesmirrormostoftheoldMSGEvolverapplicationfunctionality.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes53

2

Warp

InteractivewarpsarecomplexspatialtransformationsordistortionsthatoperateonthecurrentCanvaslayerandcanbeinteractivelycontrolledbythecurrentpenpositionandpressure.TheyarefullyrecordableasanactionstepinaPaintActionSequence.Theycanbeusedforsubtlespatialdistortion,complexmosaicorsymmetryoperations,andforoutrageousorgrotesquespecialeffects.

Simplychooseaspecificwarptypeandusethepenormousetodynamicallycontrolthewarp.HorizontalaswellasverticalmousepositionmovementsfromtheinitialmousedownstartpointintheCanvasmayinteractivelychangedifferentparametersassociatedwithcertainwarptypes.

Manyofthespecificwarptypesarealsopressureaswellaspositionsensitive.Youcanusethespacebartoendaninteractivewarpoperationthatispressuresensitive.

ThefollowingeditableparametersareavailableintheInteractiveWarpcontrolpanel:

Type

Specifiesthespecifictypeofinteractivewarp.Eachtypesettingcanproduceavery

Studio Artist54

differentwarpeffectbasedonhowyoumovethepenfromtheinitialstartpositionandworkwithinteractivepressure.

Warp Quality Settings

Therearetwodifferentwarpqualitysettings,whichareaccessedviatheInterpolatorcontrolintheWarpeditor.The0orderinterpolatorisfasteranddoesn'tintroduceanyadditionalgraylevelsorcolorsintothewarpedimage.The2orderinterpolatorusesmorememoryandisslower,butgeneratesahigherimagequalityrenderingofthefinalwarpaftermouseupviaanti-aliasingwhichintroducesadditionalgraylevelsintothewarpedimage.ThismaytakeafewsecondstocomputedependingontheCanvassizeandinteractivewarptype.

Hot Keys

’t’-usedtotranslateormovethestartpositionofalocalwarp.

’s’-usedtofinetuneawarpbyslowingdowntheeffectofpenormousemovement.

’spacebar’-usedtoexecutethecurrentwarpwithoutliftingthepenorchangingthepenpressure.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes55

2

Adjust

InteractiveadjustmentsaredynamicimageprocessingoperationsthatoperateonthecurrentCanvaslayerandcanbeinteractivelycontrolledbythecurrentpenpositionandpressure.TheyarefullyrecordableasastepinaPaintActionSequence.TheycanbeusedtointeractivelyadjustthevisualappearanceofthecurrentCanvasortoaddinteractivegradienteffects.

Simplychooseaspecificadjustmenttypeandusethepenormousetodynamicallycontrolthespecifiedoperation.Someofthespecificadjustmenttypesarepressureaswellaspositionsensitive.Horizontalaswellasverticalmousepositionmaychangeparametersassociatedwithcertainadjustmenttypes.

ThefollowingeditableparametersareavailableintheInteractiveAdjustcontrolpanel:

Type

Specifiesthetypeofinteractiveadjustment.

Hot Keys

’t’-usedtotranslateormovethestartpositionofaadjustment.

Studio Artist56

’s’-usedtofinetuneanadjustmentbyslowingdowntheeffectofpenormousemovement.

’spacebar’-usedtoexecutethecurrentadjustmentwithoutliftingthepenorchangingthepenpressure.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes57

2

Selection

ThisinteractiveOperationmodeisusedtogenerateregionorareaselections.ThecurrentselectedregionscanthenbeusedtomaskthevariousStudioArtistOperationslikepaintingorimageprocessing.

Thecurrentselectioncanalsobeusedtogenerateanalphachannelformovieoutput.SelectedregionsoftheCanvascanalsobemovedwithinthecurrentlayerbyusingthe“m”hotkeywheninregionselectionoperationmode.

MouseorpendownontheCanvastodynamicallyselectanareabasedonthecurrentInteractiveGenerationsettings.Thesesettingsincludecommonselectionmethodssuchasrectangularandlassoselectionaswellasdynamicregiongrowthbasedonvisualattributessuchascolororimagetextureenergy.

ThecurrentselectionisdisplayedasasolidcoloronagrayedoutbackgroundonthecurrentCanvas.Usingthespacebartofinalizetheinteractiveselectionisthesameasreleasingthemouseorpen.

Studio Artist58

Afterinteractiveselectiongeneration,allunselectedareasoftheCanvaswillbegrayedoutwhileinthisOperationmode.Toextendtheexistingselection,usethe“shift” hotkey.Toremovefromtheexistingselection,usethe“option shift”hotkey.

WheninotherOperationmodeswithinStudioArtist,unselectedareaswillonlybegrayedoutifRegionMaskingisturnedon.YoucanturnonandoffRegionMaskingwiththeMaskcheckboxlocatedintheOperationToolbar.IfRegionMaskingisturnedon,thenoperationswillonlytakeplacewithinthemaskedregions.

Regionmaskingisexplainedinmoredetailinthenextsection.

Hint:

Theuseofthe‘q’hotkeywithamousedownintheCanvascanbeusedatanytimewheninadifferentOperationModeoftheprogramtomomentarilydropbackintoRegionSelectiontogeneratearegiononthefly.ThecurrentRegionSelection Pen ModesettingwilldeterminethetypeofRegionSelectionperformedduringthismomentaryoperation.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes59

2

Region Masking

ThecurrentregionselectioncanbeusedatanytimeasamaskfordifferentOperationswithinStudioArtist.Thisincludespainting,imageoperations,andinteractivewarpingoradjustments.ToturnonMasking,usetheMaskpopuplocatedabovethetopleftoftheCanvas.

SettingtheCanvas:Layer:PaintMaskTypetoPaintcurrentlymasksinteractivepaintingorpaintactionswithahardmask.SettingthePaintMaskTypetoPathmasksthepathassociatedwithanypainting,butnottheactualbrushfillprocess.Thisresultsinamorenaturalappearancethatlookslikeitwasactuallyhandpaintedratherthanartificiallymasked.

BothPaintandPathmaskingworkthesameforimageprocessingandinteractivewarping.Featheredselectionregionsworkwithimageprocessingandinteractivewarpingoperations.Featheringdoesnotcurrentlyblendforpaintoperations.

LithomaskingisusedwithwetpaintsmadeusingdualPaintFillApplyfillalgorithms.Drypaintismaskedwithinthecurrentselectionregionwhilethewetorwipepartofthepainttoolisunmasked.Thisallowsyoutobuildpainttoolsthatsimulatetheeffectofdifferentprintmakingtechnologieswhereinkisfirstprintedontoanapplicationplateandthenrubbedorburnishedontoapapersurface.

ThestatusofMaskingisrecordedinaPaintActionSequenceforanyrecordedActionsteps.WhenyouplaybackaPaintActionorHistorySequence,maskingwillturnonandoffasappropriateiftheMaskParameter(locatedinthePaintActionSequenceGenericEditorcontrolpanel)isturnedon.

Themaskusedinplaybackwillbethecurrentselectionregion.YoucanexplicitlyrecordRegionSelectionActionStepstoincorporatethemaskselectionprocessdirectlyintoaPaintActionSequence.

Hint:

Studio Artist60

YoucanuseCmndYtotoggletheregionmaskpopupsettingonandoffwithoutdirectlyusingthepopupcontrol.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes61

2

Bezier

TheBezieroperationmodeprovidesawaytodraworedittheBezierPathFrameassociatedwitheachlayer.EachCanvasLayerhasit'sownindividualBezierPathFrame,whichisseparatefromtheactualRGBAimageplanesalsostoredinalayer.TheBezierpathframeisnotdisplayedinthecanvasunlessyouareinthisoperationmode.

Bezier Drawing

YoucanusethemouseorpentodrawaBezierpathontheCanvas.Ifyouareusingapressuresensitivepen,thepressureandtiltinformationwillbestoredalongwiththepath.Ifyouareusingamouse,thedefaultpressureandtiltsettingswillbestoredwiththepath.

TherearetwosetsoftwodifferentdrawingmodesforBezierDraw.FreestylepenmodeallowsafreeformcurvetobedrawnthatisthenconvertedtoaBezierpathrepresentationatmouseup.BezierCurvemodeallowsaBezierpathtobebuiltupbyinteractiveinsertionandpositioningofBeziercontrolpoints.

YoucaneitherdrawBezierpathsorclosedBezierRegions.Eachofthesepathoptionscanbedrawnusingfreestyleorcurvemodes.

IfthePathLayerRecordSettingsmenusaresetappropriately,youcanrecordBezierpathswhiledrawinginthePaintSynthesizerorPaintSynthesizerPresets.TheVectorizerregionoutputcanalsoberecordedintothecurrentBezierPathFrameifthePathLayerRecordSettingsmenusaresetappropriately.

EachCanvaslayerhasanassociatedBezierFramethatcontainsalloftheactiveBezierPathscurrentlyassociatedwiththatCanvaslayer.SwitchingtoanewCanvaslayerwillalsoswitchtoit’sassociatedBezierFrame.SwitchingthecurrentOperationtoBezierwilldisplaythecontentsofthecurrentLayer'sBezierpathframeontopofthelayerscomponentRGBAimageinthecanvasview.

Studio Artist62

ThecurrentBezierframecanbeusedinseveraldifferentways.ItcanbeascratchpadforeditingexistingpaintpathsstoredinaPaintActionSequence.ItcanbeusedtointeractivelydefinepathsforsubsequentpaintingwiththePaintsynthesizer.ItcanbeusedforeditingindividualpaintstrokepathsstoredinaPaintActionSequence.

TheshapeandpositionofBezierpathscanalsobeanimatedovertime.Bezierpathscanalsobeusedtogenerateselectionregionsormasks.

BezierpathscanbedrawnwiththecurrentPaintSynthesizersettingsusingthe'Path:PaintPaths'menucommand.BezierregionscanbefilledusingthesamemenucommandalongwithaRegionFillasBrushpenmode.ThefillcanuserasterpaintwhenfillingtothecanvasorcangenerateanEPSregionifyouarerunningamenucommandthatgeneratesanEPSfilefromaPaintActionSequence.

IfyouwishtoeditaBezierpathafteryoudrawit,youneedtoswitchtotheBezierEditcontrolpanel.Youcanusecmnd5toswitchbackandforthfromyourcurrentOperationtoBezierOpModeforquickeditsonthefly.

See the Chapter on Bezier Paths for more information on Bezier Draw and Bezier Edit.

Chapter 2: Operation Modes63

2

Bezier Editing

YoucanusethemouseorpentoeditanyBezierpathsinthecurrentlayer’sBezierframe.MenucommandsarealsoavailableforBezierPathCopy/Pastestyleeditingaswellaspathtransformationoperations.

YoucanusethemouseorpentoselectindividualpathsbytouchingthemorgroupsofBezierpathsbydraggingaselectionmarqueoverthem.YoucandirectlymanipulatetheBeziercontrolpointsassociatedwithindividualpathstochangetheshapeofaselectedpath.Youcanalsorotate,scaleandtranslateselectedcurvesusinghotkeysaswellasperformmoresophisticatedinteractiveeditsthatchangetheappearanceoftheselectedpaths.

Hint:

ThemastererasebuttonerasestheCanvasimagelayerandit’sBezierpathframe.TheSettoBackgroundbuttonjusterasestheCanvasimagelayeranddoesnoteraseit’sassociatedBezierpathframe.

See the Chapter on Bezier Paths for more information on Bezier Edit.

Studio Artist64

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer Classic

StudioArtistisbasedaroundthemetaphorofagraphicssynthesizer.Musicianshaveusedaudioormusicsynthesizersformanyyearstodesignanunlimitedvarietyofcustomsoundsandtoemulatethesoundsofnaturalinstruments.Similarly,ausercanconstructgraphicalpatchesinthePaintSynthesizerthatallowforanunlimitednumberofpotentialvisualpaintaestheticsaswellasextremecustomizedpainttoolinteractivity.So,youhaveamazingcontroloverbothhowapaintinglooksaswellascontroloverhowapainttoolrespondstoyourpendrawingmovements.

For those unfamiliar with the metaphor, a paint patch is a collection of paint synthesizer parameter values stored in one recordable or savable object. These paint patches can be stored as individual Paint Preset files on disk for easy access later while working.

PaintSynthesizerClassicisanextendedimplementationofthetraditionalStudioArtistpaintsynthesizerinStudioArtistversion4thatallowsforfullcompatibilitywithpre-version4paintpresets.Inthefuturetheremaybeadditionalpaintsynthesizerswithredesignedinternalstructuresandnon-compatibiltywitholderpaintpresets.

ThisoverviewwillhelpyouunderstandthestructureofthePaintSynthesizersothatyoucanquicklystartmodifyingexistingfactorypaintpresetpatchesaswellascreateyourown.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer65

3

Introduction

ThePaintSynthesizerallowsyoutocontrolanduseStudioArtist’spaintanddrawingcapabilities.Therearealargenumberofeditableparametersthatmakeupapaintpatch.Theseparametersdeterminethelookandfeelofthecurrentpaint.YoucanpaintmanuallyorhaveStudioArtistgeneratepaintingautomaticallyasaPaintAction,orworkwithahybridprocesswhereArtist’sautomaticpaintingisbeingguidedbyyourmanualpaintinginteractions.

Apaintstrokeiscomposedofapath,paint,andapaintbrush.ThepathdefineswheredrawingistakingplaceontheCanvas.Thepaintbrushappliesthepainttothepath.Ifyouarepaintingmanually,yourmovementsofthepenormousedefinethepath.IfStudioArtistispaintingautomatically,thenthepathisgeneratedbyStudioArtist.Whatthegeneratedpathlookslikewilldependonthepaintpatch’seditablepathparametersaswellasthesourceimageandit’sautomaticallyanalyzedinternalvisualattributes.

Useofagraphicstabletandassociatedpressureand/ortiltsensitivepenorairbrushtoolcangreatlyexpandtherangeofartisticexpressionanddynamiccontrolavailablefromagivenPaintPatch.WerecommendtheWacomIntuostabletstofullyutilizetheexpressivepotentialavailablewithinStudioArtist.Expressivefeatureslikepenpressure,tilt,tiltorientation,tangentialpressure,rotation,andvelocitycanbeusedtomodulateindividualparameterswithinthePaintSynthesizer.Intheextremecase,youhavetheabilitytomodulateover480parametersinrealtimeasyouuseanexpressivedrawingtoollikeapressureandtiltsensitivepen.

Overview of the Paint Synthesizer

Concept

ThePaintSynthesizerisdesignedbasedonmetaphorsoriginallyusedintheworldofaudioandmusicsynthesis.Thesynthesizeriscomposedofanumberofmodulesthatcaneithergenerateorprocessgraphicalandvisualsignals.Eachmodulehasanumber

Studio Artist66

ofeditableparametersthatcontrolsit’sbehavior.

Manyparameterscanalsobemodulatedbyothermodules,bythesignaloutputsofothermodules,orbyexternalsignals.It’susefultokeeptheconceptsofsignalflowandroutinginmindwhentryingtounderstandhowthesynthesizerworks.Asignalcouldbeanythingfromapaintcolortoapathfordrawingtoanimage.Propertiesofonesignalcouldbemodulatingthegenerationorprocessingofanother.Thesynthesizerisaflexibleandconfigurableenvironmentforconstructingvisuallyrichandhighlydynamicpaintanddrawingtools.

StudioArtistalsohasbuiltinvisualintelligencemodulesthatarebasedonresearchinthecognitiveneuroscienceofvisualperception.Thesemodulescanbeusedtogeneratepainttoolsthatofferintelligent-assistance.Theycaneitheraidyouincreatingadrawing,orgeneratepaintingpathsautomatically.

StudioArtistusesaSourceImageinmuchthesamewaythatanartistwoulduseamodel,asasourceforvisualabstraction.WhenyouopenanewSourceImage,StudioArtistspendsashorttimeexaminingitandthengeneratesanumberofinternalvisualattributesthatitusesasthebasisforit’sintelligentassisteddrawing.

Youcanuseaslittleorasmuchintelligent-assisteddrawingasyouchoose.Youcanturnoffallassistanceandtotallypaintinthetraditionalmanualfashion.Or,youcanpressActionandhaveStudioArtistdoallthework.Thechoiceisuptoyou.

Mostlikely,youwillworksomewhereinbetweenthesetwoextremes.Ifyoudon’tknowhowtodraw,youwillfindthatStudioArtististhefirstComputerPaintingprogramthatwillallowyoutocreatesatisfyingartwithouthavingtotakethetimeandefforttodevelopsignificantmechanicaldrawingskills.

Ifyouhavespentyearshoningandrefiningyourdrawingandpaintingskillsandtechnique,youcanuseintelligent-assistancetoaidyouinperformingrepetitiveortediouspenworkthatmightbetootimeconsumingtoconsiderdoingmanually.This

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer67

3

mightincludepaintingwithdynamiccrosshatchingpatternsorauto-rotoscopingindividualframesoffilmorvideoforanimation.

Manyartistsandmusiciandevelophandandwristproblemsduetoextensiveover-usageofacomputermouseormanualtoolsoverlongperiodsoftime.TheuseofapenandtabletalongwithStudioArtist’sintelligent-assisteddrawingisagreatwaytoreducethiskindofrepetitivestress.Digitalpaintingandimagemanipulationisalsoagreatwaytoavoidexposuretotoxicchemicalsassociatedwithmanytraditionalartistictechniquesandmediatypes.

Drawing Engine

ThePaintSynthesizerisbasedonamodelofapplyingdabs(alsosometimesreferredtoasnibs)ofpainttotheCanvasalongapath.Howthedabsareappliedtothepathandtheoverallshapeofthepathitselfcanbeextensivelymodulatedunderinteractivecontrol.

Apathcaneitherbedefinedmanuallyusingapenormouse,automaticallybyapathgenerationalgorithm,orbyahybridprocessthatcombinesmanualdrawingwithontheflyautopathgeneration.CollectionsofrecordedBezierpathscanalsobeaccessedandmodulatedortransformedinrealtimeasafurthersourceofautomaticpathgeneration.

Adabofpaintisgeneratedfromadynamiccomputationalbrushanddynamiccomputationalpaint.Bothdynamicelements(brushandpaint)canbechangingunderyourinteractivecontrol,orthePaintSynthesizermaybemodulatingthemonit’sown.

ThedynamicbrushisgeneratedfromaBrush SourceandaBrush Typecomputationalgenerationalgorithm.Brush Modulationparametersspecifyadditionaladjustmentstomodulatethedynamicbrushsize,orientation,andtexture.Eachtimethebrushisusedtoapplyadabofpaint,itcouldbethesameortotallyunique.ItalldependsonhowthePaintSynthesizereditableparametersareconfigured.

AdabofpaintisgeneratedataparticularpathlocationusingthecurrentdynamicbrushandtwoPaint Fillsources.TheyarecalledFill FromandFill To.Thedynamicbrush,

Studio Artist68

thetwopaintsources,andseveralFill Optionparametersacttogethertogenerateauniquedabofpainttobeappliedataparticularpathposition.

Asimpledabofanti-aliasedpaintcouldbebasedonasinglecolorastheFill From sourceandtheCanvasastheFill Tosource.Morecomplexandorganicdabsofpaintor3DpainteffectscanbeconstructedusingBrush Loading.Brush Loadingallowsforawiderangeofsophisticatedimagegenerationandprocessingalgorithmstobedynamicallyexecutedontheflyasyoudrawtocreaterichlytexturedandorganicpaintdabs.

ThedabofpaintisthenappliedtotheCanvaswithaparticularpaintFill Algorithm.DifferentCompositingandMaskingoptionscanbechosenfortheparticularpaintingalgorithm.TheapplicationofthedabtotheCanvascanbemodulatedinteractivelyoralgorithmically.

CertainpaintingFill AlgorithmsthatMixmayspawnasecondinteractingPaint Fillprocesswithit’sownCompositingandBlendingparameters.Thepowerofthissophisticatedpaintapplicationprocessallowsfortotalflexibilityincreatinguniqueanddifferentpaintvisuallooksandtactilefeels.APaintPatchcanbebuilttoemulatetraditionalmediaortocreatesomethingtotallywildandnew.

Presets

AfteraPaintPatchiscreatedandedited,itcanbeaccessedasaPresetforeaseofuseincreativedrawingandpainting.ThePaintSynthesizergivesyouextremecontrolovercreatingyourownpaintingtools.ThePresetsallowsyoutoaccesspre-builtpaintingtoolswithoutgettingunderthehoodintotheirinternalcomplexityunlessyousochoose.

Philosophy

TherearenoartificiallimitationsinStudioArtist’sPaintSynthesisapproach.Unlikeotherpaintingprograms,wedon’tmakeyourdecisionsforyou.Otherprogramsprovideafewnonuserconfigurablepaintswithverylimitededitabilityandinteractivity.Thiskindofgenericapproachbyothercompaniestoprovidingdigitalpaintingtools

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer69

3

reallylimitsyourfreedomofcreativeexpression.

Afterall,individualpersonalexpressionisreallywhattheartisticprocessisallabout.

Studio Artist70

Paint Synthesizer Interactive Pen Modes

ThereareseveraldifferentinteractivepenmodesassociatedwiththePaintSynthesizer.Eachmodeallowsyoutousethemouseorpeninacompletelydifferentwaywhendrawing.

AdefaultPenModesettingisstoredwitheachPaintPatch,butyoucanchangethissettingandsubsequentlychangetheinteractivebehaviorofthemouseorpentool.Switchingbetweenthesedifferentpenmodescanhaveaprofoundeffectonthevisualappearanceandbehavioroftheresultinginteractivepainttool.

The pen mode is adjusted in version 4 in the Pen Mode control panel. In previous versions of Studio Artist it could be adjusted with a special popup control located above the canvas.

Interactive Pen

Paintsontheflybasedontheuser’spenormousemovements.PaintflowsinrealtimefromthepentotheCanvasasyoudraw.

Certain paint parameters can be modulated by the path length. Because Interactive Pen draws on the fly, the Paint Synthesizer has no way of knowing the final path length while it is painting. Default settings located in the Path Shape parameter pane are used in Interactive Pen mode to determine path length modulation.

Freestyle

Drawsthepenpathasamarchingantsthinlineuntilmouseup,whenthepathisthenpainted.Thespecifiedpathcanberepositionedbeforeitispainted.

Certain paint parameters can be modulated by the path length. With this mouse mode, the path length modulation will be based on the complete drawn path length. Freestyle Autodraw

Drawsthepenpathasamarchingantsthinlineuntilmouseup.Then,thedrawn

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer71

3

pathisusedasascanlinetostartaseriesofautodrawnpathsthatarepainted.TheautodrawnpathsaregeneratedaccordingtothepathparametersettingslocatedinthePathStart,PathShape,PathAngle,PathEnd,PathApplication,andPathRandomizationparameterpanes.

AutoDraw One Shot

Autodrawsandpaintsapathfromthemousedownstartpoint.Onlyonepathisdrawn.

AutoDraw Interactive

Autodrawsandpaintsaseriesofpaintstrokesfromthecurrentmouseposition.ThespacingofnewautodrawnpathsisdeterminedbythescanspacingparameterlocatedinthePathStartparameterpane.

Howtheautodrawnpathsaregeneratedandwhattheylooklikeisafunctionofallofthepaintparametersassociatedwiththepath(PathStart,PathShape,PathAngle,PathEnd,PathApplication,andPathRandomizationpanes).

Think of the autodrawn paths as a stream of intelligent paint particles with minds of their own that are being generated by your pen motion. You can use this stream of particles for something as subtle as generating an airbrush effect to generating unique-looking dynamic particle brushes that flow like liquid paint to full intelligent-assisted drawing that might dynamically crosshatch or autosketch an image for you as you manipulate the mouse or pen on the canvas.

RegionDraw

Theuserinteractivelyspecifiesalocalregionwiththepen.Thesize,orientation,andshapeofthelocalregioncanbeadjustedbymovingthemouseandadjustingpenpressureortilt.Mouseuporhittingthespacebarthenpaintsthespecifiedregionwithaseriesofpathsgeneratedalgorithmically.

The Pen Mode 'Region Specifier' parameter determines whether pen pressure or tilt is used to interactively grow the region, or if the user just draws a lasso area.

Bezier Curve

Studio Artist72

DrawsthepenpathasamarchingantsBeziercurveuntilyoumouseuporpressthespacebar,whenthepathisthenpainted.

Pentiltcontrolsthedirectionandextentofthecurve.

If you don’t have a tilt sensitive pen, press ‘option’ to adjust the direction of the curve. To add a new segment to the curve, press the ‘Cmnd’ key. The ‘t’ hot key lets you translate the existing curve path. The ‘r’ hot key lets you rotate the existing curve path.

Particle Paint

Autodrawsandpaintsaseriesofindependentpaintbushparticlesthathavetheirownuniquemovementbasedontheoverallpathgenerationsettings.

Particle paint is different than Autodraw Interactive pen mode in that multiple paint paths associated with each paint particle are being drawn simultaneously rather than one at a time sequentially. This has a very different look and feel than Autodraw Interactive, which draws and fills one autopath at a time.

Interactive MultiPen

Paintsontheflyusingmultiplesimultaneousinteractivepensasyoudraw.Eachoftheindividualinteractivepenstrackstheoverallmovementofthepenormousewhile.

Can be used to simulate the appearance of a real paint brush composed of multiple pen bristles or for special effects like multiple thread weaving or amazing interactive pattern design.

Autodraw MultiPen

Autodrawsandpaintsaseriesofmultipenpaintstrokesfromthecurrentmouseposition.ThespacingofnewautodrawnpathsisdeterminedbythescanspacingparameterlocatedinthePathStartparameterpane.

Region Draw MultiPen

SimilartoRegiondrawpenmodeexcepttheregionisfilledwithmultipenpaintstrokes.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer73

3

Studio Artist74

Region Draw as Brush

Theuserinteractivelyspecifiesalocalregionwiththepen.Thelocalregionisthenconvertedtoabrushanddirectlyfilledwiththecurrentpaintsynthesizersettings.Unlikepreviouspenmodes,theregionisdirectlyfilledratherthanstrokedwithapathbasedpaintstroke.

This pen mode is the paint mode used to fill vector regions stored in the current path frame. Unlike other illustration programs that fill vector regions with solid color or simple gradients, Studio Artist allows you to access the complete power of the Paint Synthesizer when filling a vector region.

Autodraw Region Draw as Brush

Autodrawsandpaintsaseriesoffilledlocalregionsfromthecurrentmouseposition.Thelocalregionsaregeneratedusingthesettinginthepaintsynthesizerpathgenerationsection.

Thelocalregionsarethenconvertedintoindividualbrushdabsanddirectlyfilledwiththecurrentpaintsynthesizersettings.ThespacingofnewautodrawnregionsisdeterminedbythescanspacingparameterlocatedinthePathStartparameterpane.

This pen mode can either be used to auto generate regions used for Paint Synthesizer fills, or to take a vector path and convert it into a flat and possibly stylized vector region that represents the paint stroke and is filled with one overall fill operation as opposed to a series of applied paint dabs.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer75

3

Paint Synthesizer Editable Control Panes

ThePaintSynthesizeriscomposedofseveraleditableparametercontrolpanes.Theyarelooselyorganizedintermsofsignalflow.EachpanecontainsacollectionofeditableparametersthatcontrolaparticularaspectofthePaintSynthesizer’sdrawingengine.TheseparametersdefinethelookandfeeloftheresultingPaintPatchandit’sassociatedinteractivemouseorpenmodesandPaintActions.

Aneditableparametermaybeassociatedwithapopupcontrol,orasliderandassociatednumericeditfield.Certainparametersmayuserangesliders,whichhavetwoassociatednumericfieldsfortherangeslider’sminimumandmaximumrangevales.

Youcanusethecontrolpanepopupatthetopofthepaintsynthesizereditortomovebetweenthedifferentcontrolpanels.OryoucanusetheOperation:PaintSynthesizersubmenusasanalternativewaytonavigatethevariouspaintsynthesizercontrolpanels(oranyothercontrolpanelsavailableinStudioArtist).

Studio Artist76

Paint Synthesizer Control Pane Organization

ThePaintSynthesizerparameterpanesareorganizedasfollows:

Pen Mode ParticlePaint Mode MultiPen Mode Region as Brush Mode

Theseparameterscontrolspecificbehaviorassociatedwiththedifferentpenmodes.

Path Start Path Shape Path Angle Path End Path Application Path Randomize

Theseparameterscontroltheappearanceofthepath.Youcancontrolhowstartpositionsarechosenforthepath,howthepathisgenerated(whichdeterminesit’ssubsequentappearanceorshape),andhowpathsareterminatedorendedbasedonvisualattributes.

Howthepathparametersareuseddependsonwhetheryouinitiateapaintaction,orusethemouseorpentodrawapath.Eventhoughyoumayusethepentospecifyaprimarypath,thepathparameterscanstillaffecthowthepenpathisdrawnontothecanvas.Thisinteractioncanbesubtleorquitedramatic,dependingonthepathsettingsandthepenmode.

Paint Color Source Paint Color Modulate Fixed Colors

Theseparameterscontroltheoverallcolorofthepaint.

TheinitialpaintcolorvaluewillcomefromtheSourceAreasectionoftheStudioArtistinterface.DependingonthestatusofthetwopopupcontrolsintheSourceArea,thecolorcouldbeafixedvalueuserselectedcolor,acolorspecifiedinapaintpaletteorcolorgradient,ordynamicallygeneratedfromthesourceimageasyoupaint.ThisinitialcolorvaluecanthenbemodulatedortransformedbythePaintColorSourceand

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer77

3

PaintColorModulateparametersettings.

TwoadditionalFixedColorscanbegeneratedasoffsetsormodulationsfromtheinitialPaintColor.Thecombinationofthesethreedynamiccolorsourcescangeneraterichpainttexturesorspecialeffects.

Paint Source Offset Paint Brush Load Paint Fill Setup Paint Fill Apply Alpha Fill

Theseparameterscontroltheappearanceofthepaint,andhowitisappliedtoorinteractswiththecanvasandthebrush.

PaintSourceOffsetscanbeusedtodynamicallyoffsetvariouscolororimagecloningoperations.Thiscanbeusedtogeneratesubtlecolormodulationeffectsinapainting,forrubber-stampstyleimagecloning,forgeneratingliquidflowpaints,andmanyotherapplication.

PaintBrushLoadingallowsadynamicpaintimagetobegeneratedonthefly.ThisdynamicpaintimagecaninteractwiththedynamicbrushandCanvasinthesubsequentPaintFillmodule.Anextremelylargenumberofdifferentimageprocessingandgenerationalgorithmscanbeusedtocreatethedynamicpaintimage.Thisallowsforawiderangeoforganictextures,3Dpaintandstylisticeffects.

PaintFillparametersdeterminehowthedynamicbrushappliesdynamicpainttotheCanvas.PaintFillSetupdetermineshowthedabofpaintisgenerated.PaintFillApplydetermineshowthedabofpaintisappliedtothecanvas.

AlphaFillparametersdeterminehowthedynamicbrushupdatesthecurrentCanvasLayeralphachannel.

Brush Source Brush Type Brush Modulation

Studio Artist78

Theseparameterscontrolthecharacteristicsofthedynamicpaintbrushusedtoapplypainttothecanvas.Youcancontrolthebrushmasksource,appearance,type,texture,andsizeandorientationmodulation.

AninitialBrushSourcecanbecomputational,dynamicallygenerative,animage,text,oramoviefile.Itisthenmodifiedbyaseconddynamicbrushgenerationalgorithm.

BrushModulationallowsthesize,orientation,andluminanceofthedynamicbrushtobeadditionallymodulatedbypressure,tilt,ormanyotherinteractiveoralgorithmicparameters.

Background Texture

Thispaneletsyoudefineadynamicbackgroundtexture.Thedynamicbackgroundtexturecanbeusedtomodulatemanydifferentparameterswithinotherpartsofthepaintsynthesizer.Backgroundtexturescanbeusedtosimulatepaperorcanvastexturesaswellastocreaterichorganicpainteffects.

Miscellaneous

Thispanehassomeadditionalparameters.Youcanaccessthedefaultpressureandtiltsettingshere.

Time Particles 1 Time Particles 2

Thesepanesexpandthefunctionalityofthepaintsynthesizertogenerateparticlebasedmotioneffectsovertime.Iftimeparticlesareturnedon,thenindividualpaintstrokesgeneratedinthefirstframeofananimationormovieprocesswillpersistovertimeandhaveindividualmotioncharacteristics.

Vector Output

Thispanehassomeparametersthatdeterminehowthepaintstrokesorlocalpaintregionsareconvertedintoepsstrokedpathsorfilledregionsduringepsoutput.Someofthenewv4vectorpaintrenderoptionscanalsobeaccessedhere.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer79

3

Studio Artist80

Pen Mode

ThePenModeparametersarespecificcontrolsassociatedwithoneormorePenModes.ParticlePaint,MultiPen,andRegionFillasBrushmodesarelocatedintheirowncontrolpanelduetothelargenumberofeditableparameterstheycontain.

Autodraw Mode Parameters Pen Mode

Determineswhatkindofpendrawingmodewillbeused.Thevisualbehaviorofthedrawingassociatedwithyourpenmovementcanchangeradicallydependingonwhichpenmodeyouchoosetoworkwith.FormoreinformationonthespecificpenmodesandwhattheydoseetheprevioussectiononPaintSynthesizerInteractivePenModes.

In previous versions of Studio Artist this was a separate popup control above the left part of the canvas. In version 4 it's integrated into the Pen Mode control panel.

Scan Spacing

Thisparameterspecifiesthescanspacingforfreestyleautodrawandthevariousautodrawinteractivepaintingmousemodes.Byscanspacing,wemeanthenumberof

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer81

3

pixelsthepenmustmovebeforeanewautodrawnpathwillstart.

For example, set it to 0 if you want autodraw interactive to act like an air brush (i.e.. continuously generating new paths without moving the mouse) , or 10 if you want a new path to be generated every time the pen moves 10 pixels.

Line Tracking

Whenlinetrackingisoffthestartpointfortheautodrawnpathalwaysimmediatelyjumpstothecurrentpenlocation.Iflinetrackingisonthenthestartpointfortheautodrawnpathswilltrackfromthepreviousstartpointalongalinetothecurrentpenlocationaslongasthepenormouseisdown.Thetrackingalongthelinewillbespacedbasedonthescanspacing(ascanspacingof0willtrackat1pixelincrements).

Stroke Update

Determineswhetherpost-strokeupdatingtakesplaceforautodrawinteractivemousedrawingatmouseuporforeachindividualstroke.UpdatesincluderesettingtheZ-bufferandtheUndoCanvas,whichareusedincertainPaintFilloperations.

Region Draw Mode Parameters

Parametersusedininteractiveregiondrawmousemode.Userinteractivelyspecifiesaregiononthecanvasthatisthenfilledwithalgorithmicallygeneratedpaintstrokes.

Region Specifier

Determineswhatinteractivemodulatorordrawingtechniquedeterminestheoverallinitialregionshape.Oncetheregionshapeisspecified,apathgenerationalgorithmattemptstofillitinwithadrawingpathspecifiedwiththeFillTypeparameterdetailedbelow.

Theregionfillingpathwillthenbestrokedwithpaint.Notethatthiswayoffillingaregionwithapathandthenpaintingthepathisverydifferentthanasolidcolorregion

Studio Artist82

fill.

PressureRegioninteractivelygrowstheregionbasedonthepenpressure.TiltRegioninteractivelygrowstheregionbasedonthepentilt.Ifeitherofthese2specifiersisusedwithamousetheydefaultto50%.Youcanpressthespacebartostoptheinteractiveregiongrowthandpainttheregion.Thisispreferabletoliftingthepensincethatcouldchangetheinteractivemodulation.

Lassoallowsyoutodrawablinkinglassoselectionareawhichisthenfilledwhenyouliftthepenorpressthespacebar.

Note

You can also use the current region selection mode to interactively select a region that is then filled as an alternative to the current Specifier. To do this, hold down the cmnd key when mousing down into the canvas when in Region Draw pen mode. Rather than using the current Specifier to interactively select, you will be immediately dropped into the current region selection mode to interactively select the area to be painted.

Region Fill Type

Algorithmtogenerateapathtofillaninteractivelyspecifiedregion.Allofthesetrytofilltheregionwithapathinadifferentway,sotheyallhaveaverydifferentappearance.Trythemandyou'llseehowtheyallattempttofilltheregionindifferentways.

Thefirst10filltypesarealsoaccessibleviahotkeys1,2,...,0wheninRegionDrawmousemode.

Region Spacing

SpacinginpixelsbetweenadjacentpathsegmentsusedintheRegionDrawpathgenerationalgorithm.

Region Effect

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer83

3

ThiscanbeusedtospecifyadditionalpostprocessingeffectsthatwillmodifytheappearanceoftheRegionFillTypegeneratedpath.

Region AutoDraw

DetermineswhathappenswhentheRegionDrawpenmodeisautodrawn.Thedefaultoriginalbehaviorwastodoanormalautodrawlikewithinteractivepenmode.The'simulatelassofill'optionusesthegeneratedpathtosimulateamanuallydrawnlassofillthatisthenfilledinbasedontheotherregiondrawparametersinthiscontrolpanel.Note

The Path Shape control panel Path Type parameter setting called Gen Region Path1 also uses these parameters to generate the path shape using the current region draw Fill Type algorithm.

Studio Artist84

ParticlePaint Mode

TheParticlePaintModeparametersarespecificcontrolsassociatedwiththeParticlePaintpenmode.Thispenmodeautodrawsandpaintsaseriesofindependentpaintbushparticlesthateachhavetheirownuniquemovementbasedontheoverallpathgenerationsettings.

ParticlePaint Mode Parameters

# Particle

DeterminesthenumberofindependentpaintparticlesusedinParticlePaintPenMode.Increasingthenumberofparticlescanslowdowndrawingifthebrushsizeislarge,soadjustaccordingly

Path Tracking

Determineswhetherpathapplicationspacingtrackingisaccurateornotfortheparticledrawing.Itwasnotinversion2forparticlepaints,nowyoucanchoose.

Action Reset

VariousoptionsfortheParticlePaintbehaviorthatareonlyactiveduringActionpainting.Bychangingthesettingyoucandetermineiftheautopaintedparticlesspillcoloralloverthecanvas(none)ortracksourcecolormorelikeanormalautopaint

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer85

3

operation(newstartpoint,newstroke).

There can be a big difference between the appearance of manually drawn Particle Paint presets and automatic action drawing for the same preset. Action painting for most particle paints requires a Path Start Repeat Scan setting greater than 1 with the New Start Point setting if you want the action painting to simulate the same effect you would get by using the mouse.

Swarming

Particleswarmingallowstheindividualpaintparticlestosenseandinteractwithotherparticlesintheswarmaswellastosenseandrespondtothemovementofthepen.Swarmingcancreateextremelyrichparticledynamics.Thinkofaflockofbirdsundulatingastheyflytogether.Theswarmingparametersallowyoutosimulatethiskindofrealworldbehaviorintheindividualpaintparticles.

Thisparametersturnstheoverallswarmingbehavioronoroff.Whenswarmingison,additionalindentedparametersassociatedwiththebehavioroftheparticleswarmingappearandarespecifiedbelow.

Distance Option

Thereare3differentkindsofcalculationsthatcaninfluencethebehaviorofanindividualparticleinaswarm.Theyareattractiontothepen,attractiontootherparticles,andrepulsiontoothercloseparticles.

The3distanceslidersassociatedwithpenattraction,selfattraction,andcloserepulsionspecifymaximumdistancesbeyondwhichtheeffectforaparticularparticlecombinationisignored.Forexample,aclosedistanceof10specifiesthatparticlescloserthan10pixelswillberepulsedfromeachotherbutparticlesthatarespacedgreaterthan10pixelsapartwillignoreeachother.

Sometimesyoumaywantparticlestointeractnomatterhowfaraparttheyare.TheDistanceOptionpopupallowsyoutoturnoffthedistancerangeforthepenattractand

Studio Artist86

selfattractcalculations.

Pen Attract

Controlstheattractionofindividualparticlestothecurrentpenlocation.Increasingtheparameterincreasestheattractiontothepen.

Pen Distance

Determinesadistancerangebetweentheparticleandthepenlocationafterwhichattractiontothepenlocationisignored.

Self Attract

Controlstheattractionofindividualparticlestoeachother.Positiveincreasingvaluesincreasetheselfattraction.Negativeincreasingvaluesmaketheparticlesincreasinglyflyawayfromeachother.

Attract Distance

Determinesadistancerangebetweenparticlesafterwhichtheirattractiontoeachotherisignored.

Close Repulse

Controlstherepulsionofindividualclosespacedparticlestoeachother.Positiveincreasingvaluesincreasethecloserepulsion.Negativeincreasingvaluesmaketheclosespacedparticlesincreasinglyattracttoeachother.

Close Distance

Determinesadistancerangebetweenparticlesafterwhichtheirselfrepulsiontoeachotherisignored.

Repulse Algorithm

Determinesthespecificalgorithmforhowparticlesarerepulsed.

... Path Jump

Onecharacteristicofarealpaintorliquidstreamisthatitmaybranchorsplitintomultiplesubpathsasthestreammoves.Thisphenomenaisalsoobservedinnaturein

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer87

3

plantortreebranching.Pathjumpingallowsyoutomodelbothkindofphenomenainyourparticlepaints.

Turningonpathjumpingbringsupadditionalindentedparametersthatdeterminewhenindividualpaintparticlepathsbranchforpathjumping.BranchingoccurswithintheoriginalpoolofNparticles,soifoneparticlebranchesinto2thesecondbranchingparticleisstolenfromanotherpositionintheoverallpoolofparticles.

Probability

Determinestheprobabilityofanindividualparticlebranching.Asettingof0%meansbranchingwillneveroccur.Asettingof100%meansbranchingwillalwaysoccur.

Start Offset

Determinesarandomstartpositionoffsetrangeforthenewbranchingparticle.Thisnewpositionisoffsetfromtheexistingparticlelocationforthepaththatisbranching.

Angle Offset

Determinestheangularoffsetforanewparticlebranch.

Angle Adjust

Determinesanoverall%adjustmentrangeforthepathangle.Settingthisto0%meansthenewparticlebranchanglewillalwaysbeattheangleoffsetvalue.Increasingthesettingallowsthenewparticletofallrandomlyintothepercentrangestartingattheangleoffsetwith0%andmovingtowardstheoriginalpathangleat100%.So,increasingthesettingwillintroducemorevariabilityintothebranchingstructure.

... NibMod Out

TheMultiPenNibmodulatorisusedthroughoutthepaintsynthesizer.ThismodulatorcanalsobeusedwithParticlePaint,andthemodulationwillbebasedonthesettingofthisparameter.

NibMod Out2

Studio Artist88

TheMultiPenNib2modulatorisusedthroughoutthepaintsynthesizer.ThismodulatorcanalsobeusedwithParticlePaint,andthemodulationwillbebasedonthesettingofthisparameter.

Extra Force

Definesanadditionalforceusedforgeneratingparticlemovement.Thisextraforceisaddedtothemainparticlemovementwhichisderivedfromthepaintsynthesizerpathgenerationcontrols.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer89

3

MultiPen Mode

TheMultiPenModeparametersarespecificcontrolsassociatedwiththeMultiPenMode.MultiPenModesimulatesmultiplebrushbristlesorwhatwecallNibseachdrawingindependentlyinInteractivePenMode.Anotherwaytothinkofthisishavingacollectionofmultipleinteractivepensthatalldrawsimultaneouslyasyoumovethepen.

Path Randomize

TheoriginalmultipenimplementationinStudioArtist2didnotsupportanyofthepathrandomizationsettings.StudioArtist3multipensdosupportthepathrandomizationsettings.Thiscontrolsturnstheoverallmultipenpathrandomizationonoroff.Turningitoffmeansthepathrandomizationsettingsareignoredlikeinversion2.Weaddedthiscontrolforcompatibilitywithexistingversion2multipenpresets.

Line Track

Switcheslinetrackingonoroff.Ongeneratescontinuousbristlepaths.Offgeneratessplotchybristlesthatskiptothenewpenpositionwithoutdrawinglinesfromthelastpenposition.

Configuration

InitialstartconfigurationorpositioningoftheMultipenBristleNibs.Thinkofan

Studio Artist90

individualnibasbeingonebristleinamulti-bristlebrush.Thenibscouldbepositionedinastraightlinetosimulatearectangularshapedbrushorinaseriesofconcentriccirclesoraspiralstosimulatearoundbrushshape.Youcanalsochooserandomsettingsthatwillpositionthenibsrandomlyatthebeginningofeachbrushstrokeratherthanequallyspacingthem.

AngleTrack

Modulationoptionsfortheangletrackingofthenibsfromthepencenterduringdrawing.Angletrackingdetermineshowtheoverallareaspecifiedbytheinitialnibconfigurationorientsitselfasyoudraw.

Angle Calc

Determineswhethertheangleusedfortrackingisalwaysupdatedasyoudraworisonlycalculatedatthestartofthepath.

Spread Mod Type

Modulatorforinteractivelycontrollingthespreadofthenibsfromthepencenterpointduringdrawing.Thenibspreadingoccurswithintheoverallshapeofthespecifiednibconfiguration.KeepinmindthatyouneedtospecifyaSpreadMod%greaterthan0inordertoseeanyspreadmodulationeffects.AndthemaximumspreadwillbedeterminedbytheSpreadMaxparameter.

# Nib

NumberofbristlenibsusedinMultiPendrawing.Beawarethatincreasingthenumberofnibscanslowdowntheinteractivedrawspeed.

Spread Max

MaximumbristlenibSpreadinPixels.

Angle Offset

Fixedoffsetangleusedforangletracking.Thisisaddedontoanydynamicanglevaluesgeneratedbythespecifiedangletrackingalgorithmasyoudraw.

Spread Mod%

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer91

3

ThepercentagespreadadjustmentallowedbytheSpreadMaxmodulatorduringtracking.Themodulationadjuststhespreaddownfromthefullspreadsetting.

WeaveMod%

DeterminestheweavespacingifaWeaveTypeoptionison.

Slop Amount

Determinestheamountofsloporpositionslipduringtracking.Slopcanbeusedtosimulatetheeffectofpaintdriporwetpaintspreading.Itrandomizesthedrawnpathinawaytosimulatetheseeffects.

Slop Type

Determineswhatisspecificallyusedtocomputetheslopfactor.Forexample,itcouldbebasedonthingslikeinteractivepenvelocitychangesoronquickpathanglechangesorjigglingthepenbackandforthtorandomizethenibspacing.TheSlopAmountparameterneedtobegreaterthan0toseeaslopeffectwhendrawing.

Config Mod

Definesamodulationsourceforthemultipenconfiguration.TheNibpositioningwillvarybetweenthe2Dand1Dspacingbasedonthemodulator.Thiscontrolonlyappliesto2Dconfigurationsettingsandwillhavenoeffecton1Dmultipenconfigurations.

Weave Type

DeterminesifNibWeavingisonandwhattypeifitis.NibWeavingcanbeusedtosimulaterealthreadweaving,crotchet,ormacramepatterns.Itcanalsobeusedtosimulaterandombristleinteractioneffectstogiveamultipenpaintstrokemoreorganiccharacter.

NibMod Out

TheMultiPenNibmodulatorisusedthroughoutthepaintsynthesizer,andthemodulationwillbebasedonthesettingofthisparameter.

Studio Artist92

NibMod Out2

TheMultiPenNib2modulatorisusedthroughoutthepaintsynthesizer,andthemodulationwillbebasedonthesettingofthisparameter.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer93

3

Region as Brush Mode

BoththeRegionFillasBrushandtheAutoRegionFillasBrushpenmodesareverydifferentfromtheotherpenmodes.Alloftheotherpenmodesfillapaintstrokepathwithaseriesofpaintnibsbrushedontothecanvas.RegionFillasBrushallowsforatrueregionfilloperationusingonepaintnibandbrushthatcorrespondtotheregionbeingfilled.

Theusercaneitherdrawaregionmanuallyusingthepenortheregioncanbeauto-generatedusingthePaintSynthesizerpathgenerationparameters.Specialprocessingeffectscanfurthermodifytheregion.Uptotwodifferentprocessingeffectscanmodifythegeneratedregion.TheseeffectscanrangefromsimplesmoothingtofeatheringThen,thegeneratedregionisdynamicallyinsertedintothePaintSynthesizerasthecurrentbrushtofilltheregion.

Unlikeothergraphicsprogramsthatfillaregionwithasolidcolororsimpletextureorgradient,StudioArtistgiveyouthefullpowerofthecompletePaintSynthesizertodotheregionfill.IfyouincorporateBrushLoadingorMSGeffects,youcancreateawiderangeofamazinggraphicsandimageprocessingeffectsusingthispenmode.

Studio Artist94

Generator

Specifiesanumberofdifferentgenerationoptionsfortheregion.Allofthesedeterminehowthepathisconvertedintoaregion.Thedrawnpathcouldsimplyrepresenttheboundariesofregion,oritcouldbetheinputtoageneratorthatthenoutputsthefinalregiontobedrawn.Someofthesegeneratorsaregeometricwhileotherssimulateathickvectorpaintstrokethatisdrawnasoneregion.TheRegionDrawGeneratoroptionusestheRegionDrawpenmodeFillTypetogeneratetheregion.FullScreenRectangleallowsthePaintSynthesizertobeusedtocreateimageprocessingeffectsthatprocesstheentireimage.

TheSelectionOverridegeneratoroptionisdifferentfromtheothersinthatitignoresthepathandbuildstheregionbrushdirectlyfromthecurrentselectionregion.Thisoptionisextremelyusefulwhenusingregionfillasbrushpenmodewithpathstartregionization.

The Path Start Grid Scan Generator uses the Path Start Grid Spacing controls to determine the size of the rectangular regions it generates. The top left corner of each rectangle will correspond to the last point in the original path generated by the Path Shape parameters. So if you want to track the actual path start points you need a path max length of 1.

Partition

ThisparameterisonlyassociatedwiththeScreenPartitionGeneratoroption.Youcanchoosehowthescreenwillbepartitioned(2x2,3x2,etc).

Processing 1

Thefirstoftwoprocessingoptionsthatcanmodifythegeneratedregioninsomeway.Themodificationcanbeanumberofdifferentspecialeffectsthatrangeformsmoothingtheregiontoaddingfeatheredorraggededgestowatercoloredgeeffectstogradientorskeletoneffects.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer95

3

Processing 2

Thesecondoftwoprocessingoptionsthatcanmodifythegeneratedregioninsomeway.

Eachoftheprocessorscanhavesomeadditionaloptions.ThetwospecifiedbelowareassociatedwiththeAdvancedGeodesicprocessingoptions.

# Starts

Thenumberofrandomstartsinthegeodesicregionprocessingmodule.Changingthisvaluedeterminesthespatialfrequencyorbusynessandlocalscaleoftheraggednessintroducedbythegeodesicprocessingmodules.

Geodesic Algorithm

Specifiesaspecificoptionforthetypeofgeodesicprocessingmoduleused.Thiswillchangetheoverallappearanceofthegeodesiceffect.

... Randomize

DetermineshowtheoutputofthePathRandomizationmoduleisappliedtothegeneratedregion.

Brush Option

DeterminesspecificsforhowthegeneratedregioninteractswiththePaintSynthesizerbrushgenerationmodules.Thegeneratedregioncanreplacetheentiredynamicbrushoritmightonlyreplacethedynamicbrushalpha,leavingyoufreetocombineregionfillasbrusheffectstodeterminetheoverallbrushshapeandfillfrom-toblendwhilestillusingtheSourceBrushasafilltype.

Forexample,ifyouwanttouseamoviebrushforthesourcebrushwiththeregiondeterminingtheshapeofthefillthenyou'dsetthistoAlphaOnlyanduseaBrushtypesettoSourceBrushAlpha.

Studio Artist96

Color Start

Specifiesanumberofoptionsforhowtheregioncanbecolored.Someoftheseoptionswillanalyzethesourceimagewithintheregionareatodeterminehowtocolorthatarea.Othersjustsamplethesourceimageatasinglepointassociatedwiththeregion.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer97

3

Size Option

Allowssmallregionstobefilteredoutsotheywillnotbedrawn.Veryusefultocleanupsomeoftheautodrawregionfillasbrusheffects.Youcanspecifynosizefiltering,orfilteringbasedonthe1Dor2Dsizeoftheregion.

Minimum

Theminimumsizebelowwhichregionfilteringwilltakeplaceandthegeneratedregionwillnotbedrawn..

Repeat Option

Normalmeansthisfeatureisturnedoff.AlloftheotheroptionsworkinconjunctionwiththePathApplicationRepeatStrokecontrol.Whenanyoftheseadditionaloptionsareselected,thefirststrokeisdrawnwiththenormalregionfillasbrushsettingsbutsubsequentrepeatstrokesusetheregionoutlinepathanddrawlikenormalinteractivepenstrokesbasedonthatpath.

TheDualModeoptionsworkwithdualFillAlgorithms(PaintFillApply)andalwaysusethesecondfilloptionforallsubsequentrepeatstrokesthatareusingtheedgeoutlineasanormalpaintpath.

Theoptionswitha1attheendwillworkforallbrushtypes.Theprecedingoptionswithouta1attheendworkoffofthecurrentsourcebrushcache,sotheywouldoverridesomethinglikeageodesicbrushtypeandusethesourcebrushcacheinsteadwhendrawingtheoutlinepaths.

Studio Artist98

Path Start

ThePathStartparametersdefinehowStudioArtistautomaticallypicksastartinglocationontheCanvastobeginapaintpath.

StudioArtistgeneratesstartpointsforpathsbyalgorithmicallyscanningthecanvas.Thescanprocessiscomposedoftwoparts.Analgorithmicgeneratorgeneratesaninitialscanlocation.Asecondscanalgorithmthenworksoffofthisinitialscanlocationtogeneratealimitedseriesofadditionalstartpointsbasedontheinitialscanlocation.Whenthissecondscanisfinished,theinitialgeneratormovestoanewscanlocation.

Whetherascanlocationisactuallyusedasarealpathstartpointcanbeinfluencedbyanumberofsettings.MostofthesesettingaretiedtotheSourceImagevisualattributes.SomeofthesettingsaretiedtootherattributesbasedonthecurrentCanvas,Blankingbuffer,orRegionSelection.Startpointsmaybechosenfromasetrangeofavisualattribute,orwithaprobabilitybasedonthevisualattributevalues.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer99

3

The individual start points generated by the Path Start process can have temporal continuity in a movie sequence if Time Particles are turned on. See the Time Particles section for more information on how to use Time Particles in animation sequences.

Max Stroke

Determineshowmanypathswillbegeneratedbeforeapaintactionstopsonit’sown.Thisisamaximumsetting.Youcanalwaysmanuallystopapaintactionatanytimebyhittingthespacebar(oranyotherkey)orbymousingdownanywhereintheinterface.

Typically this value is set to a high value so auto painting will continue for a very long time if left unattended. It's assumed that you will manually stop the painting long before this. If you are recording a PASeq action step, the # of painted strokes actually drawn when you stopped action drawing is what will be recorded in the PASeq step, not the high value in the initial patch.

Generator

Thegeneratorscansthecanvasaccordingtothealgorithmchoseninthepopup.Differentgeneratoralgorithmswillscanormovearoundthecanvasindifferentways,generatingcorrespondinglydifferentvisualappearances.Someofthesettingsgeneraterandommovementwhileothersscanthecompletecanvasorit’sborderswitharegulargrid.

AdditionalparametersmayappeardependingonwhichGeneratoryouchoose.TheseadditionalspecificGeneratoroptionsareexplainedinmoredetailinafewpagesinthesectioncalledStartGeneratorOptions.

The adjacent reset button resets the current generator algorithm. By resetting, you can exactly regenerate a set of scan locations. This is true even for the random settings. The random sequence will reset and playback the same way when the reset button is pressed. You can use Reset in a PASeq animation if you always want the paint stroke start locations in adjacent frames to be in the same physical locations.

Scan

Studio Artist100

Determineswhetherasecondaryscanpathisfollowedfromtheinitialstartingscanlocationderivedbythegeneratoralgorithm.ThePointoptiondoesnotspecifyanadditionalsecondaryscan.Repeatoptionsrepeateithertheinitialstartpointoftheendofthepreviouspaintstroke.Theotheroptionsgeneratesecondaryscanpatternsbasedonstoredbezierpaths.

ParticlePaint pen mode patches typically need this set to repeat the start location multiple times if you want them to draw in action drawing like they do with a manual pen.

Probability

Setsaprobabilityconstraintonwhetherthecurrentscanpointisactuallyusedasapathstartlocation.Iftheprobabilityconstraintcausesascanpointtobeignored,thegeneratorwillcontinuetogeneratenewstartscanlocationsuntilonemeetstheprobabilityconstraint.

If you are unfamiliar with the term probability, think coin toss. A probability of 50% is like tossing a coin and only doing something if heads comes up.

Probability2

Setsasecondprobabilityconstraintonwhetherthecurrentscanpointisactuallyusedasapathstartlocation.Thefirstandsecondprobabilityconstraintsworktogether,givingyoumorecontroloverinfluencingwherepathstartpointsaregenerated.

Inhibitor

Determinesaconditionthatabsolutelyinhibitsacurrentscanlocationfrombeingusedasapathstart.Ifthecurrentscanpointisinhibited,thegeneratorwillcontinuetogeneratenewstartscanlocationsuntiloneisnotinhibited.

Beware, you can paint yourself into a corner with this one. If you start off with a white canvas and set this to only use non white start points on the canvas, then the start point generator would never find a start point to use for drawing.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer101

3

Blanking

Determineshowapaintstrokewilloverwritetheblankingbuffer.

Theadjacentresetbuttonresetsthecurrentblankingbuffer.

The Blanking buffer is a hidden frame buffer used internally by Studio Artist as an aid in generating automatic drawing. It can be used for many different purposes internally. Preventing overdrawing as a way to speed up painting an image by stopping stroke drawing when a new stroke bumps into a previously drawn one is one example (Path End Blanking checkbox).

You can always access it by setting the background popup to Blanking, or you can use menu commands under the Canvas main menu that set the current Region Selection to the contents of the Blanking buffer.

Reset Blanking

TurnonifyouwanttheBlankingbuffertobeerasedpriortoactiondrawing.

Reset Generator

TurnonifyouwanttheinternalparametersassociatedwiththeGeneratortobereseteachtimeitisrun.Doingsowillleadtoanidenticalsetofpathstartpointsgeneratedeachtimeactionispressed,whichcanbeusefulinsomesituationswhenyouprocessamovieorgenerateananimation.

Texture Range

Ascanlocationisonlyusedforapathstartifthevalueofthetexturevisualattributeatthescanlocationfallswithinthisrangewhenthisisturnedon.

Luminance Range

Ascanlocationisonlyusedforapathstartifthevalueofthecolorluminancevisualattributeatthescanlocationfallswithinthisrangewhenthisisturnedon.

Studio Artist102

Note:

PaintActionSequenceActionStepswillrecordthelastnumberofpaintstrokesactuallydrawnontothecanvaswithaPaintPatchasopposedtotheactualPathStartMaxStrokessettingshowninthePathStartcontrolpanel.WhenyouplaybacktheActionStep,thentheMaxStrokesettingwillupdateintheinterfacetoreflectthevalueactuallyrecordedinthePASeqActionStep.

YouneedtoshiftoptionclickaPaintActionSequenceActionkeyframecellinordertooverwriterecordanewMaxStrokessetting.Normaloption-clickrecordingwilloverwriterecordallpaintSynthesizervaluesexceptfortheMaxStrokessetting.Shift-option-clickingrecordsallsettingsincludingtheMaxStrokessetting.

Thisdistinctionallowsyoutooption-clicktorecordanewpaintPresetintoaspecificPaintActionSequencestepwhileretainingthenumberofpaintstrokesoriginallyrecordedintheActionStep.MostPresetshavetheMaxStrokessettingataveryhighvalue(40,000)sothataPatchwilldrawindefinitelyuntiltheusermanuallystopsit.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer103

3

Start Generator Options

HereissomemoreinformationonthedifferentGeneratoroptionsavailableinthePathStartcontrolpanel.Allofthevariousgeneratorsoutputaseriesof(h,v)coordinatesinthecurrentcanvasthatareusedasstartinglocationsforageneratedpaintstroke.

Random Scan Generators Clumpy Random Smooth Random 1 Smooth Random 2 Smooth Random 3 Cat Map

Alloftheseoutputaspecifickindofrandomscanofthecanvaswithuniquevisualappearance.SmoothRandom1isprobablythemostfrequentlyusedstartgenerator.

If you are using dual Fill Algorithms in Paint Fill Apply then there can occasionally be an interaction between the Smooth Random generators and the dual fill algorithm that may sometimes cause the generator to only fill part of the overall canvas rather than the entire canvas. If this occurs you can switch to the Clumpy Random generator to get complete coverage.

Complete Top to Bottom Scans Rectangle Grid Scan Hexangle Grid Scan

Thesegeneratorsscanthecompletecanvasinaregularscanpattern.TheH-VGridSpacingeditfieldsletyouchoosethespacinginpixelsforthescangrid.TheH-VGridOffseteditfieldsletyouspecifyaninitialoffsetinpixelsforthescanninggrid.

Grid Scan - Max Brush Grid Scan - Tile Spacing

Thesegeneratorsscanthecompletecanvasinaregularscanpattern.ThegridspacingiseitherbasedonthemaximumsourcebrushsizeorthetilingspacingasspecifiedinthePathApplicationcontrolpanel.

Region Select Active Scan

Studio Artist104

Thisoptiongeneratesstartpointsbycontinuouslyscanningthecurrentregionselectionforactivepixels.

Patterned Scan Generators Golden Spiral

Aspiralscanpatternfromthecenterofthecanvasbasedonthegoldenmean.Usefulforgeneratingasunflowerlikescanpatternthatradiatesfromthecenterofthecanvas.

Border Clockwise Random Border Border Full In Clockwise Center FullOut Clockwise

Borderclockwisescansaroundthecanvasborderusingthegridspacingandgridoffseteditfieldstocontrolthespacingandinitialoffsetoftheborderscan.BorderFullInClockwisecontinuestheclockwisescanspiralinginuntilitreachesthecenterofthecanvas.RandomBorderscanstoaseriesofrandomlocationsonthecanvasborder.CenterFullOutClockwisestartsinthecenterandscansclockwiseoutwardbasedonthegridspacingparameters.

These border scan patterns are very useful for generating border special effects like ragged borders or feather borders, etc.

Last Path End NScan-Last Path End

Continuesascanfromtheendofthelastdrawnpath.Thisgeneratorisusefulforsimulatingtheeffectofsciaticeyemovementorsimulatingfreesketchingtechniqueswherethepenneverleavesthesurfaceofthecanvas.TheNScanoptionrepeatsthelastdrawnpathlocationNtimes,asspecifiedbytheNScan#parameter.

Path Memory 1 Path Memory 2 Path Memory 3 Path Memory 4

Startlocationsaregeneratedfromscanningtheinternalpathsstoredinthespecifiedglobalbezierpathmemory.Thescanspacingusedtoindexthroughthestoredbezier

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer105

3

pathsisthePenModeScanSpacing.

Internal Path Memory 1

Startlocationsaregeneratedfromscanningtheinternalpathsstoredinthepaintsynthesizer'sinternalbezierpathmemory.ThescanspacingusedtoindexthroughthestoredbezierpathsisthePenModeScanSpacing.

Start Point Internal Path Memory 1

Startlocationsaregeneratedfromindexingtheinternalpathsstoredinthepaintsynthesizer'sinternalbezierpathmemoryinorderandoutputtingtheindividualpath'sstartlocationonly.

This generator is used when you are encapsulating a complete path memory in a single action painting step for paint animation. In a PASeq step you can record multiple keyframes each with a unique internal path memory of bezier paths, so the path start points and path shapes will tween between keyframes in a PASeq animation. You can use the Path : Convert to Paint Synthesizer : as Autodraw Path Memory menu command to do this automatically or you can configure the Paint Synth and internal path memory manually.

Start Point Bezier Collection

StartlocationsaregeneratedfromscanningtheinternalpathsstoredintheglobalBezierCollectioninorderandoutputusingtheindividualpath'sstartlocationonly.

This generator is used when you are encapsulating a complete Bezier Collection in a single action painting step for paint animation. In a PASeq step you can record multiple keyframes each with a unique internal path memory of a Bezier Collection, so the path start points and path shapes will tween between keyframes in a PASeq animation. You can use the Path : Convert to Paint Synthesizer : as Autodraw Bezier Collection menu command to do this automatically or you can configure the Paint Synth and internal path memory manually.

Time Index Internal Path Memory 1

Studio Artist106

Theindividualpathsstoredinthepaintsynthesizer'sinternalbezierpathmemoryareusedtodefineaseriesofmotionpathsforpaintstrokesovertimeinananimation.Individualstartpointsatagivenframetimescanthroughtheindividualpathsinthememory.Theframetimeisusedtodeterminetheoffsetwithintheindividualpaths.

This generator can be used to animate the movement of a collection of paint strokes over time.

Auto Regionization Generators Watershed Regionize Adaptive Block Regionize Color Simplify Regionize Cellular Regionize Cell Partition Regionize

Thesegeneratorsperformauto-regionizationofthesourceimageandwilltakeafewsecondstoperformcomputationsbeforedrawingbegins.Thesegeneratorsstartbyregionizingthesourceimageintoaseriesofindividualregions.

Watershedtriestofollowthecontoursoftheimage.Themaxstrokessettingdeterminesthe#ofstartpointsforthewatershedoperation(0-254range).AdaptiveBlocktriestoorganizerectangularblockstorepresenttheimage.Themaxstrokessettingdeterminesthecomplexityoftheadaptiveblockrepresentation(0-254range).ColorSimplifybreakstheimageupbasedonitscoloringtogeneratetheregions.Themaxstrokessettingdeterminesthe#ofcolorsusedfortheregiongeneration(0-20range).

BothCellularandCellPartitionworkalittledifferentlythantheotherregionizeoptionsinthatdecreasingthenumberofpathstartsincreasesthenumberofgeneratedregions50-250wouldbeagoodinitialrangeofvaluestotryout.Cellulargeneratesirregularcellregionswhilecellpartitiongeneratesoverlappingpartitionswhosestructureisinfluencedbythesourceimage.

Astartlocationisthengeneratedassociatedwitheachcomputedregion.Youcanthink

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer107

3

ofthesegeneratorsasscanninganadaptivegridbasedonthesourceimage.

The Path Start Regionize Path Type option in the Path Shape control panel uses the generated regions to create various hatching or fill paths that will fill in the individual regions. You can think of the regionization process as breaking up the source image into a number of different regions that can then be shaped or filled in with either paint strokes or region fills depending on the other paint synthesizer settings.

Watershed Regionize DM Adaptive Block Regionize DM Cellular Regionize DM Cell Partition RegionizeDM

Thesearevariationsonthenormalregionizeoptionsdescribedabove.Theyactthesameexceptthateachregionisadditionallysubdividedintoatleast2subregionsbyasmartalgorithmsothatdetailsofthesourceimagearebetterrepresented.Thesubregionsaredrawnseparately.

Selection as Regions - All Regions Selection as Regions - Full On Only Selection as Regions - All Layers Except Full On

Thesegeneratorsalsodoaformofauto-regionization.Theyarebasedonthecurrentselectionimageasopposedtothesourceimage.Theyalsoassumethatthecurrentregionselectionimagehasalreadybeenregionizedtoflatluminanceregions.Thiswouldtypicallybedonebysomekindofipopprocessingthatroutestothecurrentselection,butitcouldalsobebasedonamanuallypaintedselectionimage.

TheAllRegionsoptionassumesthecurrentregionselectionconsistsofanimagethatconsistsofflatluminanceregions.Eachflatluminanceregionistreatedasaseparatestartregion.

TheFullOnOnlyoptiononlygeneratesstartregionsforcontiguousselectionregionsthatarefullon.

Studio Artist108

TheAllLayersExceptFullOntreatsanypartoftheselectionnotfullonasacontiguousregionthatitgeneratesstartregionsfor.

Flat Region Canvas as Regions

Thesegeneratorsalsodoaformofauto-regionization.Theyarebasedonthecurrentcanvaslayerimageasopposedtothesourceimage.Theyalsoassumethatthecurrentlayerimagealreadyconsistsofflatcolorregions.Runningthisoptionswithacontinuoustonecanvasimagewouldessentiallygenerateastartpointforeachpixel.

Edge Scan Generators Edge Scan

Thisoptiongeneratesstartpointsatlocationsthatcorrespondtoedgesinthesourceimage.

Adj Edge Scan

Thisoptiongeneratesstartpointsatlocationsthatcorrespondadjacenttoedgesinthesourceimage.Thinkofthisasgettingastartpointoneachsideofanedgeinsteadofontheedgeitself.

Skeleton Edge Scan

Thisoptiongeneratesstartpointsatlocationsthatcorrespondskeletonpathsgeneratedoffofedgesinthesourceimage.Youcanthinkoftheskeletonasthepaththatisequal-distantbetweenany2paths.

Sketch to Internal Path Memory1

Thisoptiongeneratesstartpointsatlocationsthatcorrespondtoanedgesketchgeneratedfromthesourceimage.AsketchalgorithmsimilartotheSketchImageOperationisusedforthisgenerator.Thereare2additionalparametersassociatedwiththisgenerator.SketchIterdeterminesthenumberofiterationsusedtocreatethesketch.Makingitsmallerleadstoasimplersketch.SketchEdgedeterminesthespecifickindofsketchgenerated.

Additional Scan Generators MSG Scan

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer109

3

ThisoptiongeneratesstartpointsusingthecurrentMSGpreset.YouneedtochooseaMSGpresetthathasthecapabilitytooutputscanpointsfromanalgorithmicscangenerator.Atthetimeofthismanualwritingthesetypicallyconsistoftheattractorgenerators.ThisMSGprocessoralsoneedstobethefirstprocessorintheMSGpreset'sprocessorchain.ConsulttheMSGdocumentationformoreinformationonwhichMSGpresetscanbeusedtogeneratealgorithmicscanpatterns.

This option can be used to create interesting artistic attractor images where each attractor point is rendered with the current brush nib, or used as the start point for a complete paint path.

Pen Position Live Track Pen Position Live Track MP

Thestartpointwilltrackthecurrentpenposition.ThetrackingwilloccuraslongastheWacompenisinproximitytothetablet,sothisallowsyoutouseapentointeractivelydeterminestartpointswhileactiondrawingistakingplace.Usefulforliveperformancesituationsorwhereyouwanttocontrolwherepathstartstakeplaceinteractively.

TheMPoptionallowsformultiplestartpointtobeinserted.Iftheshiftkeyispressedwhenthepencomesintoproximitythenanewtrackingpointisadded.Otherwisetheoldesttrackingpointismovedtothenewpenpositionwhiletheothertrackingpointsstayattheiroriginalpositions.

Studio Artist110

Path Shape

Theparametersonthispanedeterminewhatanautomaticallygeneratedpathwilllooklike.Apathcanbegeneratedalgorithmically,orbyinteractivemodulationofasetofBezierpathsstoredinoneoftheBezierpathmemories.

EachpathisgeneratedbyaspecifiedPathTypealgorithm,whichiscontrolledbyaspecifiedPathAnglegeneratorandvariousPathAnglemodulators.ThePathAnglesettingshavemovedtotheirowncontrolpanelinversion3.Thepathlengthcanalsobemodulatedwithinaoverallrangeoflengths.Certainpathgenerationalgorithms,suchasthosebasedonBezierpathmemoriesorPathLoadcomputationalpathgenerators,mayofferadditionaltypesofmodulationcontrol.

Pathscanradiatefromthestartpoint,orbegrownsymmetricallyfromthestartpoint.Pathsymmetrycanbemodulatedbytiltforcertainairbrushordirectionaleffect.

Symmetry

Determineswhetherapathisgeneratedsymmetricallyornotfromastartpoint.Symmetricmeansthatthestartpointwillbeinthemiddleofthegeneratedpath.Non-Symmetricmeansthatthestartpointwillbeatthebeginningofthepath.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer111

3

Tilt-Symmetricallowsforaninteractivecontinuousvariationbetweenasymmetricandnon-symmetricpathbasedonthetiltofthedrawingpen.

Min Path Length Max Path Length

Determinesarangeofpossiblepathlengths.Ifnomodulationoptionisspecified,theMaxvalueisused.IfthepathendconditionsterminatethepathgenerationbeforetheMinpathlength,thepathisnotused.

Path Mod

Determineshowthepathlengthismodulated(i.e..thesourceofthemodulation).YoucanusethePathLenModparameterdiscussedbelowwhenyouhaveturnedonPathLengthModulationtodeterminetherangeoflengthmodulationandwhetheryouwanttofilteroutsmallmodulatedpathlengthsbelowtheminlengthsetting.

PathLenMod Range

IfsettoMin-Max,thentheresultingmodulatedpathlengthwillmodulatebetweenthemaxandminlengths.IfsettoFull,thentheresultingpathlengthwillmodulatebetween0andmaxlength.ThisFullrangemodulationmeansthatanymodulatedpathlengthsbelowtheMinLengthparametersettingwillnotbedrawn.Thisisusefulifyouwanttoskipanyshortpathsandonlydrawpathsistheyhaveacertainlength.

Certain paint parameters can be modulated by path length. However, if you are drawing using the interactive pen mode, drawing occurs on the fly and the paint synthesizer does not know what the final path length will be. It assumes the final drawn path length will be the Path Length setting, unless the Modulo checkbox is on. If the Modulo checkbox is on, then the path length modulation cycles (think barbershop pole).

Modulo

Pathlengthmodulationrepeatsorcycleswithacyclelengthequaltothemodulationpathlengthsettingalongthecompletepathifmoduloison.

% Length

Studio Artist112

Determinesthemodulationpathlength.It’sapercentoftheoverallmaxPathLengthparameter.Ifmoduloison,thenthemodulolengthisthissetting.

Again, if you are unfamiliar with the term modulo just think of the visual appearance of a barbershop pole, which is what you will get for path length modulation if modulo is turned on.

--- Path Type

Determinestheoverallpathgenerationalgorithm,whichmeansitdirectlycontrolswhatthepathwilllooklike.ThespecificoptionsaredescribedinmoredetailfollowingthecompletepaneparameterdescriptionsinthesectiontitledPathShapeTypeOptions.

This is the single most important parameter on this control panel, since it determines what the overall path shape will look like. If you only memorize one parameter on this control panel, let it be this one.

---BasedontheparticularPathTypesetting,theremaybeadditionaleditableparametersthatappearonsubpanelsassociatedwiththeparticularTypesetting.Thesearediscussedbelow.

Directionality

Increasingmakesthepathshapelessdirectional,decreasingmakestheshapemoredirectional.

Directional means long and thin, non-directional means more like a square or a circle.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer113

3

Bezier Path Shapes

AnumberofPathTypesettingsusethecontentsofBezierPathmemories.Thesecaneitherbethe4globalBezierPathmemories,ortheInternalBezierPathMemorylocateddirectlyinthePathShapecontrolpanel.

The contents of the global path memories are stored in a Workspace, but not in an individual paint patch preset file. So, you would typically want to avoid the global path memory settings for normal preset building purposes and use the Internal Path Memory settings for your presets.

PathtypesthatarebasedonBezierPathmemorieshavethefollowingadditionalcontrols:

Length Mod

OptionsthatdeterminehowBezierSourcepathsarespecificallymodulatedbythePathModmodulator.Youcanmodulatetheindividualbezierpathlengths,thenumberofpathsdrawnoutofthecompletesetstoredinthepathmemory,orthescalingofthecompletesetofpaths.

Cycle Type

DetermineshowthecyclecountadvancesforCycleInternalPathMemoryandCycleInterpInternalPathMemorypathshapes.

Interp Dur

DeterminesthedurationoftheinterpolationcycleforCycleInterpInternalPathMemorypathshape.

AssumeyouareusingStrokeCtasyourCycleTypeandyouhave3bezierpathsintheinternalpathmemory.WithaInterpDurof10,thenitwouldtake10paintstrokestointerpolatefrom1bezierpathtothenextone.Thedurationisinrelationshiptowhatevercycletypeyouareusingtoadvancethecyclethroughthebezierpaths.

Studio Artist114

Regionize Path Shapes

Thereareanumberofdifferentpathtypesthatwillinternallygeneratearegionusingsomeintelligentalgorithmandthentrytofillitinwithapath.TheregioncouldgrowfromthestartpointbasedontheSourceImagecolorvalues,itcouldusethecurrentRegionDrawpenmodesetting,oritcouldbeassociatedwithoneofthePathStartregionizescanalgorithms.

Pathtypesthatgeneratepathshapestofillaregionhavethefollowingadditionalcontrols:

Reg Path

Specificpathgenerationalgorithmusedtofilltheinternallycomputedregion.Theyalllookdifferent,trythemandsee.

Spacing

Spacinginpixelsusedforplacingadjacentpathsintheregionfillpathgenerationalgorithm.

Path Load Path Shapes

ThePathLoadPathTypeallowsaccesstoawiderangeofcomputationalpathgenerationalgorithmsthatareautomaticallygeneratedasyoudrawandthenloadedintothecurrentauto-drawingpath.Thegeneratedoverallpathmaynotbecontiguous,butmightbecomposedofanumberofnon-contiguoussubpaths.ThisisanalogoustotheBrushLoadcapabilitieselsewhereinthePaintSynthesizer,exceptthatwereloadingageneratedsetofpathsasopposedtoabrushimage.

PathLoadingcangeneratesetsofpathsthatrepresentanythingfromsimpleshapestorandomscribblestoverycomplexfractalL-systemplantformsorfractalchaoticattractors.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer115

3

Load Type

Determinesthespecificpathloadgeneratorused.TherearealargenumberofdifferentPathLoadtypesandtheyalllookdifferent.Somecangeneratefractalorplant-likepaths.Othersareusefulforgeneratingspecificshapesorhatchingorscribbleeffects.TheMSGAttractorissimilartotheMSGAttractorPathStartGenerator,exceptthatthecurrentMSGpresetcanbeusedtogeneratethepathshape(asopposedtothepathstartpositions).LastPathStartLineToisusefulifyouwanttodrawastraightlinefromthepreviouspathstarttothecurrentpathstartposition.

PathLoad Angle Option

DetermineshowthepathangleisinternallycomputedforaPathLoadpath.

PathLoadtypesthatgeneratepathshapebasedonapathloadingfractalGrowthorRandomHatchalgorithmcanhavethefollowingadditionalcontrols:

Num

Numberofsubpathsorfilamentsintheoverallpath.

Theta

Specificparameterusedinthepathloadgenerationalgorithm.

Alpha

Specificparameterusedinthepathloadgenerationalgorithm.

Len Var

Subpathlengthvariabilityinpercent.

ThetaMod

Interactivemodulationoptionforthethetaparameter.

Studio Artist116

YoumightneedtodecreaseorotherwiseadjustthePathlengthsliderforsomeofthepathloadpathtypeoptionstogetthebestresults.

The best way to understand what the various Path Load parameters do is the try adjusting them and see how the overall appearance of the generated paths used for drawing changes.

Stylize Effect

Afterapathisgenerated,itcanbemodifiedbyaspecifiedstylizationeffect.Theeffectwillmodifiedtheappearanceofthegeneratedpath.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer117

3

Path Shape Type Options

HereissomemoreinformationonthedifferentTypeoptionsavailableinthePathShapecontrolpanel.TheseoptionsdefinedifferentpathalgorithmsthatareusedinconjunctionwiththeoutputofthePathAnglecontrolpaneltogeneratethedynamicpathshapesusedforactiondrawing.Someofthesemayhaveadditionalparametersthatappearinthecontrolpanelwhenyouselectthem.

Line

Drawsastraightline.Onlythebeginningpathanglevalueisusedtocomputetheangularorientationofthestraightlinepath.

Curved

DrawsacurvedpathbasedonthedynamicoutputofthePathAnglecontrolpanel.Thisisthemostcommonpathtypeusedinpresetsanditdrawsnormalcurvedpaintstrokes.

Circle Spiral Ellipse Spiral Ellipse Triangle Rectangle Spiral 1 Spiral 1 Ellipse Spiral Flip

Allofthesedrawgeometricshapes.TheoutputofthePathAnglecontrolpanelwilldeterminetheangularorientationoftheshapeandanyanglemodulationmaydistortit.

Path Memory 1 Path Memory 2 Path Memory 3 Path Memory 4

Drawsaseriesofpathsbasedonthecontentsofthespecifiedglobalbezierpathmemory.TheRndoptionsoutputfromarandomlychosenpathfromthememory.Otherwiseallofthepathsareused.

Studio Artist118

Internal Path Memory 1 Rnd Internal Path Memory 1 Cycle Internal Path Memory 1 Cycle Interp Internal Path Memory 1

Drawsaseriesofpathsbasedonthecontentsofthepaintsynthesizer'sinternalbezierpathmemory.TheRndoptionsoutputfromarandomlychosenpathfromthememory.Thecycleoptionusesadifferentinternalpathforeachcompleteactionpaintingstep,andthenmovestothenextpathintheinternalmemoryforthenextactionpaintingstep.Otherwiseallofthepathsareusedinanactionpaintingstep.

CycleInterpislikethecycleoptionexceptyoucaninterpolatebetweentheindividualbezierpathsoveraspecificnumberofsteps(theInterpDurparameter).Cycletypedetermineswhethertheinterpolationoccursinrealtimeasthestrokesaredrawnorifit'stiedtoframeanimation.

You are better off using the internal path memory path types for your presets, since the contents of the internal path memory are stored in a paint preset while the contents of the global memories are not.

2 Stroke Line

Drawsastraightlinethatmovesbackandforth.Onlythebeginningpathanglevalueisusedtocomputetheangularorientationofthestraightlinepath.

Path Load

Pathloadingisanalogoustobrushloading,exceptthatacompletesetofmultiplepathsaregeneratedontheflyasopposedtoacompletebrushimagebeinggeneratedontheflywhilepainting.TheLoadTypeparameterletsyouchoosewhattypeofpathloadingwillbeused.Someofthesetypesdon'thaveanyadditionalcontrols.Othersmaybringupsubpanelswithadditionalparameters.

Bezier Collection Cycle Bezier Collection

DrawsaseriesofpathsbasedonthecontentsoftheglobalBezierCollection.Functionalitymirrorstheglobalpathmemoryandinternalpathmemoryfunctionality.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer119

3

Currentlyunsupportedinv4.

Grow Region from Start Point

Dynamicallygrowsawatershedregionbasedonthesourceimagecontoursandthecurrentstartpoint.Thiscomputationcantakeafewseconds.Differentoptionsareavailableforhowthegeneratedpaththentriestofillinthedynamicallycomputedregion.

Use RegionDraw Pen Generator

UsesthecurrentRegionDrawModeFillType(locatedonthePenModecontrolpanel)todynamicallygenerateapaththatfillsalocalregioncenteredonthecurrentstartpoint.

Path Start Regionize

UsedwiththeWatershedRegionizeandtheAdaptiveBlockRegionizePathStartGeneratoroptions.Thesestartgeneratorsalreadyregionizedthesourceimagewhenthestartpointwascomputed.Differentoptionsareavailableforhowthegeneratedpaththentriestofillinthedynamicallycomputedregions.

Grow Region from Start Point Use Regiondraw Pen Gen

Dynamicallygrowsawatershedregionbasedonthesourceimagecontoursandthecurrentstartpoint.Thiscomputationcantakeafewseconds.ThenusesthecurrentRegionDrawModeFillType(locatedonthePenModecontrolpanel)todynamicallygenerateapaththatfillsthedynamicregion.

PathStart Regionize Use Regiondraw Pen Gen

UsedwiththeWatershedRegionizeandtheAdaptiveBlockRegionizePathStartGeneratoroptions.Thesestartgeneratorsalreadyregionizedthesourceimagewhenthestartpointwascomputed.UsesthecurrentRegionDrawModeFillType(locatedonthePenModecontrolpanel)todynamicallygenerateapaththatfillsthedynamicregionassociatedwiththestartpoint.

Live Extension

Thisnewpathshapeisdynamicallygrownbyaddingthenewpathcoordinatestothe

Studio Artist120

previouscontentsofthelastpathbuffer.Whenusedwithmanualdrawingbasedonautodrawinteractivepenmodeandpathrandomizationsettingsthisallowsadynamicpathshapetobegeneratedthatcanactlikeastringofconnectedparticleswithswarminginteractionsorspringforcesorgravityeffects.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer121

3

Path Angle

Theparametersonthispanedeterminehowthelocalpathangleiscomputedwhenapathisautomaticallybeinggenerated.TheinteractionofthecomputedlocalpathangleandthespecifiedPathTypeinthePathShapecontrolpanelwilldeterminetheresultingappearanceofthefinalcomputedpathshapeusedforActiondrawing.

Theinitialcomputedpathanglecanbesubsequentlymodulatedbyupto2differentinteractiveorautomaticanglemodulators.Thisanglemodulationisoccurringpriortoactualgenerationofthepath(asopposedtothePathRandomizationparameterswhichrandomizethepathafteritisinitiallygenerated).

Path Angle

Determinesthesourceoftheangleinformationusedinthepathgenerationalgorithm.SomeofthesesettingarebasedonperceptualvisualattributesassociatedwiththeSourceImage.Somearecomputationalandareusedtogeneratehatchingpatterns.SomeareinteractivelikepenStrokeAngleorTiltOrientation

Studio Artist122

---Additionalparametersdetailedbelowwhichareassociatedwiththecomputationofthelocalpathangleastheoverallpathshapeiscomputedcaninfluencetheoverallappearanceofthefinalgeneratedpath:

Angle Multiplier

Typicallysetto100.Usedasamultiplierofthecurrentpathangleinthepathgenerator.Alsodeterminesthenumberofrevolutions(divideby100)inaspiralpath.

Angle Offset

Fixedoffsetaddedtothecomputedpathangle.

Angle Slew

Determineshowquicklyachangeinpathangleisaccumulatedinthepathgenerator.Smallervaluesleadtosmootherpaths.

Angle Increment

Determineshowoftenthepathangleisupdated.Forexample,asettingof10meansthatthepathanglewillonlybeupdatedevery10pixels.

The most accurate path would be a setting of 1. However, by making this larger you can often create more interesting visual effects as well as break up what can sometimes be a rubbery or overly curvy appearance associated with tight orientation tracking.

# Quantize

Thisisinactiveifsetto0.Otherwisetheangleisquantizedtothespecifiednumberofangles.Soifyousetitto3,thenyou'donlyhave3differentanglesthatcouldbegenerated(0,120,240degrees)

---Ananglemodulationgeneratorcanbeusedtoincreasethecomplexityoftheresultinglocalangleandresultingpathshapeappearance.Twodifferentanglemodulation

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer123

3

generatorscanbeusedatthesametimeformorecreativecontrolandincreasedeffectcomplexity.Thereareseveraldifferentcontrolsassociatedwitheachanglemodulationgeneratordetailedbelow.Theoverallcontrolsinthe2modulatorsarethesame.

Angle Mod 1 Angle Mod 2

Specifiesaspecificmodulationgeneratorthatmodulatesthecurrentpathangle.Thereare2differentmodulators1and2.Theyalllookdifferent,trythemandsee.

Mod Inc

TheincrementalspacinginpixelsassociatedwithonecycleofthevariousAngleModulationalgorithms.

Mod %

Themaximumpercentageofdisplacementappliedtothecurrentpathangle.Anydisplacementmodulationwillbefromzerotothismaximumsetting.Nomodulationoccursifit'ssetto0.

Studio Artist124

Path End

Auto-generatedpathshaveastartpoint,ashape,andanend.Theparametersonthispaneareusedtospecifypossibleconditionsthatwillterminateorendthegenerationofaautodrawnpath.ThisterminationwillbepriortothenormalmodulatedpathlengthspecifiedinthePathShapecontrolpane.

Manuallydrawnpathscanalsobemaskedwiththesesettings.Maskingamanuallydrawnpathwilloverridetheapplicationofpaintalongthemaskedportionofthepath.Thiscanbethoughtofasdroppingoutthepaintinthemaskedareasratherthanterminatingthepath.

PossibleconditionsforpathterminationormaskingcanincludevisualattributesderivedfromtheSourceImage,fromtheCanvas,orfrominternalvariableassociatedwiththePathShapegeneratorsuchasangularvariation.

Differentparametercombinationsinthiscontrolpanelcanhaveasignificanteffectontheoverallappearanceoftheautomaticallypaintedimage.Thiscanrangefromspeedingupdrawing(bynotredrawingwhereyouhavealreadydrawn)toonlydrawingtheedgesforsketcheffectstocontrollingthetightnessorlegibilityofadrawing.

Mask Interactive Pen

InhibitspathgenerationfortheInteractivePenmousemodebasedontheotherPath

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer125

3

Endsettings.ThisallowsthePathEndsettingstobeusedtointelligentlymaskInteractivePendrawing.

If this setting is turned off, then the Path End parameters are ignored when manually drawing. By manual drawing we don't mean manually using a pen in any of the autodraw pen modes, since the drawing is automatic in these modes. Manual drawing means pen modes like interactive pen.

Blanking

Stopspathgenerationifthecurrentpathlocationissetinblankingbuffer.

The Blanking buffer is a hidden buffer used internally in the Paint Synthesizer. Here it is being used to keep track of where you have previously drawn, based on settings in the Path Start control panel that determine how it is filled in. The entire brush nib could fill in the blanking buffer, or only the path used for drawing, or drawing might not affect the Blanking at all but it could have been set by some other part of Studio Artist for a special effect.

Not White

Stopspathgenerationifthecurrentpathcanvaslocationisnotwhite

Note that this could be a problem if your canvas is black. Don't paint yourself in a corner.

Texture Range

Specifiesaminimumandmaximumrangeofvaluesthatthecurrentpathlocationmustbewithinifturnedon.

Higher range values mean stronger texture energy, or places in the image where edges and detail are the most noticeable.

Path Diverge

Specifiesasetofconditionsthatwillcauseapathtorandomlydivergefromit’spresent

Studio Artist126

angularorientation.Thevalueusediswhatyouchoose.Itiscomputedwhenthepathstarts,andthenasthepathisbeingdrawnifthenewlycomputedvalueexceedstheDivergeValueparameterthenthepathisterminated.

Local Color Range

Specifiesanoffsetrangeofpossiblecolorvaluesbasedonthecolorofthepathstartlocationthatthecurrentpathlocationmustbewithinifturnedon.ThisparameterassumesyouaretryingtodrawtheSourceimageandthecalculationsarebasedonanalyzingthesourceimageasyoudraw.

Use this to increase the legibility or tightness of a painting by restricting the paint path to only draw in areas of the canvas that should match the color you are drawing with.

Luminance Range

Specifiesasourceimageluminancerangethatthecurrentpathlocationmustbewithinifturnedon.Insuresthatapathwillonlybegeneratedwithinthespecifiedimagearea.

Useful if you only want to draw in areas of the canvas that correspond to the dark or light parts of the source image.

Angle Threshold

Ifthecurrentpathanglechangeswhilethepathisbeinggeneratedbymorethanthisamountandthisisturnedon,terminatethepath.Ensuresthatageneratedpathwillhavethespecifiedangularsmoothness.

Useful to get rid of kinky paths that don't really go anywhere. If you are a scientific type you would call these saddle points in the orientation manifold but then you probably aren't the scientific type, so think of them as the kinky paths that scribble in one position that you would like to get rid of. Increasing the Angle Increment slider in the Path Angle control panel is another approach to cleaning up kinky paths naughty behavior.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer127

3

BackTex Threshold

Thresholdtheoutputofthecurrentbackgroundtexture,andterminatesthepathifthethresholdvalueisexceeded.

Wrap Path at Edge

PathreappearsatoppositesideofCanvaswhenitcrossesaCanvasboundaryifturnedon.Allowsforthegenerationofcanvasimagesthatwillautomaticallyself-tile.

This can be really useful for pattern design for fabric printing.

Select Region Path Stop

Terminatecurrentpathifitleavesthecurrentactiveselectionregion.

Use this if you only want the paint to draw in the current selection area. Local Region Path Stop

Terminatecurrentpathifitleavesthecurrentuniqueselectionregion.Therecanbe256uniquecurrentselectionregions,oneforeachuniquegraylevelinthe8bitcurrentselectionregionimage.

This assumes you have setup the current region selection image to consist of unique grayscale regions. The Path Start generator setting called Regionize will do this for you automatically, and you would typically use this setting associated with that path start generator.

Force Path Length

TerminatecurrentpathifitexceedsthemaximumpathlengthspecifiedinPathShape.

Visual Error

Terminatecurrentpathifthechosenvisualerrormodelthinkscontinueddrawingwillincreasethevisualdifferencebetweenthecanvasandthesource.

Used in presets that intelligently limit drawing like some of the black and white autosketch presets. These presets inhibit drawing in a paint stroke if they determine

Studio Artist128

you will draw too much if the stroke continues.

Note:

ThePathparametersallowfortheauto-generationofalargenumberofpossiblepaintstylesandeffects.However,beawarethatyoucanusethePathStartorPathEndparameterstogeneratealogicallyinconsistentpatch.Forexample,apatchthathasthePathEndparameterNotWhiteturnedonwillnotautodrawonablackcanvasbackground.Thepathendswhenthecanvasisnotwhite,andtheentirecanvasisnotwhite.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer129

3

Path Application

Determineshowthepathisusedtoapplypainttothecanvas.ThisincludesthespacingofbrushdabsofpaintalongthepathaswellashowabrushdabofpaintisappliedtotheCanvasinrelationtothepath.

Theinitialpathcanbemodulatedbyupto2differentrandomdisplacementalgorithms.ThePathRandomizationsettingsnowhavetheirowncontrolpanelinversion3.

Apathcouldberepeatedseveraltimesorinterpolatedtoinsurecontinuity.Brushdabsofpaintarethenappliedalongthepathaccordingtoanadjustablespacing.ConstraintscanalsobespecifiedthatmayexaminetheSourceorCanvasandpossiblyoverridetheapplicationofpaintalongthepath.

Displacementandconstrainteffectscanbecombinedtogethertogenerateavirtualpaintbrushthatiscomposedofanumberofsmallersub-brushelementsbasedonStudioArtist’snormalBrushcontrols.ThisisoneapproachtodesigningaresponsivepainttoolthatappearstohavealargeinteractivebrushwithoutusinglargeSourceBrushsizes.

Repeat Stroke

Howmanytimesthepathshouldberepeatedtogenerateapaintstroke.Ifyouaredrawingmanually,thentherepeatshappenafteryoufinishdrawingacompletestroke.

Studio Artist130

TheRepeatStrokeIndexmodulatorisusedthroughoutthepaintsynthesizer,andallowsyoutomodulatebasedonrepeatingstrokes.Thiscanbeusefulforawiderangeofartisticeffects.

RegionasBrushModecontrolpanelhasaRepeatOptionparameterthatallowsforrepeats>1todrawtheedgeofaregionasopposedtofillingit.Sotheinitialstrokeisthenormalregionfillasbrushsolidregionandsubsequentrepeatsofthestrokedrawtheregionoutlineasanormalpath.Thiscouldbeusedasawaytocreatewatercolorpresetswithwetedgeeffects.

VectorOutputcontrolpaneloffersa'Vector-RasterRepeat'mainrenderoptionthatwillusetheVector(solidcolor)renderoptionfortheoriginalstrokeandthenreverttothenormalRasterrenderoptionforsubsequentrepeats.

---- Option

Whatisusedtodetermine100%spacing(currentbrushsizeormaximumbrushsizeorthetextpointsize).HowoftenthepaintisappliedtothecanvasbythebrushisdeterminedbytheSpacing%settingbelow.

The text point size is different than the actual size of the brush image for a text brush since the brush needs to be large enough to hold any entirely rendered letter form.

Mode

Specificspacingcomputationalgorithm.Somearebasedonthedrawnpathandotherswillforceyourdrawingtoconformtoaspatialtilinggrid,whichisniceforgeneratingtilingeffects.

The tiling options are nice for special effects where you want the brush nibs to tile on the canvas rather than specify track a paint stroke. The tile offset controls let you adjust the overall spatial offset of the tiling.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer131

3

Probability

Determineswhetherthereisaprobabilityconstraintthatneedstobecheckedbeforeapplyingpaintwiththebrushataspecificpathlocation.Ifthespecifiedprobabilityconstraintisnotmet,thenthepaintisnotappliedatthatpathlocation.

Invert Probability

Invertsthespecifiedprobabilitycalculationifturnedon.

Spacing %

Howoftenalongthepathpaintisappliedbythebrushtothecanvas.Thepixeldimensionsof100%spacingisdeterminedbythesettinginOption.

Increasing the spacing % in Path Application is the easiest way to make a given paint preset draw faster.

H Tile Offset%

HorizontalstartoffsetforthePathApplicationmodeparametertilingoptions.

V Tile Offset%

VerticalstartoffsetforthePathApplicationmodeparametertilingoptions.

--- Interpolate Path

Makessurepaintapplicationpathiscontinuousifturnedonbyinterpolatinganygapsinthepath.

Path Tracking

Determinestheinternalalgorithmusedtotrackthepenormousepathovertime.PreviousversionsofStudioArtistusedlineartracking.Theotheroptionscanallowforasmootherpathwhendrawingextremelyfast.

Studio Artist132

Path Randomize

Pathrandomizationcanbeusedtocreateasketchyorhanddrawnlookfromautogeneratedpaths.Somerandomizationsettingsarespecificallydesignedtosimulatepentiltmodulatedairbrushorblownsplatterpainteffects.TheycanalsobeusedtosimulatePollackstyledrippainteffectsandotherwildorsubtlestylisticeffects.

Randomdisplacementandpathapplicationconstrainteffectscanbecombinedtogethertogenerateavirtualpaintbrushthatiscomposedofanumberofsmallersub-brushelementsbasedonStudioArtist’snormalBrushcontrols.Thesmallsourcebrushelementsworktogetheralongwiththerandomizationsettingstogeneratetheperceivedappearanceofalargercloudofpaint.ThisisoneapproachtodesigningaresponsivepainttoolthatappearstoausertohavealargeinteractivebrushwithoutusinglargeSourceBrushsizeswithcomputationallydemandinginternaldynamictextures.

Theinitialpathcanbemodulatedbyupto2differentrandomdisplacementalgorithms.Randomdisplacementcanbemodulatedbyanumberofinteractivecontrolsorautomaticallybyimagevisualattributes.

Eachofthe2randomdisplacementmodulatorshasidenticalcontrolsthataredetailed

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer133

3

below.

---- Displace 1

Whatkindofdisplacementalgorithmifanyisappliedtothepath.Theyalllookdifferent,trythemandsee.

Displace Amount

Themaximumamountofdisplacementinpixelsappliedtothepath.Anydisplacementmodulationwillbefromzerotothismaximumsetting.

Increasing this setting makes the path more wiggly, decreasing it makes the effect more subtle.

Orient Angle

Theangularorientationofthepathdisplacement.Youcanusethissotherandomizationtracksthepathangleasyoudraw,orforotherinteractiveorspecialeffects.

Path Increment

TheincrementalspacingassociatedwithonecycleofthevariousDisplacealgorithms.

Orient Mod

Specifiesfixedorientationdisplacementvsdisplacementthattracksthepathandoffsetsfromthecurrentpathorientation.

Use a setting of 90 degrees if you want the displacement to be perpendicular to the path angle while you are drawing.

Displace Mod

SpecifiesamodulationsourcefortheDisplacementamount.ThedisplacementmodulationwillbefromzerototheDisplaceamountmaximumsetting.

Load Path Mod Channel

Studio Artist134

Allowsthespecifiedpathmodulationchanneltobereplacedoroverriddenwiththerandomizeddisplacemodulationsignal.

Turb Level

#ofoctavesofturbulence.OnlyavailableforDisplaceoptionsbasedonaturbulencealgorithm. Turb Alg

Thespecificturbulencealgorithmused.OnlyavailableforDisplaceoptionsbasedonaturbulencealgorithm.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer135

3

Paint Color Source

TheoutputofthePaintColorSourcemoduleisadynamiccolorvaluethatcanbeusedforpainting.TheinputtothemoduledependsonwhatiscurrentlyselectedintheSourcecontrolpanel.

Forexample,iftheuserhasspecifiedafixedsourcecolor,thenthecurrentfixedcolorselectionvalueistheinputtothismodule.Iftheuserhasspecifiedsourceimage,thecolorvalueofthesourceimageatthepathstartpointisusedastheinputtothismodule.

Thispane’sparametersdeterminehowthepaintcolormaybemodified,bothinitiallyandoverthepaintpath.Theinitialpaintcolorcanfirstberunthroughacolortransformation.Thesubsequenttransformedpaintcoloristhenrandomized.Itisthenpassedtoarecursiveblendingoperation.ItthenisusedastheinputtothePaintColorModulatemodule.

Save Color Palette Save Color Gradient

SavesthecurrentSourceColorPaletteorColorGradientsettingswiththePaintPatchorPresetifchecked.

Studio Artist136

---

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer137

3

Map Option

Specifiesacolormappingoption.Iftheoptionison,itwillmaptheinitialsourcecolorvaluetothespecifiedsettingpriortosubsequentprocessinginthismodule.

Color Mode

Specifiesapossibletransformationoftheinitialsourcecolorvalue.Someofthesesettings(Probsettings)maytransformtheinitialsourcecolorintooneofasetofcolorsthattogetheroveranareaofthecanvasrepresenttheactualinitialsourcecolorvalue.

There is a lot of color theory as well as intelligent color mixing techniques that painters use buried in here. You can automatically generate opponent or analogous color mixing as well as auto-generate Pointillist effects.

Theinitialpaintcolormaythenbealgorithmicallyrandomized.

Start Option

Determineshowtheinitialpaintcolorisrandomizedandoffset.

These options determine how the color will be randomized as well as what happens at range boundaries in the color space chosen.

Clipmeansiftherandomizedvalueexceedarangeboundaryitishardclippedtothatboundary.Wrapmeansthatiftherandomizedvalueexceedsarangeboundaryitreversesdirectionattherangeboundary.Cyclemeanstherandomizedvaluegetsmappedinamoduloorbarbershoppolestyleatrangevalues.

Lummeansthecolorluminanceisrandomized,Huemeansthecolorhueisrandomized,Satmeansthecolorsaturationisrandomized,RGBmeansthe3RGBcomponentsofthecolorareallrandomized,opponentmeansthecolorisrandomlymixedwithitsopponentcolor(locatedontheoppositesideofa360degreehuecolorwheel),analogousmeansthecolorisrandomlymixedwithitsadjacentanalogouscolor(locatednexttoitonthehuewheel).

Studio Artist138

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer139

3

Randomize

Determinestheamountofinitialcolorrandomization.

Larger values lead to more randomization, smaller values lead to a subtler effect. Set it to 0 if you don't want any color randomization to change your carefully hand entered spot color value.

Offset

Determinestheamountofinitialcoloroffset.

Negative values make the color increasingly darker, positive values make the color increasingly lighter.

---Theinitialpaintcolormayberecursivelyblendedwithanothercolorsourceasthebrushproceedsalongtheapplicationpath.ThesesettingsdeterminewhetherthepaintbrushdragsitsinitialstartcoloracrosstheCanvas,oradaptivelyupdatesitscolorclonestheSourcecolorsbasedonitscurrentposition.

Recursive blending means that the initial color is mixing with some other color source as you draw. You can use this control to simulate the dirty brush effect of the brush picking up existing coloring from the canvas. Or, you can use this control to specify a brush that clones from the source as opposed to the normal behavior of dragging the initial source color. Recursive Source Blend %

Thisvaluedeterminestheinitialsourceblendpercentage.Asettingof100%meansthattheinitialcolorwilldragasthepenismovedwithnorecursiveblendingtakingplace.Asettinglessthan100%specifiesarecursivemixoftheexistingpaintcolorwithanewpaintcolorderivedfromtheBlendTosettingbelow.

This setting is very sensitive at the high end (close to 100%).

Studio Artist140

RSB Start

Thestartcolorsourcetotherecursiveblendalgorithm.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer141

3

RSB Blend

Thesecondblendcolorsourcefortherecursiveblendalgorithm.

The second blend coloring is what is repeatedly mixed into the brush as the pen moves. Setting this to the Source image is how you specify a cloning brush. Setting this to the Canvas image is how you specify a dirty brush that picks up coloring from the canvas.

RSB Modulation

Specifiesamodulatorfortherecursivesourceblend.Settingthemodulatortononemeanstherecursivesourceisfullon.

TherearemacroeditsavailableintheEdit:PaintSynthesizer:MacroEditmenuthatprovideaneasywaytoquicklyadjusttherecursiveblendsettingtoclonethesourcecolorordragthesourcecolorwithouthavingtomanuallysetthevariouscontrolsinthiscontrolpanel.

Force Color to Path Memory

Ifturnedonthenormalcolorcontrolsareoverriddenandthepathcolorissettothecolorstoredinthepathmemory.Thiswouldtypicallybeusedifyouaredrawingfrompathsstoredinthebezierpathmemories.Thisshouldalsobeturnedonifyouareauto-regionizingandwanttousethecolorassociatedwiththeautogeneratedregion(whichcouldbeverydifferentthantheinitialstartpointofthepathifregionizepathshapeoptionsareinuse).

AutoGen Source Palette

Normallyyouwouldleavethisturnedoffsinceit'saspecialtyfunction.Whenturnedon,thesourcecolorpaletteisautogeneratedfromthecurrentpaintcolorgeneratedbythevariousPaintColorSourcecontrolsettings.Sothesourcecolorpalettewillberegeneratedforeachpaintstroke.ThiscanbeusefulforcertainkindsofgenerativePASeqs,whereyouuseonepaintactionstepwithasinglepaintstroketoautogenerateacolorpalettebasedoffofacolorderivedfromthespatialpositioningofthepaintstrokerelativetothesourceimage.SubsequentpaintactionstepsinthePASeqcouldthenworkoffofthesourcerandompalettesettingstoworkwiththegeneratedpalette

Studio Artist142

colors.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer143

3

Paint Color Modulate

Additionalpaintcolormodulationoptionscanbespecifiedinthiscontrolpanel.Thesemodulationsoccurdynamicallyasthepathisdrawn.TheinputtothismoduleistheoutputofthePaintColorSourcemodule.

ThePaintColorSourceoutputcolorisfirstpassedthroughapathcolorrandomizer.Theoutputofthepathcolorrandomizeristhenpossiblygradientmodulated.Bothoftheserandomizerscanbeinteractivelymodulated.Or,theycanbeprocedurallymodulatedwithoscillators.

ThecoloroutputofthispaneisusedasapossiblepaintcolorsourceforthePaintFromorPaintToparameterslocatedinthePaintFillpane.Whatisactuallyappliedtothecanvasbythebrushisspecifiedonthatparameterpane.

Subtleusageofthevariouspaintcolormodulationoptionscanhelpimpartamoreorganicfeeltoyourpaintings.Moderatesettingscanbeusedtoincorporatetechniquesfromcolormixingtheorydirectlyintoyourpaintingautomaticallywhileyouwork.Extremesettingscanbeusedtoauto-generatealargerangeofstylisticeffectssuchasautoimpressionistorpointillisteffects.

Studio Artist144

Path Color Mod

Determinestherandomizationalgorithmforthecolormodulationasthepathistraversed.

Modulate Option

Determineshowthepathcolorisrandomizedasthepathistraversed.

These options determine how the color will be randomized as well as what happens at range boundaries in the color space chosen.

Modulate Type

Determinesthetypeofcolorrandomizationmodulationasthepathistraversed.

Typically you would use the Continuous setting for smooth randomization.

Modulate Source

Additionalinteractivemodulationsourceoptionletsyouchooseaspecificmodulatortoadjusttheoverallcolorpathmodulationeffect.

Allows an interactive modulator or perceptual visual attribute to modulate the randomization effect for more organic feel.

Modulate Amount

Determinestheamountofcolormodulationasthepathistraversed.

Larger values lead to more randomization, smaller values lead to a subtler effect. Set it to 0 if you don't want any color randomization to change your carefully hand entered spot color value.

Modulate Increment

Determinestheincrementorspacingofonecycleofrandomizationforthepathcolorrandomizationalgorithm.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer145

3

Increasing means the random cycle will occur over a greater path length. Decreasing means the random cycle will occur more quickly over path length, which can also make the effect seem more noisy as opposed to being perceived as a smooth variation.

---Thepathcolorgradientmodulatoristhesecondcolormodulatoronthiscontrolpanel.Ratherthanarandommodulator,itallowsagradientmixingbetweenthesourcecolor(whichmayhavebeenrandommodulatedwiththesettingsdescribedabove)andanothercolorsource,whichiscalledthegradientend.

The Multipen Nib modulation option is very effective for creating color gradient effects in multipen patches.

Path Gradient

Turnsitonanddeterminesthespecificpathcolorgradientmodulatorifitison.Thisspecifiesagradientcolorshiftthattakesplaceasafunctionoftheparticularspecifiedmodulator’svaluealongthepath.

Gradient End

Specifiesthesourceofthesecondcolorthepathgradientalgorithmmodulatesto.

Gradient Strength

Specifiesthestrengthofthepathgradientcolortransformationinpercent.Decreasingthestrengthdecreasesthecolormodulationandallowsformoresubtlecoloringeffects.

Studio Artist146

Fixed Colors

TheactualpaintappliedtothecanvascanbeconstructedfromvariouscombinationsoftheoutputofthePaintColorSource/PaintColorModulatemodulesandtwoadditionalFixedColors.

ThetwoFixedColorscaneitherbestaticsourcecolorsordynamicallytrackthecurrentPaintColorSourcemoduleoutputascoloroffsets.Thetrackingcanjustfollowtheinitialstartcolorforthepathoritcantracktheassociatedcolormodulationsthatmayoccuralongthepath.ThetrackingFixedColorscanalsobethemselvesrandomizedorsubjectedtocolortransformations.

TheuseofthetwoFixedColorgeneratorsalongwiththeoutputofthePaintColorSourceandColorModulatemodulesallowsforthreepossibleinteractivecolorsourcesforuseinconstructingdynamicpainttextureswithinStudioArtist.Thecombinationofthesethreedynamiccolorsourcesallowsforthegenerationofrich,expressive,texturedpaintwithmanysubtlevisuallooksorspecialeffects.

EachFixedColorisdeterminedbythefollowingparameters:

Color Source

Specifieswhetherthefixedcolorisastaticcolorassociatedwiththeassociated

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer147

3

squarecolormemory,trackstheinitialPaintColorSourcestartvalueforapath,orcontinuouslytracksthecurrentPaintColorasitmodulatesonthepath.

The color square memory for the static color will appear if you choose that option. As with all memory buttons, you option click to record, click to playback.

Color Mode

Specifiesapossibletransformationoftheinitialfixedcolorvalue.

A number of these allow you to access some sophisticated color theory and color mixing painting techniques.

Random Start Option

Determineshowtheinitialpaintcolorisrandomizedandoffset.

These options determine how the color will be randomized as well as what happens at range boundaries in the color space chosen.

Random Start Color

Determinestheamountofcolorrandomization.

Larger values lead to more randomization, smaller values lead to a subtler effect. Set it to 0 if you don't want any color randomization to change your carefully hand entered spot color value.

Offset Start Color

Determinestheamountofcoloroffset.

Negative values make the color increasingly darker, positive values make the color increasingly lighter.

Studio Artist148

Paint Source Offset

Theparametersinthispanecanbeusedtooffsetthephysicallocationofthecurrentpaintsourceinrelationtothepenpositioning.Theoffsetcanbefixedorafunctionofarandomgenerator.OnlytheFillFrompaintsourceisoffset,nottheFillTopaintsource.

YoucanusethePaintSourceOffsetparametersasameanstoclonespecificsectionsoftheSourceimageinvariablelocationsontheCanvas.The“BrushDisplace”AlgorithmsettingsinthePaintFillpanealsousethesesettingstodefinetheactualbrushdisplacement.

Tracking

Thisdetermineshowthepaintsourcetracksapath.(This should probably move out of the paint parameters and directly into the source control panel settings in a future version of Studio Artist).

StartPoint -subsequentlocationsalongthepathtrackoffoftheinitialpathstartpoint.Thisisthenormalmodeforpainting.

Fixed-subsequentlocationsarealwaysafixedcoordinatelocation.Setthislocation

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer149

3

initiallybymousingdownattheappropriatepositionintheSourceImage.ThissettingcanbeusedtobuildabrushthatpaintswithafixedchunkoftheSourceImage.

FixedStart-subsequentlocationsarealwaysafixedcoordinatelocation.Thislocationiswhereverthestartpositionofthepathwasinitiallylocatedonthecanvaswhenyoustarteddrawingthestroke.

OffsetStart-subsequentlocationsalongthepathtrackoffofafixedlocationratherthenthepath’sstartlocation.SetthislocationbyinitiallymousingdownattheappropriatepositionintheSourceImage.ThissettingisusefulforoffsetcloningspecificpiecesoftheSourceImageinvariableCanvaslocations.

TimeParticleStartPoint -subsequentlocationsalongthepathtrackoffoftheoriginalTimeParticlestartpointfromframe1.Thiscanbeusedtogenerateshattereffectsovertime.

----ThesecontrolsmirrorthefunctionalityofthePathRandomizationcontrolpanelparameters.InternallyarandomizationmoduleidenticaltooneofthePathRandomizationmodulesisusedtocomputetherandomizedsourceoffset.

Offset

Determinesthespecificalgorithmforgeneratingorrandomizingthesourceoffsetalongthepath.

Offset Amount

Themaximumamountofoffsetinpixelsappliedtothepath.Anyoffsetmodulationwillbefromzerotothismaximumsetting.

Offset Orient Direction

Theorientationdirectionofthepathoffset.

Path Increment

TheincrementalspacingassociatedwithonecycleofthevariousOffsetalgorithms.

Studio Artist150

Orient

Specifiesfixedorientationoffsetvsoffsetthattracksthepathandoffsetsfromthecurrentpathorientation.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer151

3

Mod Type

SpecifiesamodulationsourcefortheOffsetamount.TheoffsetmodulationwillbefromzerototheOffsetamountmaximumsetting.

Turb Level

#ofoctavesofturbulence.OnlyavailableforOffsetsbasedonaturbulencealgorithm. Turb Alg

Thespecificturbulencealgorithmused.OnlyavailableforOffsetsbasedonaturbulencealgorithm.

----Randomgenerator#2isanadditionalsimplerandomizer.Thisistypicallyusedtobreakuplineartifactsassociatedwithdisplacementpaintingfillalgorithms. Gen 2

SpecifiesasecondalgorithmicrandomgeneratorwhosesignalisaddedtotheoverallOffsetsignal.

Gen 2 Amt

Themaximumamplitudeofrandomgenerator#2.

Studio Artist152

Paint Brush Load

Ratherthanloadingapaintbrushwithjustasolidcolor,thismoduleallowsadynamicpaintimagetobeloadedintothedynamicbrush.Thedynamicallygeneratedpaintimagecanincorporateeffectsgeneratedovertheentireareaofthebrush.

ThedynamicPaintBrushLoadimageisrepeatedlycomputedbehindthescenesasyoudraw.BrushLoadingallowsfor3DpainteffectsaswellasforthecreationofwildpainteffectsandsophisticatedimageprocessingeffectscreateddirectlyinthePaintSynthesizer.

Type

SpecifiesaspecificBrushLoadtype.ThischangestheoverallbrushLoadeffect.

Thereareseveraldifferenttypesofmasterbrushloadingalgorithms.TheyareLightingEffects,ImageProcessingEffects,GradientGenerators,andMSG.

Lightingeffectsallowforlushthree-dimensionallightingeffectsthatcansimulatethickpaintstrokes,surfacetexture,orpalettebrushoncanvastechniques.

Imageprocessingisanextremelypowerfulbrushloadtypethatallowsyoutoloadupto2differentseriallychainedimageprocessingalgorithmsintoapaintbrushandpaintwiththeminrealtime.

Gradientbrushloadingallowsanalternativeapproachtogeneratingacomputationalbrushgradientfor3Dlighting,shading,orotherspecialeffects.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer153

3

MSGbrushloadingallowsyoutoutilizetheunlimitedpoweroftheMSGpreset-basedplug-inarchitecturetoinfinitelycustomizeorextendthepaintsynthesizer.

MSGstandsformodularsynthesizedgraphics.MSGpresetscaneitherbetexturegeneratorsorimageprocessingeffectsandarebasedonaninternalsetofeditablemodularprocessorschainedtogetherintooneoverallpreset.

ByusingthisBrushLoadoptionyoucaneffectivelyinfinitelyextendthepaintrenderingpowerofthepaintsynthesizerbybuildingcustomMSGpresetsthatyoucantheninteractivelypaintwith.

Studio Artist154

Brush Load Lighting Effects

Thedynamicallygeneratedpaintimageincorporatespaintlightingeffectscomputedovertheareaofthecurrentdynamicbrush.Asourceforalightingcalculationischosen.Specularreflectionlightingmodelsallowforthesimulationofdifferentlightedmaterialpropertiesaswellasspecialeffects.Theresultofthechosenlightingoperationcanthenbeusedinseveraldifferentwaystogeneratealoadedpaintbrush.

Source

Specifiesasourcethatisusedastheinputtoalightingcalculation.Thiscanbeaproceduraltexturegeneratorintegraltothismoduleoranoutputfromanotherpaintsynthesizermodule.Somesourcesareacombinationoftwodifferentsignals.

You can choose to feedback the canvas through the lighting effect. This allows the creation of dynamic visual chaos or Turing style reaction diffusion for the technically inclined, or wild looking paint textures for the technically uninclined.

Source Option

Specifiesaspecificimagechanneloptionforthemonochromesourceusedinthelightingcalculation.

Lighting

Thekindoflightingcalculationperformedontheloadsourcespecifiedabove.

Apply

Whatisdonewiththeresultsofthelightingcalculationtogeneratealoadedpaintbrush.Theyalllookdifferent,trythemandsee.

Angle

Angularorientationofthelightingsource.Thinkofthisaswherethelightingiscomingfromina360degreeorientationaroundthecenterofthecanvas.

Elevation

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer155

3

Elevationofthelightingsource.90degreesmeansthelightingsourceisstraightoverhead.Decreasingthisvaluemovesthelightingsourcedownwardsclosertothecanvas.Theshadowsgetlongerastheelevationdecreases.

Width

Widthoftheoveralllightingeffect.

Specularity

Specularityconstantforthesurfacelightingmodelusedinternally.Adjustingthisvalueallowsforthesimulationofdifferentsurfacematerialsthatscatterlightindifferentways.

A value of 0 turns it off. Otherwise low values mean a lot of specularity, with the effect decreasing as the parameter increases.

Angle Mod

Modulationoptionforthelightingangle.

Elev Mod

Modulationoptionforthelightingangle.

Width Mod

Modulationoptionforthelightingwidth.

Studio Artist156

Brush Load Procedural Texture Generator

Thereareanumberofparametersassociatedwiththebrushloadproceduraltexturegenerator.Thisisauniqueproceduraltexturegeneratorlocatedinthebrushloadcomputationalmodule.Theseparameterscomeupifyouchooseasourceoptionthatusestheproceduraltexture.Thesameparametersareavailableforallthebrushloadtypesthatutilizetheinternalbrushloadproceduraltexturegenerator.

PRnd Scale

Scalingfactorforthebrushloadproceduraltexturegenerator.

Increasing the value makes the texture rougher, decreasing the value make the texture finer.

Noise Type

Thisunlabeledpopupletsyouselecttheoverallproceduralnoisegeneratortype.

Changing it changes the overall way the texture looks.

Levels

#ofturbulenceoctavesforthebrushloadproceduraltexturegenerator.

Adding more levels increases the overall fractal complexity of the texture at the price of taking more time to generate it and slowing down drawing.

Algorithm

Specificsubalgorithmforthespecifiedoverallproceduralnoisegeneratortype.

For a given noise type this allows you to customize the final look of the texture. Try them and see how the appearance of the texture changes.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer157

3

Brush Load Image Processing

Thedynamicallygeneratedpaintloadimageincorporatesdynamicimageprocessingeffectsovertheareaofthecurrentdynamicbrush.Asourcefortheimageprocessingoperationischosen.SomeSourcesettingsareacombinationoftwodifferentsourcesaddedtogether.

Theresultofseriallyprocessingthechosensourceimagethroughupto2differentchosenimageprocessingalgorithmsisthenusedtogeneratealoadedpaintbrush.Thisisanextremelypowerfulmodule.Therearealargenumberofdynamicimageprocessingalgorithmsthatcanbeinteractivelycontrolledwhileyoupaint.Or,thismodulecanbeusedwithActionpaintingandPathStartscanoptionstodesigncustomautomaticimageprocessingalgorithmsasanalternativetotheImageOperationsModeprocessingalgorithms.

Source

Specifiesasourcethatisusedastheinputtoanimageprocessingcalculation.TheSourcecanbeacombinationofseveraldifferentsignals.

Invert Source

Invertsthespecifiedsourceifturnedon.

Algorithm

Specifiesthespecificfirstimageprocessingalgorithmusedtogeneratethebrushloadsubimage.Therearealargenumberofdifferentimageprocessingalgorithmsavailabletochoosefromandtheyalllookdifferent.Trythemouttoseetherangeofdifferenteffectspossible.---Dependingonwhichspecificimageprocessingalgorithmischosen,theremaybeadditionalparametersavailablespecifictothatparticularalgorithm.

Size

Studio Artist158

Specifiesthesizeofthelocalkernelusedintheimageprocessingoperation.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer159

3

Angle Mod

Specifiesanangleorientationmodulationoptionforthelocalkernelusedintheimageprocessingoperation.

Angle

Specifiesafixedangleoffsetfortheangularorientationofthelocalkernelusedintheimageprocessingoperation.

Mod Type

Specifiesanadditionalmodulationoption.

Algorithm 2

Specifiesasecondspecificimageprocessingalgorithmusedtogeneratethebrushloadsubimage.Theoutputofthefirstchosenalgorithmisusedasthesourceforthesecondalgorithmprocessing.

Somesourcesettingsthatusethebrushloadproceduraltexturewillalsobringupsomeadditionalproceduraltextureparameters.Theseweredocumentedinthebrushloadlightingsectionandyoucangothereforspecificinformationonthoseparameters.

Studio Artist160

Brush Load Gradient Generator

Thedynamicallygeneratedpaintimageincorporatesdynamicgradienteffectsgeneratedovertheareaofthecurrentdynamicbrush.Aspecificgradientgenerationalgorithmischosen.Theresultofthechosengradientgenerationalgorithmisthenusedtogeneratealoadedpaintbrush.

Thismodulecanbeusedasanalternativefor3Dpainteffectsorasawaytogenerateinterestingcolorgradienttexturesinpaintstrokes.

Algorithm

Specifiesthespecificgradientgeneratoralgorithmusedtogeneratethebrushloadsubimage.Theyalllookdifferent,trythemouttoseeforyourself.

Angle Mod

Specifiesanangleorientationmodulationoptionforthegradientgeneratoralgorithm.

Angle

Specifiesafixedangleoffsetfortheangularorientationofthegradientgeneratoralgorithm.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer161

3

Brush Load MSG

ThisbrushloadoptionusesthecurrentMSGpresettogeneratethedynamicbrushloadimagewhileyoupaint.ThisoptionallowsyoutousethepowerofMSGpresetstoinfinitelycustomizeorextendthecapabilitiesoftheStudioArtistPaintSynthesizer.

ThesixuserslidersinthemainMSGoperationpanelwillinfluenceandcontroltheoverallMSGpreseteffectusedinpaintingwithMSGpresets.Inaddition,thereareanumberofparametersspecifictotheMSGbrushloadoptiondetailedbelow:

Source

SpecifiesthesourcefortheMSGprocessing.Likeallofthebrushloadsourcepopups,someofthesourceoptionsmaybeacombinationoftwodifferentsources.

Invert Source

TurnontoinvertthespecifiedMSGsourcebeforeMSGprocessing.

Gradient Map

SpecifieshowtheinternalMSGcolorgradient#1canbeadjustedorrecomputedwhiledrawing.

This is useful because when you turn it on the internal MSG color gradient is regenerated on the fly from the local source image. This will allow a MSG texture generator to generate texture coloring that matches the source image as you draw.

Palette Map

SpecifieshowtheinternalMSGcolorpalette#1canbeadjustedorrecomputedwhiledrawing.

Angle Mod

SpecifiesanglemodulationoptionsfortheinternalMSGprocessors.

Studio Artist162

TG Option

SpecifiesoptionsforhowtemporalgeneratorframetimingiscomputedwhenusingtheMSGpresetforinteractivepainting.

You can frame index the internal MSG temporal generators using the path distance as opposed to current animation frame time. This allows the temporal generators to oscillate as the pen is moved while drawing.

Alpha Out

SpecifieshowtheMSGalphaoutputisusedwithintheoverallpaintsynthesizer.ThisallowsyoutogenerateyourbrushalphadirectlyfromtheMSGeffectasopposedtothenormalSourceBrushifyousodesire.

Important:

Keep in mind that none of the various Brush Load control parameter settings will mean anything if you do not choose Brush Load as a paint source option in the paint Fill setup control panel.

You can use the MSG Save in Preset parameter in the Miscellaneous control panel to determine if you want to save the current MSG preset embedded within the paint preset file. Typically you will want to do this to fully reproduce a MSG Brush Load effect.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer163

3

Paint Fill Setup

DeterminestheappearanceoftheactualpaintdabthatisappliedalongthepathtotheCanvasandhowthebrushinteractswiththepaintdab.TheparametersassociatedwiththeactualapplicationofthepaintdabtotheCanvasarespecifiedinthePaintFillApplycontrolpanel.

Therearetwopaintsources(Fill FromandFill To)aswellasaFill From Modulator.TheFill Fromsourceisappliedtothedark(black)partofthebrush.TheFill To sourceisappliedtothelight(almostwhite)partofthebrush.Purewhite(orvalue255)inthebrushisusedasamask.HowtheFill FromandFill TosourcesarecombinedoverthegrayvaluesofthebrushdependsontheparticularFill Option. TheFill FromsourcecanbespatiallyoffsetfromtheFill TosourcebyadjustingtheparametersinthePaint Source Offsetpane.

Apaintdabisgeneratedfromthecurrentbrushoutput,thetwopaintfillsources,andtheirassociatedparameters.Afterthepaintdabisgenerated,itisthenappliedtotheCanvasaccordingtoaparticularpaintfillAlgorithm,aCompositingoperation,andseveralmaskingandblendoptions.TheseareallspecifiedbyparametersinthePaintFillApplycontrolpanel.TheeditablePaintFillSetupparametersaredetailedbelow:

Studio Artist164

Fill From

DeterminestheFillFromsource,whichisappliedtothedarkpartsofthebrush.Thesourcecanbeasolidcolor,oranimagedependingonthesetting.

Typically this is the color that will be in the center of the generated paint dab for a spherical source brush.

Fill From Mod

DeterminesaFillFrommodulatoreffect,whichcanmodifytheappearanceoftheFillFromsignal.

This modulator introduces another color or other image signal into the paint dab which will be located between the center of the dab and its edges for a typical spherical source brush.

Max Mod

PercentageoftheFillFrommodulationeffect.

Increasing this value typically makes the effect more pronounced, decreasing it typically makes the effect less pronounced.

Mod Option

SpecifiesaninteractivemodulationsourcefortheFillFrommodulatoreffect.ThismodulatorwillinteractivelycontroltheoverallmodulationoftheFillFromModulationeffect.

--- Fill To

DeterminestheFillTosource,whichisappliedtothelightpartsofthebrush.Thesourcecanbeasolidcolor,oranimagedependingonthesetting.

Typically this is the coloring that will be at the edges of the generated paint dab for a spherical source brush.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer165

3

Fill Option

DetermineshowtheFillFromandFillTosourcesarecombinedtogetheroverthegrayscalerangeofthebrushtogenerateadabofpaint.

SomeofthespecificFillOptionshaveadditionaleditableparametersassociatedwiththem.

Dither Fill Option

TheDitherFillOptionusingaditheringalgorithmtotransformthecurrentbrushimageusingeitherthebrushimageoranotherimagesignal.TheoutputoftheditheringthresholdalgorithmovertheareaofthecurrentbrushdetermineswhethertheFillFromorFillTocoloringisusedatthatpixellocationinthecomputedditheredbrush.

Dither Source

Determinesasourceforthecomputationditheringoperation.

Threshold

Determinesthethresholdsignalusedinthecomputationalditheringoperation.

Invert

Invertsthespecifiedditheringsourcepriortothresholding.

Studio Artist166

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer167

3

Range Fill Option

ThisFillOptionwillonlyfillthecanvasiftheassociatedSourceimagelocationsmatchthespecifiedluminancerangevalues.

Range Option

Determinestheminandmaxluminancerangevaluesusedtorestrictdrawing.

MultBlend Fill Options

Thisfilloptionmultipliesthecomputationbrushimagebyanothersignalpriortogeneratingthedabofpaint.

Multiplier

SpecifiesasignalthatismultipliedtimesthebrushimagebeforethemultipliedbrushimageisusedforblendingtheFillFromandFillTocoloringvalues.

This control provides an easy way to use the Background Texture to simulate a paper texture when drawing.

Invert Multiplier

Invertsthemultipliersignalbeforebrushmultiplicationtakesplace.

Studio Artist168

Paint Fill Apply

DetermineshowthepaintdabgeneratedwiththePaintFillSetupparametersisactuallyappliedtotheCanvas.Thepaintdabcanjustbedumpedontopoftheexistingcanvasoritmayinteractorcompositewithitinaspecifiedway.Maskingoptionscanalsobespecifiedthatinfluencehowandwherethedabisappliedtothecanvas.

Certainpaintfillalgorithmscanalsogenerateasecondpaintfillprocesswithdifferentparametersthatinteractsandrunsinparallelwiththeprimarypaintfillprocess.Thisistypicallythecasewithliquidpaintpresets.

Fill Algorithm

Determinestheparticulartypeofpaintingfillprocess.SomealgorithmsettingsthatMixwillgenerateanintegralsecondPaintFillprocesswiththeirownCompositeandBlendcontrols.TheMixRatiocontrolspecifiestheinteractionofthesetwoparallelPaintFillprocesses.

Composite

SpecifiesacompositingoperationthatdetermineshowthepaintdabinteractswiththeexistingCanvas.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer169

3

By compositing, we mean we take the paint dab image and what is currently on the canvas and combine them together using a specified compositing algorithm to create a new dab image that is then placed on the canvas.

Nib Masking

DeterminesmaskingoptionsfortheapplicationofthepaintdabtotheCanvas.IfthemaskingoptionistrueataparticularCanvaslocation,thepaintwillbeappliedtotheCanvas.

---- Blend Mod

DeterminesamodulationsourcetomodulatethepaintblendtotheCanvas.

Blend %

DeterminesthemaximumpaintblendtotheCanvasinpercent.

Dual Fill Algorithms (Mix Apply)

MixApplyAlgorithmsettingsareactuallycomposedoftwodifferentalgorithmsthatarealternatelyappliedinsequence.SoAlg1willbeusedtoapplyapaintnibandthenAlg2willbeusedtoapplyNpaintnibs,withthecyclethenrepeatinguntilthecompletepathisdrawn.ThecontrolsbelowareactivewhenaMixApplyalgorithmisspecified.

Alg2 Mix Ratio 2-1

SpecifieshowmanyAlgorithm#2pathapplicationsalternatewithoneAlgorithm1Applypathapplications.

This parameter will interact with the perceived paint dab spacing, so you may need to go to the Path Application control panel and adjust the spacing setting there to get the overall desired dab spacing effect.

Alg2 Composite

Studio Artist170

Specifiesa2ndcompositingoperationthatdetermineshowthepaintdabinteractswiththeexistingCanvasforthesecondMixApplyAlgorithm.

Alg2 Blend %

Determinesa2ndmaximumpaintblendtotheCanvasinpercentforthesecondMixApplyAlgorithm.

---- Depth Mask

DeterminesifaZdepthmaskandbufferisusedforpaintapplication.Turningthisoptiononlimitsthepaint’sabilitytooverdrawthealreadydrawnportionofapaintstroke.Thesettingdetermineswhatisusedtodrawintothedepthbuffer.

Transparency %

Specifiesanadditionaltransparencyfortheoverallpaintapplicationtothecanvas.

Mix Apply Option

NormalmeansthattheMixApplydualmodefillalgorithmswillworknormallyasdescribedintheprevioussection.

SwitchingfromtheNormalsettingallowsforaspecificmodulatortobeusedtomodulatebetweenfillalgorithms1and2.SwitchingfromNormalwillcausetheAlg2MixRationtobeignoredsincethemodulatorwillbeinteractivelycontrollingwhichfillalgorithmisused.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer171

3

Alpha Fill

ThePaintSynthesizerwillnotspecificallydrawintothecurrentlayer'salphachannelunlessitisspecificallysetuptodoso.

In version 4 you use the Canvas : Alpha : Paint Synth Alpha Enable menu flag to turn alpha drawing on or off.

Studio Artist versions prior to version 3 used specific settings in each paint patch to determine if alpha drawing would take place or not. This was a problem because you needed 2 versions of a particular preset depending on whether you wanted to do alpha drawing or not. Later versions improved on this by making overall control of alpha drawing a switchable global parameter for all paint presets.

Thereareanumberofdifferentparametersthatdeterminethespecificsofhowdrawingtothealphachanneltakesplace.

Alpha Fill

Determineswhichalphagenerationtechniqueisusedifactive.Defaultisthemostcommonanddisablestheotherparameters.

Alpha Blend

Specifiesanalphablendoption.

Alpha Apply

DetermineshowthecomputedalphadabisappliedtothealphaframeoftheCanvas.

Alpha FillTo Option

CorrectlymodulatestheFillToSourceforalphapainting.Switchonforpainttoolsthat

Studio Artist172

blendtotheCanvassotheywillbesmartaboutgeneratingtheappropriateFillTosignalbasedonthecurrentalphachannelvalues.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer173

3

Brush Source

Determinestheinitialsourceforthebrush.Youcanseethecurrentsourcebrushinthesmallimageonthetoprightsideofthepane.

TheactualbrushusedforpaintingistheoutputoftheBrushTypealgorithm,whichusestheBrushSourceasoneofit’sinputs.TypicallytheBrushsourceisusedasamaskforanoveralldynamiccomputationalbrush.Thiscouldbealuminancemaskoradepthmaskorboth.

This control panel is where you specify the overall maximum brush size. The brush size actually drawn may be modulated or adjusted off of this overall maximum brush size based on the settings in the Brush Modulation control panel.

Brush Source

Computationalbrushesaregeneratedalgorithmically.Imagebrushesaregeneratedfromasourceimagefile.Textbrushesaregeneratedfromatextfontandstringoftext.Moviebrushesaregeneratedfromasourcemoviefile.Generativebrushesaregeneratedinrealtimewhendrawingandtheirshapecanbeinteractivelymodulatedwhiledrawing.MultiNibbrushesusemultipleinstancesofasimplecomputationalbrushtosimulatebristleeffects.

MSGLivebrushesuseaMSGpresettodynamicallygeneratethebrushwhendrawing.ThisisthewaytoinfinitelyextendthepoweroftheStudioArtistsourcebrushbybuildingyourowncustomMSGpresetstogeneratebrushshape.

Studio Artist174

Computational Brushes

Computationalbrushesaregeneratedalgorithmically.Thebasicalgorithmgeneratesasmoothsymmetricalsphericalbrushthatblendsfromblackatthecentertowhiteattheedges.

Therearemanyinteractingparametersavailabletoadjusttheappearanceofthecomputationalbrush.Theycanmodulatetheshapeandfalloffofthesmoothbrushaswellasmodulateorinvertsymmetry.

Additionalcontrolscanrandomizethebrush.Randomizationcanbestaticorapplieddynamicallyeverytimethebrushisgenerated.Thesourcebrushimagewillinteractivelyupdateasyouadjusttheparameters.

There is a dynamic preview image that updates in real time as you move the parameter sliders to show you how the parameter adjustments changes the computation source brush. The preview image size is independent of the actual brush size. It's purpose is to show off the overall source brush appearance in real time as you edit the controls. It's located at the bottom of the Editor on the left side.

Horz Size

Determinesthemaxhorizontaldimensionsofthebrush.

Vert Size

Determinesthemaxverticaldimensionsofthebrush.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer175

3

Comp Brush

Typeofcomputationalbrush.Theyalllookdifferent,trythemandsee.

Bias/Gain

Definealuminancetransferfunctionforthecomputationalbrush.

Orient

DeterminestheorientationofthesourcebrushYouneedtosetthedirectionalitytosomethingotherthanzerotoseetheeffectofthisparameter.

Directionality

Determinesthedirectionalityofthesourcebrush.Increasingthedirectionalitymakesthebrushmoreelliptical.

Height

Heightofthesourcebrush.Valuesgreaterthan100%willreactdifferentlydependingonthecompbrushtype.

Corner Pull

Pullsthebrushtowardsorawayfromthecorners.

Symmetry

SpecifiesspecificsymmetryalgorithmadjustedbyPre-SymandPost-Symsettings.

Pre-Sym/Post-Sym

Distortsthesymmetryofthesourcebrush.ComplicatedinteractionwithOrient/Directionality,andCornerPull.

Random Type

Specifiesanalgorithmtorandomizethecomputationalbrush.IfUniquerandomizationisspecified,auniqueanddifferentSourceBrushwillbegeneratedeachtimetheBrushModulationmodulegeneratesanewinstanceoftheSourceBrush.

Random Amount

Increasingthiscontrolincreasestheamountofbrushrandomizaton.

Studio Artist176

Random Increment

Adjuststhespatialfrequencyoftherandomization.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer177

3

Random Min Random Max

AdditionallyadjuststheappearanceoftheRndRadiusrandomtypeoptionbycontrollingtheminandmaxbrushradiusfortherandomizationprocess.

Random Seed

Specifiesauniquerandomseedforthesourcebrushrandomizationprocess.Changingtheseedvaluewillchangetheappearanceoftherandomizedbrushshape.

Important:

The source brush can be size and orientation modulated. A complete set of size and orientation modulated computational source brushes are cached in ram internally in the Paint Synthesizer. The settings in the Brush Modulation control panel for # of Sizes and # of Orientations determine how many separate brush images are actually cached in memory.

Studio Artist178

Image Brushes

Asourcebrushcanbegeneratedfromastaticimagefilelocatedonyourharddisk.

Youcanloadanewbrushimagefilebyusingthe“New Image Brush...”menulocatedinthe“File : Paint Synthesizer”mainmenu.Thebrushfilename,size,andthebrushitselfaredisplayed.

Use common sense when specifying a particular image as a Source Brush. Choose an image with dimensions appropriate for use as a brush source image. Depending on the settings in the Brush Modulation pane, many copies of the Image Source Brush will be generated and cached in memory.

WhenloadinganewPaintPatch,ifStudioArtistcan’tfindthebrushimagefileoriginallyspecified,itwilldotwothings.First,itwillseeifthereisabrushfileofthesamenameintheBrushfolderlocatedadjacenttotheStudioArtistapplicationonyourharddisk.Ifitcan’tfindafilewiththesamenameinthatfolderoranyofit’ssubfolders,StudioArtistwillthenbringupaStandardFiledialogsothatyoucanmanuallyspecifythelocationoftheSourceBrushimagefile.

In general, you should keep your various image brush files in the Brush folder located next to the application. You can use subfolders within the Brush folder to organize your image brushes by category. Taking the time to manage your image brushes in this fashion will make moving between different machines and hard disks much easier.

MostapplicationsofImageBrushescanuseafairlysmallimagesize(like64x64pixelsforexample).KeepinmindthatbasedonthesettingsintheBrushModulationcontrolpanelalargenumberofimagebrushcopiesatdifferentscalesandrotationsmaybestoredinthebrushcache.Thiscanchewupalotofmemoryiftheimagesizeislarge.

IB Scale

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer179

3

Determinestheoverallsizescalingoftheresultingimagebrush.Ifyouwanttorerenderyourcanvasandpaintingtoahigherresolutionafteryouarecompleteddrawing,thensetthistolessthan100%whenyoudoyouroriginaldrawingandusealargerbrushsize.Choosethepercentsothatwhenyourerenderyouwillendupwitharerendered100%scale.

ThefollowinginformationisdisplayedintheBrushSourcecontrolpanelbutcannotbeedited.

Brush Name

Nameoftheimagebrushfile.

Brush Size

Sizeoftheimagebrush(horizontalxvertical).

Studio Artist180

Text Brushes

ThisbrushdynamicallygeneratestheBrushSourcefromtheindividuallettersinastringoftext.

Tochangethetextstringusedforthetextbrush,usetheTexteditfieldintheBrushSourcecontrolpanel.

Eachtimeabrushisusedtopaintadabofpaint,theSourceBrushiscomputeddynamicallyfromoneoftheindividuallettersintheTextBrushmessage.WhichletterisusedtogeneratetheSourceBrushdependsonthesettingsinthePositionModcontrol.Letterpositioningcanbedynamicallymodulatedinrealtimeorcycledsequentially.TextBrushescanbeusedtopaintatextmessageorasapainttextureeffect.

There are specific Path Application Options for text spacing that should be used for typical text brush presets. These options take into account the specific font and lead to better results than the normal options used for generic painting.

TB Style

Determinesthetextstyleusedforthetextbrush.

TB Font

Determinesthespecificfontusedforthetextbrush.

TB Size

Determinesthesizeofthetextbrushsource.

TB Position Mod

Determineshowthecurrentletterpositioninginthesourcetextismodulatedasyoudraw.

TB Save Text in Patch

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer181

3

Turnonthischeckboxifyouwantthecurrenttextbrushsourcetobesavedwiththepreset.

Text

Thetextstringthatwillbedrawn.

How Text Drawing Works

Normal usage of the text source brush works as follows. Each font is rendered into the brush cache buffer at the maximum brush size, and then interpolated down to the final sized brush image which is raster filled to the canvas. So your Size Interpolation parameter in the Brush Modulation control panel should be set to Interpolation for best results.

There is a way to draw the text source brush directly into the paint canvas using anti-aliased drawing. To do this use the AntiAliased Solid Brush Type with it's Type option set to Text. This can give a better crisper text rendition at the cost of circumventing the normal paint synthesizer paint nib fill engine which allows for a wide range of different paint fill effects.

Studio Artist182

Movie Brushes

ThisbrushdynamicallygeneratestheBrushSourcefromtheindividualframesinaQuickTimemovielocatedonyourharddisk.Youcanloadanewbrushmoviefilebyusingthe“New Movie Brush...”menulocatedinthe“File:PaintSynthesizer”mainmenu.Thebrushfilename,size,andaframeofthebrushitselfaredisplayed.AbrushmoviefileisaQuickTimemovie.EachframeofthemoviecanbeusedasauniqueBrushSourcethatcanbedynamicallyvariedasyoupaint.

Use common sense when specifying a particular QuickTime movie as a Source Brush. Choose a movie with frame dimensions appropriate for use as a brush source image. Depending on the settings in the Brush Modulation pane, many copies of a given movie frame will be generated and cached in memory. The load Status parameter allows you to control the caching or lack of it if you do want to work with large movie frames as a brush.

WhenloadinganewPaintPatch,ifStudioArtistcan’tfindthebrushmoviefileoriginallyspecified,itwilldotwothings.First,itwillseeifthereisabrushfileofthesamenameintheBrushfolderlocatedadjacenttotheStudioArtistapplicationonyourharddisk.Ifitcan’tfindafilewiththesamenameinthatfolderoranyofit’ssubfolders,StudioArtistwillthenbringupaStandardFiledialogsothatyoucanmanuallyspecifythelocationoftheSourceBrushmoviefile.

In general, you should keep your various movie brush files in the Brush folder located next to the application. Taking the time to manage your movie brushes in this fashion will make moving between different machines and hard disks much easier.

MB Indexing

Specifies1Dor2Dindexmodulationfordeterminingtheframepositioningwhileyoudraw.1Dindexingusesasingemodulatortoindexintotheentiresetofframes.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer183

3

2Dindexinguses2differentmodulatorstoaccessalloftheframes.Theentirerangeofframesaretreatedlikeatwo-dimensionalarrayforthepurposesofmodulationindexing.Youneedtoorganizetheimagesassociatedwiththeindividualframesinyourmovieaccordingwhendesigningandbuildingamoviebrushthatwilluse2Dindexing.

Movie Brush size and orientation modulation will occur independently of the 1D or 2D frame modulation specified here. By properly designing the individual frames in your movie brush, you can use the individual frames to represent an additional 1 or 2 axis of brush modulation. What these axis of modulation specifically represent is only limited by your imagination.

Thefollowingparameterisavailablefor1Dindexing:

MB 1D Frame Mod

Determineshowthecurrentframepositioninginthemovieismodulated.Forexample,sequentialwillrunthroughthemovieframessequentiallyasyoudraw.

Thefollowingparametersareavailablefor2Dindexing:

MB 2D Mod A

Specifiesamodulatorforthefirstaxisofframemodulation

MB 2D Mod B

Specifiesamodulatorforthesecondaxisofframemodulation

MB 2D A Dimension

SpecifieshowmanyframesareinonecycleofthefirstAaxisofmodulation.ThedimensionofthesecondBaxiswillbethetotalnumberofframesdividedbythesizeoftheAaxis.

MB Attribute Index

Studio Artist184

Determinestheindexingusedfortheframepositioningmodulation.

MB Load Status

Determineswhethertheentiremoviebrushispreloadedintomemoryorreadfromdiskwhiledrawing.Preloadisusefulforfastinteractivemoviebrushes.

DiskDrawisusefulforusingamoviebrushtocompositelargermoviefilesinpaintactionsequenceanimationsormovieprocessing.However,itwilldrawmuchmoreslowlysincethediskwillbeaccessedeverytimeabrushnibisdrawn.

ChoosingPreloadwhenyouhavealargemoviefilecanpotentiallyleadtoatotallossofallavailablememory.StudioArtisttriestobesmartandautomaticallyswitchtoDiskDrawifitappearsthismighthappen.

ThefollowinginformationisdisplayedintheBrushSourcecontrolpanelbutcannotbeedited.

Brush Name

Nameofthemoviebrushfile.

Brush Size

Sizeofthemoviebrush(horizontalxvertical).

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer185

3

Generative Brushes

ThisbrushdynamicallygeneratestheBrushSourcecomputationallyontheflyinrealtime.Thisallowsfortheoverallshapeofthebrushtointeractivelybemodulatedbasedonthingsmodulationsourceslikepentiltandtiltorientation.

ThisBrushSourceisdifferentthantheothersinthattheBrushisn’tinternallycachedatdifferentsizesandresolutions.Thedynamicontheflybrushcomputationallowsfortheinteractiveshapecontrolwhileyoudrawandcanleadtosomeveryexpressivepaintpatches.

You can use this brush type to easily simulate the effect of tilting a physical pencil tip or piece or rectangular chalk, which changes the overall shape and area of the drawing tool that touches the canvas.

Horz Size

Determinesthemaxhorizontaldimensionsofthebrush.

Vert Size

Determinesthemaxverticaldimensionsofthebrush.

G Gen Type

Determinesthespecificgenerativebrushalgorithmusedtocomputethebrushshapeontheflywhiledrawing.

G Orient Type

Modulationsourceforthegeneratedbrushorientation.ThissettingoverridestheBrushModulationorientationsettings,whichareassociatedwithcachedbrushorientationsusedintheolderprecomputedsourcebrushtypes.

G Orient Offset

Fixedorientationoffsetforthegenerativebrushorientationmodulation.

Studio Artist186

MultiNib Generative Brushes

SomeoftheGenTypeoptionsincludeaMultiNiblabeling.Theseusemultipleinstancesofagenerativebrushtosimulatebristleeffects.TheyworkoffofsomeofthecurrentMultiPenmodesettings.

Rotation Generative Brushes

SomeoftheGenTypeoptionsincludeaRotationlabeling.ThesearedesignedtobeusedwiththeWacomArtPenwhichincludesapenaxisrotationmodulator.Ifyouusethemwithanormalpenormouseitmaynotbeobviouswhattheyaredoing.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer187

3

MultiNib Brushes

ThisbrushdynamicallygeneratestheBrushSourcecomputationallyontheflyinrealtime.ThecurrentMultiPencontrolparametersareusedtodefinethedynamicallygeneratedsourcebrush.

If you use this source brush with a multi-pen pen mode then you essentially get a doubling effect, since a dynamic image of the multi-pen nibs will be drawn at each multi pen nib location.

Horz Size

Determinesthemaxhorizontaldimensionsofthebrush.

Vert Size

Determinesthemaxverticaldimensionsofthebrush.

Nib radius %

Definesthesizeofthenibsasapercentageoftheoverallbrushsize.

Studio Artist188

MSG Live Brushes

ThisbrushdynamicallygeneratestheBrushSourcecomputationallyontheflyinrealtime.ThecurrentMSGpresetisusedtodefinethedynamicallygeneratedsourcebrush.

BybuildingyourowncustomMSGpresetsandusingthissourcebrushoptionyoucaninfinitelyextendthepoweroftheStudioArtistsourcebrush.

Typically you would want to save the MSG preset as a part of the overall paint preset. This can be done by turning on the MSG Save in Preset option in the Miscellaneous control panel.

Horz Size

Determinesthemaxhorizontaldimensionsofthebrush.

Vert Size

Determinesthemaxverticaldimensionsofthebrush.

MSG TG Option

DefinesanoptionforhowinternalTemporalGenerators(TG)areindexmodulatedintheMSGpreset.

MSG Angle Mod

DefinesaglobalanglemodulationappliedtoappropriateMSGparameters.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer189

3

Brush Type

TheactualbrushusedforpaintingistheresultoftheinteractionbetweenthecurrentBrushSourceandthespecificbrushgenerationalgorithmspecifiedhere.StudioArtisthastheabilitytocreatemodulatablebrushtextureontheflytogenerateadynamicbrushthatcaninteractivelychangedependingonhowyoupaintordraw.

Typically,theBrushSourceisusedasamaskappliedtoadynamicalgorithmictexturegeneratorspecifiedhere.ThefinalbrushusedforpaintingistheresultoftheinteractionoftheBrushSourceandthespecifiedBrushType,aswellasthesize,orientation,andluminancemodulationsettingsspecifiedintheBrushModulationcontrolpanel.

Be aware that some specific brush Type options override or replace the source brush and may use custom fill code that bypasses the normal paint synthesizer paint nib fill engine.

For example, all of the geodesic brush types (except geodesic source brush) run their own dynamic fill code that ignores the source brush settings since the brush is actually a dynamic spreading process generated on the fly when drawing.

The AntiAliased Solid brush type also bypasses the normal paint nib fill code and allows for true anti-aliased vector drawing to occur in the paint canvas (at the price of losing most of the additional special effects and organic feel that can be created with the regular paint synthesizer raster fill engine).

Studio Artist190

Brush Type

Aspecifictypeofbrushgenerationalgorithmasdetailedbelow.

SourceBrushJustusestheSourceBrushasthepaintbrush.NoadditionaltexturesaregeneratedandtheSourceBrushisnotmodifiedinanyway.

StretchSourceBrushStretchestheSourceBrushalongtheoveralldrawingpath.

Stretch1SourceBrushStretchestheSourceBrushalongthepathwhileperforminganareafillinsteadofaone-dimensionalstretch. ProceduralStretchLikeastretchbrushbutfilledwithalgorithmictextureProceduralBrushTypicallythemostpopularbrushalgorithm.Anumberofdifferentassociatedparametersdeterminetheoverallappearanceofanalgorithmicproceduraltexture.ThedynamicalgorithmictexturecaninteractwiththeSourceBrushindifferentwaysdependingontheBrushOpsetting.Theactualdynamicbrushusedfordrawingisacombinationofthesourcebrushandthedynamicproceduraltexture.GeodesicCircularGeodesicRectangularAlgorithmicbrushesthatdon’tusethesourcebrush.Goodforacertainkindoffractaltexturelook,simulationofcapillarybleed,orcertainuniquestylisticeffects.

ComputationalStretchAlgorithmicbrushlikethecomputationalsourcebrushthatisstretcheddynamicallyalongtheoveralldrawingpath.

SourceAlphaBrush

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer191

3

JustusestheSourceBrushalphachannelonlyasthesourcebrushforPaintFillcalculations.

EllipticalConeDynamicellipticalbrushshapeismodifiedbythepentiltandtiltorientation.Canbeusedtosimulatethebehaviorofrealworldmediathatchangedrawingshapedependingonthepainttooltiltandtiltorientation.

GeodesicContourAlgorithmicbrushthatdon’tusethesourcebrushandadaptivelyconfiguresbasedonthesourceimageluminance.Goodforacertainkindoffractaltexturelook,simulationofcapillarybleed,orcertainuniquestylisticorwasheffects,allofwhicharebasedontheunderlyingSourceImageluminancecontours.

GeodesicSourceBrushAlgorithmicplacementofthesourcebrushbasedonageodesicspreadingalgorithm.CanbeusedasanalternativetoParticlePenmodetocreatedynamicbubblingorspreadingpainteffects.

ProceduralSmoothedBrushJustlikethenormalProceduralBrushtypeexcepttheproceduralbrushtextureisanti-aliasedforasmootherlookingtextureandassociatedslowerdrawingperformance.

AntiAliasedSolidAnalternativecomputationalbrushthatbypassesthenormalpaintsynthesizerrasterpaintnibfillengine.Anti-aliasedvectordrawingisusedtofillinthepaintstroke.Thesizeofthesourcebrushisusedbuttheothersourcebrushparametersareignored(exceptforthetextsourcebrushparameterswhichareusedwhentheTypeoptionissettoText).

Studio Artist192

Hint:

The Brush Type parameter can be a little confusing, because a few of the choices are rather esoteric and kept around for compatibility with very old Studio Artist presets. Source, Procedural, Geodesic, and AntiAliased Solid settings are most commonly used.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer193

3

Specific Brush Generation Parameters

EachofthedifferentBrushTypeshasanumberofspecificeditableparameters.Theparametersassociatedwitheachofthedifferentbrushtypesaredetailedinthesectionsbelow:

Some of the Brush Type choices are more useful than others. Most presets use either the Source or the Procedural Brush. Geodesic brush types are also very useful for certain kinds of presets. Be aware that Geodesic brushes draw very differently than the normal brush types and some Paint Synthesizer functionality may be disabled for Geodesic brush types.

Some of the other Brush Types are kept around for compatibility with older Studio Artist presets from the initial release. They may also be useful for certain special effects.

Stretch1SourceBrush

Orient Type

Determinestheorientationmodulatorforthestretchingsourcebrush.

Orient Offset

Specifiesanangleoffsetfortheorientationmodulator.

Tracking

Thisunlabeledpopupspecifiesthespecifictrackingalgorithmusedfortheorientationmodulation.

Studio Artist194

GeodesicCircularGeodesicRectangularGeodesicContour

Geodesicbrushesoperateverydifferentlythantheotherbrushtypes.Theydon’talwaysbehaveliketheotherbrushtypes,butcangenerateveryuniquefractalorgeometricvisualeffects.

Unliketheotherbrushtypes,geodesicbrushesdonotinteractwiththeSourceBrushinanyway.Theytotallyoverrideitastheydraw.

Brush loading also does not currently work with geodesic brushes. The current paint color is substituted instead of the brush load operation if brush load is specified for path fill from parameter in Paint Fill Setup.

Bias / Gain

Definealuminancetransferfunctionforthegeodesicbrushalgorithm.

Geo Max Count

Determinesthemaximumsizeofthegeodesicbrush.

Note that the size controls in the Brush Source control panel are ignored for geodesic brush types. The brush Modulation size controls are active and will modulate the maximum size specified here. The overall size of the Geodesic Rectangular option also depends on the Iterations setting.

Geo Random Count

Specifiestherandomindexingassociatedwiththegeodesicbrushalgorithm.

Set it to 0 for no randomization. Typically set to 2 for a random setting.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer195

3

Geo Wet Mix

Determineswhetherwetpaintmixingispathorpixelbased.

TheGeodesicRectangularbrushtypealsoincludesseveralspecializedparametersdetailedbelow:

Geo Invert

Invertsthegeodesicbrushshapewhenturnedon.

TheGeodesicrectangularBrushTypeincludesomeadditionalparameters. Geo Iterations

Specifiesthenumberofiterationsorrepeatsforthegeodesicbrushalgorithm.ThisparameterwilltendtomultiplytheactualsizeofthebrushCanvascoveragespecifiedbytheMaxCountparameter.

Be careful as you increase this value or the geodesic brush may spread out quickly and essentially draw the entire canvas.

Geo Move Radius

Specifiesaradiusforthegeodesicmovement.Increasingthisvalueincreasesthespreadwhilealsorandomizingtherectangularpatterning.

Studio Artist196

GeodesicSourceBrush

TheGeodesicSourceBrushisdifferentfromtheothergeodesicbrushtypesbecauseitdoesusethesourcebrushnibfordrawing.Theplacementsofthesourcebrushnibsaredynamicallygeneratedfromageodesicplacementalgorithmthatspreadsfromthepath.Ageodesicscalingfactorisalsogeneratedforthebrushnibsbasedonthedistancefromthenibtotheoriginalpathposition.Mostoftheassociatedparametersarethesameasthenormalgeodesicbrusheswithafewadditionsdescribedbelow.

Geo Spacing

Specifiesthespacinginpixelsoftheapplicationofsourcebrushnibsalongthegeneratedgeodesicspreadingpaths.

There is a Geodesic Source Brush modulator that is available in parameters like the Orient modulator parameter in Paint Source Offset. Use this modulator to get an orientation modulation that tracks the spreading of the source nib

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer197

3

ProceduralStretchProceduralBrushProceduralSmoothedBrush

Thesebrushalgorithmsarebasedondynamictexturegenerators.Theygeneratebrushtexturescomputationallyontheflyasyoudraw.Thetexturecaneitheralwaysbethesameoralwaysbedifferent,whichisgreatfororganiclookingimagesthathavethesubtletyofnature.

Procedural brush is one of the most common brush types and is used in many presets. Procedural Stretch is rarely used and really a specialty brush type. The Procedural Smoothed Brush is an anti-aliased version of the Procedural Brush. It generates a smoother procedural texture at the cost of slower drawing time.

Severalparameterscanbemodulatedinteractively,includingtextureorientationandclipping.

Orient Type

Determinestheorientationmodulatorfortheproceduraltexturegenerator.

Orient Offset

Specifiesanangleoffsetfortheorientationmodulator.

Tracking (popup)

Thisunlabeledpopupspecifiesthespecifictrackingalgorithmusedfortheorientationmodulation.TheTrackingandtheOrientmodulationtypeworktogethertodeterminetheparticularvisualeffectdesiredforthetexturegeneration.

There are some useful paint macro menu edits available in the 'Edit : Paint Synthesizer : Macro Edit' menu that can quickly set up the tracking controls for different editing

Studio Artist198

situations.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer199

3

Bias

Specifiesthenonlinearbiasluminancemappingforthegeneratedtexture.

Watch the interactive texture display in the pane while adjusting to get a feel for what the control does.

Gain

Specifiesthenonlineargainluminancemappingforthegeneratedtexture.

Watch the interactive texture display in the pane while adjusting to get a feel for what the control does.

Clip

Specifiesmaximumclippingforproceduraltexture.

Clip Mod

Specifiesmodulatorsourceforclipping.Clippingwillmodulatetothemaxclipsettingifmodulated.

Random Start

Determinesiftheproceduraltexturegeneratoralwaysstartsfromthesameinitialconditions(unchecked)orarandomsetofinitialconditionsforeachpath(ifchecked).

Invert

Invertsthegeneratedtexture(ifchecked).

Brush Op

Specifiestheinteractionbetweenthegeneratedbrushtextureandthesourcebrushnib.

Turbulence

Specifiesthespecificoverallturbulencealgorithmusedtogeneratetheprocedural

Studio Artist200

texture.

Noise is the most common choice. The cellular types run slower but have a different visual appearance.

Type

Specifiesdifferentoptionsfortheproceduralnoisegenerationthatcanallowmodulationbasedonthesourceimageorcanvasimage.

3D types modulate the procedural texture as specified and can create visual complexity or more intelligent texturing effects at the cost of slower drawing time.

Levels

Specifiesthenumberofoctavesofturbulenceintheproceduraltexturegenerator.

Increasing the # of levels generates more visual complexity in the texture at the cost of slower drawing response.

Alg (algorithm)

Determinesspecificvariationsoftheoveralltexturegeneratoralgorithmusedtodynamicallygeneratebrushtexture.

Changing the Alg changes the visual appearance of the texture. Watch the interactive texture display as you adjust the parameter to get a feel for the different Algorithms.

Path Length Inc

Specifiesthetexturescalingalongthedirectionofthepath.

Path Width Inc

Specifiesthetexturescalingperpendiculartothepath.

Mix Apply Option

Allowsforsourcebrushoverrideforpaintmixingindualmodefillalgorithms.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer201

3

Studio Artist202

ComputationalStretch

Orient Type

Determinestheorientationmodulatorforthestretchingcomputationalbrush.

Orient Offset

Specifiesanangleoffsetfortheorientationmodulator.

Bias / Gain

Definealuminancetransferfunctionforthecomputationalbrushalgorithm.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer203

3

AntiAliasedSolid

Thisbrushtypeprovidesfortrueanti-aliasedvectordrawingatthecostofcircumventingthenormalrasterpaintnibfillcode(andthewiderangeofspecialeffectsandorganicpaintlooksthatcanachieve).

Many of the normal paint synthesizer paint fill controls will be ignored when using this brush type since the controls do not apply to solid fill vector drawing. This brush type is very useful for generating thin lines or crisp vector shapes.

Vector Type

Thespecifictypeofvectordrawingusedtofillthepaintstroke.

Dual Fill

Noneturnsitoff.Theotheroptionsallowforhybridvector-rasterdrawingpresetstobeconstructed.Thevectorpathisfirstdrawnandthenasecondpassisappliedbasedonthenormalsourcebrushrasterfillengine.

FullApplymeansthenormalrasterpaintnibfillsettingsareused.MixApplymeansonlythesecondAlg2fillalgorithminadualmodemixapplyfillalgorithmisused.

One use for dual fill would be to apply a wet water raster paint fill to the solid anti-aliased vector drawing to give it a more organic or natural looking feel.

Size Scale

Anadditionalsizescaling(inpercent)appliedtothecomputationalsourcebrushhorzandvertsizedimensions.

Poly Opt

Determinesthekindofvectornibdrawnwhenbuildingupthepathshape.

Rim Opt

Specificcoloringoptionsfortherimofthevectornib.

Studio Artist204

Color Opt

Specificcoloringoptionsfortheinteriorofthevectornib.

Particle Track

Whenturnedon,thevectordrawingissmartabouttrackingindividualparticlemovementinparticlepenmode.Whenoff,thevectortrackingmovesaroundtheentireparticleswarm.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer205

3

Brush Modulation

Determineshowthebrushsizeandorientationaremodulated.Modulationcanbeinteractiveoralgorithmic.Afixednumberofbrushsizesandorientationsareprecomputedtospeedupinteractivedrawing.Thereareadjustablecontrolstospecifyhowmanyprecomputedbrushesaregenerated.Thetotalnumberofprecomputedbrushedwillbethe#ofsizebrushestimesthe#ororientationbrushes.

ThedifferentsizeandorientationbrushesaregeneratedfromtheSourceBrush.TheactualhorizontalandverticalbrushsizespecifiedintheBrushSourcecontrolpanelmapsto100%brushsizemodulationinthiscontrolpanel.

Be aware that there is an initial time penalty associated with precomputing a large brush cache. As the max source brush size increases this initial lag when first using a preset after editing a parameter associated with the brush cache can become noticeable. Try to avoid having a large number of brush sizes and brush orientations since the total number of brush cache images is those 2 numbers multiplied together.

Boththebrushsizeandorientationcanbemodulateddynamicallywhiledrawing.Therearealargenumberofpotentialmodulationsourcesthatcanbechosenfrom.

# Brush Sizes

Howmanydifferentsizebrushesaregenerated

Studio Artist206

Size Modulation

Determinesamodulationsourceforcontrollingthebrushsize

Min Size Range Max Size Range

SpecifiesminimumandmaximumsizebrushesasapercentageoftheSourceBrushHorizontalandVerticaldimensions.

Size Interpolation

Typeofinterpolationalgorithmusedtogeneratedifferentsizebrushes.

Size Option

Specificaxisoptionsforthebrushsizeinterpolationalgorithm.

Size2 Modulation

Determinesasecondarymodulationsourceforcontrollingthebrushsize.ModulatestoamaximumvariationdeterminedbytheSize2%2ndModslider.

Useful for adding additional variation into the brush size modulation to achieve more realistic paint stroke simulations.

Size 2% 2nd Mod

Determinesthepercentsizemodulationforthesecondsizemodulator.

---- # of Orients

Howmanydifferentorientationbrushesaregenerated

Orient Mod

Determinesamodulationsourceforcontrollingthebrushorientation

Orient Variation

Determinesthemaximumbrushorientationmodulationamount.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer207

3

Orient Offset

Determinesaninitialorientationoffsetforbrushes.

Studio Artist208

Orient Interpolation

Typeofinterpolationalgorithmusedtogeneratethedifferentorientationbrushes.

---- Lum Modulation

Modulationoptionthatspecifiesacontrollersignalthatdynamicallymodulatesthecurrentbrushwiththecurrentmodulationtexturesource.Noneturnsthisoptionoff.

Lum Mod Tex Src

Specifiestheparticularsourceusedforbrushluminancemodulation.

Lum Mod Option

DetermineshowtheluminancemodulationsourcesignalinteractswiththecurrentbrushifaspecificLuminanceModulatorhasbeenchosen.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer209

3

Background Texture

Thebackgroundtextureisavailablethroughoutthepaintsynthesizerasamodulationsource.Onetypicalusewouldbetomodulateapaintfilloperationbasedonadynamictexture.Thetexturecaneitherbealgorithmic,animagefile,amoviefile,text,livevideo,ortheoutputofthetexturesynthesizer.

Thebackgroundtexturecanbestaticordynamicdependingontheparametersettings.Thebackgroundtexturecanbeusedforthingslikesimulatingpapertextureorothertexturalpropertiesofmedia,orasasecondtexturesourcetomodifythealgorithmicpaintbrush.

Seed

Numericalseedfortherandomnumbergenerator.

Texture Type

Proceduralisanalgorithmictexture.BWImageandColorImageisbasedonasourceimagethatisreplicatedaccordingtoauserdefinablesymmetryormosaicingpatterntocoverthecanvas.MovieisbasedonasourceQuicktimeMoviethatisreplicatedaccordingtoauserdefinablesymmetryormosaicingpatterntocoverthecanvas.TexSynthisbasedonthecurrentTextureSynthesizersettingsandisgeneratedprocedurallyfromthosesettings.LiveVideocaptureslivevideo.

Studio Artist210

Generic Background Texture Parameters

Belowarethegenericadjustableparametersforallbackgroundtexturetypes.Aninteractivepreviewofthegeneratedbackgroundtextureisdisplayedatthetopofthecontrolpanelandcanbeusedasavisualaidwhileeditingtheseparameters.

Dependingonhowtheorientationmodulationandtrackingcontrolsaresetup,thebackgroundtexturecouldfollowthebrushpathwhendrawingorcouldrenderafixedbackgroundrectangulartexturefield.

Several paint synthesizer macro edit menus provide a way to quickly edit these parameters when you are working.

Orient Mod

Modulationsourcefortheorientationofthetexture.Fixedisstatic.Theothersallowfordynamictextures.

Tracking

Angletrackingoptionfororientationcomputation.

Orientation

Determinesthespatialorientationofthetexture.

Horizontal/Vert Offset

Determinesahorizontalandverticalspatialoffsetforthetexture.

Random Start

Newtexturegeneratedforeachpaintstrokeifchecked.Otherwisethesametextureisusedeachtimeastrokeisapplied.

Invert

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer211

3

Grayscaleinversionoptionforthebackgroundtexture.

Bias/Gain

Nonlinearmappingtransformparametersorthetexture.

Studio Artist212

Procedural Textures

Theproceduraltextureisabasedonacomputationaltexturegenerator.Dependingonitsassociatedparametersettings,itcaneitherbeusedtogenerateafixedbackgroundtextureorasaseconddynamicbrushtexturethattracksthepenormouse.

Thesize,andspatialpositionofthetexturepatterncanbeadjusted.Orientationofthetexturepatterncanbeafixedadjustmentordynamicallymodulated.Asyouadjustparametersyoucanseetheeffectonthetexturefieldbyobservingthesmalltexturepreviewimageinthiscontrolpanel.

Belowaretheuniqueadjustableparametersforproceduralbackgroundtextures.

Size Directionality

Thesecontrolsinteracttodeterminesthespatialsizeanddirectionalityofthegeneratedtexture.

The 2 controls interact so you may need to do some tweaking back and forth.

Turb Type

AllowsyoutochoosetheoverallNoisegenerationapproachusedfortheproceduraltexture.TheNoisesettingisamulti-octavebandpassturbulencegenerator.ThetwoCellularsettingsuseadifferentgeneratorbasedonmulti-octavecellularnoise.

Alg (algorithm)

Specifictypeofturbulencesubalgorithmforaparticularmasternoisegenerator.

Levels

#ofoctavesofturbulence.Increasingthisnumberslowsdowntexturegenerationsoincreasewithcare.Typicallyyouwouldnotuseanumberbeyond3or4octaves.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer213

3

Image Textures / Color Image Textures

Imagetexturesaredefinedbytilingarectangulartextureimage.Theimageisreadfromdisk.YoushouldstoreyourtextureimagesintheBrushfolder.Symmetryoperationscanbespecifiedforthetilingreplicationoperation.

Dependingonitsassociatedparametersettings,itcaneitherbeusedtogenerateafixedbackgroundtextureorasaseconddynamicbrushtexturethattracksthepenormouse.

Belowaretheuniqueadjustableparametersforimagebackgroundtextures.

Scale

Scalingpercentageoptionfortheoverallsizeoftheappliedimagetexture.

H Sym

Specifiesahorizontalsymmetryoperationforreplicatingthesourcetextureimage.

V Sym

Specifiesaverticalsymmetryoperationforreplicatingthesourcetextureimage.

Studio Artist214

Movie Textures

Movietexturesaredefinedbytilingarectangulartexturemovieframe.TheQuicktimemovieframesarereadfromdisk.YoushouldstoreyourtexturemoviefilesintheBrushfolder.Symmetryoperationscanbespecifiedforthetilingreplicationoperation.

One fun use of movie background textures is to build up photo mosaic images. A large collection of smaller images stored in the movie texture can be used to represent a much larger image. Studio Artist is unique in that photo mosaics do not have to be composed of a rectangular grid of smaller images ( although you can certainly generate grid based photo mosaics if you want to).

Moviebackgroundtexturesalsoallowsforthedevelopmentofverysophisticatedinteractivebrushesorspecialeffects.Uptotwodifferentinteractivecontrolmodulatorscanbeusedtoindexmodulatethemovietexture.LikemanythingsinStudioArtist,theeditingancreativepossibilitiesusingmoviebackgroundtexturesarereallyunlimited.

Belowaretheuniqueadjustableparametersformoviebackgroundtextures.

Scale

Scalingpercentageoptionfortheoverallsizeoftheappliedimagetexture.

H Sym

Specifiesahorizontalsymmetryoperationforreplicatingthesourcetextureimage.

V Sym

Specifiesaverticalsymmetryoperationforreplicatingthesourcetextureimage.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer215

3

Attribute Index

Determinestheattributeindexingusedfortheframepositioningmodulation.

Load Status

Determineswhetherthemovietextureispreloadedintomemoryorreadfromdiskwhiledrawing.Preloadisusefulforfastinteractivemoviebrushes.DiskDrawisusefulforusingamovietexturetocompositelargermoviefilesinpaintactionsequenceanimationsormovieprocessing.

Movie texture can take up quite a bit of memory as the frame size starts to increase if you preload them into memory. Be intelligent about choosing the frame size of the movies you are working with. Typically they should match the maximum brush size unless you have good reasons not to do this.

You can always rescale a movie file by either using a simple PASeq processing pass in Studio Artist or by changing the size of an export in Movie Player Pro.

Indexing

Specifies1Dor2Dindexmodulationfordeterminingtheframepositioningwhileyoudraw.1Dindexingusesasingemodulatortoindexintotheentiresetofframes.2Dindexinguses2differentmodulatorstoaccessalloftheframes.Theentirerangeofframesaretreatedlikeatwo-dimensionalarrayforthepurposesofmodulationindexing.Youneedtoorganizetheimagesassociatedwiththeindividualframesinyourmovieaccordingwhendesigningandbuildingamoviebrushthatwilluse2Dindexing.

Thefollowingparameterisavailablefor1Dindexing:

1D Frame Mod

Determineshowthecurrentframepositioninginthemovieismodulated.For

Studio Artist216

example,sequentialwillrunthroughthemovieframessequentiallyasyoudraw.

Thefollowingparametersareavailablefor2Dindexing:

2D Mod A

Specifiesamodulatorforthefirstaxisofframemodulation

2D Mod B

Specifiesamodulatorforthesecondaxisofframemodulation

2D A Dimension

SpecifieshowmanyframesareinonecycleofthefirstAaxisofmodulation.ThedimensionofthesecondBaxiswillbethetotalnumberofframesdividedbythesizeoftheAaxis.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer217

3

Movie Pixel Index Textures

Thecontrolsforthiskindofmovietexturearethesameasthenormalmovietexture.ThedifferenceisthatMoviePixelIndexingusestheframeindexmodulationforeachpixelofthegeneratedtextureasopposedtoonceperbrushnib.Thisperpixelindexingallowsforthecreationofpixelaccurateshadingeffectsbasedontheindividualmovieframes.

Forexample,ashadingtexturecouldbecreatedwhereeachmovieframecorrespondstoadifferentluminancerendering.NormalMovieTextureindexingcouldbesettochoosetheappropriatemovieframetorenderthesourceluminanceacrosstheentirebrushnib.Howeverthisdoesnotallowforfinedetailrendering,justacourserenderingatthespatialresolutionofthesizeofthebrushnib.

UsingMoviePixelIndexinginsteadallowsforeachpixelofthetextureinthebrushnibtobeindexedfromthecorrectmovieframefortherenderingrequiredforthatpixel.Becausethemovieframeindexingispixelaccurate,thederivedshadingisalsopixelaccurate.Thisleadstoaverytightshadedrenditionatthecostofaslowerbrushduetotheincreasedcomputationassociatedwiththepixelindexing.

Somereallynicehatchingpaintanddrawingeffectpresetscanbecreatedwiththisoption.

Because movie pixel indexing works at the pixel level for frame index modulation, it's really only applicable to preloaded movie (as opposed to disc draw load status). Using disc draw load status for movie pixel indexing will slow the draw speed down to unacceptable levels.

Studio Artist218

Texture Synthesizer Textures

TextureSynthesizerbackgroundtexturetypesusetheTextureSynthesizeranditscurrentparametersettingsfortexturegeneration.AcompletesetofTextureSynthesizerparametersarestoredalongwiththenormalPaintSynthesizerparametersinapaintpatchpresetifyouareusingthisbackgroundtexturetype.

Ablockoftextureequalinsizetothecurrentmaximumbrushsizeifgeneratedandthenusedinternallylikeitwasanimagetexture.Theparametercontrolsmirrorthoseofanimagebackgroundtextureandaredetailedinthatsection.

Live Video Textures

Livevideobackgroundtexturescaptureframeimagesfromalivevideostreamwhileyoudraw.YoucanuseavideoinputdevicethatincludesaQuicktimedriverthatallowsforvideoimagecapture.Apple'snewiSightfirewirecameramakesanidealvideoinputdevice.

AvideoframeiscapturedfromaliveQuicktimevideostreamandthenusedinternallylikeitwasanimagetexture.Asyoudraw,theframeimagewillbeupdated.Thelivevideotexturecanfollowthebrushpathormapontoaflatrectangularbackgrounddependingonhowthebackgroundtexturetrackingparametersaresetup.Youcanalsousethesymmetryparameterstogeneratekaleidoscopictexturesymmetrypatternsderivedformthelivevideoframes.

Theparametercontrolsmirrorthoseofanimagebackgroundtextureandaredetailedinthatsection.

Chapter 3: Paint Synthesizer219

3

Studio Artist220

Chapter 4: Image Operations

ImageOperationsareasetofimageprocessingfiltersorprocessesthateachhaveuniqueparameterpanes.TheyacttotransformaspecifiedIpSourceimagebyprocessingitwithaparticulareffectandthenplacingtheresultingprocessedimageinthecurrentCanvasLayer.SomeimageoperationsmayalsobemodifiableorinfluencedbycurrentSourcevisualattributes,globalpaintcolormemories,orthecurrentregionselection.

ThespecifiedIpSourcecaneitherbethecurrentCanvasimage,theSourceimage,anotherCanvasLayer,orthecurrentRegionSelection.

Eachimageoperationalsohasacompositingoperationandmixcontrollocatedatthebottomoftheparameterpane.Theuseofdifferentcompositingoperatorscantotallychangetheeffectofagivenimageoperation,resultinginamanyfoldincreaseinpossiblevisualeffectsachievedwithagivenimageoperation.Youcanalsospecifyaspecificnumberofrepetitionsofaparticularimageoperation.

ThecurrentImageOperationisinitiatedbypressingtheActionbutton,orbychoosingthe“Do Current Action”menu,orbythekeyshortcutCmnd-R.Tostopanexecutingimageoperation,presstheSpacebarkey.

YoucanuseImageOperationPresetstoaccessaspecificImageOperationanditsassociatedsettingsatthetouchofabutton.

Paint Action sequences can also be used to combine together different image operations in a sequence to generate more complex and varied visual effects. You can use Paint

Chapter 4: Image Operations221

4

Action Sequence Presets to access these operations at the touch of a button. Generic Image Operation Parameters

CertainImageOperationparametersareavailableforallImageOperations.Allofthesecontrolsareatthebottomoftheindividualeffectcontrolpanelsandarethesameforeveryimageprocessingeffect.

Thesegenericcontrolsallowforspecifyingtheimagesourcefortheprocessingeffect,aswellasmixingorcompositingtheprocessedIpSourceimagewiththeoriginalCurrentCanvasLayer.RepetitiveImageOperationscanalsobespecified.

Thefinaloutputoftheimageoperationistheresultofthespecifiedcompositingoperation.Dependingontheparticularcompositingoperationspecified,theresultingvisualeffectcanbetotallytransformedfromtheoriginalimageoperation.Thisgreatlyincreasestherangeofpossiblevisualeffectsavailablefromasingleimageoperation.

Tryexperimentingwiththedifferentsettingstogetafeelforhowtheychangetheresultingappearanceoftheeffect.

Generic Parameters Mix

ThepercentamountofmixbetweentheoutputofthecompositingoperationandtheoriginalCurrentCanvaslayer.

Ip Source

SpecifieswheretheinputtotheImageOperationcomesfrom.ThiscanbetheCurrentCanvasLayer,theSourceImage,theCurrentCanvasAlphaimage,theCurrentRegionSelection,oranyoftheindividualCanvasLayersaccessedbyname.TheoutputfromtheImageOperationisplacedintheCurrentCanvasLayer.

TheSourceImagewillbescaledtomatchtheCurrentCanvasLayersize.

Studio Artist222

Composite

SpecifiesacompositingoperationthattakestheoriginalCurrentCanvasLayerandtheeffectedIpSourceimageandalgorithmicallycombinestheminsomespecifiedfashion.TheoutputofthecompositingoperationisthenplacedintheCurrentCanvasLayeratthecompletionoftheimageoperation.

DifferentcompositesettingscancompletelychangetheoverallappearanceforanygivenImageOperation.Forexample,specifyinganEdge1compositingoperationonanimageoperationthatblurstheCanvasimagewillgenerateasharpeningvisualeffect.

CertaincompositesettingswillbypassthecurrentCanvasLayerandplacetheeffectedimageineitherthecurrentlayer’salphachannelorthecurrentSelectionRegion.

Composite Space

Specifiesanadditionalcolorspaceorchannelforthecompositingtotakeplacein.

Repetition

Specifiesthenumberoftimestoiterateorrepeattheimageoperation.ThefirstiterationusesthecurrentCanvasasthesourcefortheimageoperation.Eachiterationafterthefirstonetakestheeffectedoutputofthepreviousiterationandusesthatasthesource.

Randomization Parameters Random

Determinespropertiesoftherandomnumbergeneratorseed.Byseedwemeantheinitialstartingparametersfortherandomnumbergenerator.UniquemeansthatanyrandomaspectsoftheIpOpwillalwaysbeuniqueordifferentonsubsequentrunsoftheIpOp.UseSeedmeansthataparticularnumericSeedvaluewillbeusedtoprimeorstarttherandomnumbergenerator.ThismeansthesameseriesofrandomnumberswillbegeneratedeachtimetheIpOpisrun.Bychangingtheseedyoucanchangethesetofgeneratedrandomnumbersandsubsequentlytheappearanceofanyrandom

Chapter 4: Image Operations223

4

aspectsoftheparticularIpOpinareproduciblemanor.

ReverttolastinternalseedisusefulifyouwererunningtheIpOpinuniquemodeandwouldliketosaveanIpOppresetorrecordtheIpOpinaPASeqandhavetheappearanceofthelastrandomIpOprun.

Seed

SpecifiesaspecificstartingseedfortheUseSeedoptionintheRandompopup.Changingtheseedwillleadtoadifferentsetofreproduciblerandomnumbers.

Palette Parameters

Palette/Gradient Playback

DetermineswhetherthecolorpaletteandcolorgradientstoredinanIpOpPASeqactionstepisplayedbackintheSourcePaletteandSourceGradientornot.

Studio Artist224

Texture Synthesizer Modulation in Image Operations

CertainImageOperationscontainTextureSynthModulatoroptionsforspecificparameters.WhentheseoptionsarechosenthecurrentTextureSynthesizerparametersareusedtogenerateaprocedurallygeneratedtexturefieldthatisusedasamodulatorfortheIpOp.

SupportforTextureSynthesizerIpOpmodulatorsextendsthefunctionalityofindividualIpOpsbyallowingbothprocessingmodulestoworktogethertocreatevisualcomplexityintheresultingeffect.

Chapter 4: Image Operations225

4

Image Operation Terminology

CertaintechnicaltermsareusedfrequentlyintheImageOperationparameters.Don’tbeafraidoftermsyoumaynotunderstandatfirst,becauseyoucanalwaysexperimentbytryingdifferentoptionsandseeinghowtheyaffecttheoverallprocessedoutput.

Ifyoufindsomethingyoulike,exportthesettingsasanImageProcessingPresetPatch.ThenyoucancalluptheImageProcessingPresetatalaterdateanduseitinyourworkwithouthavingtofocusontheindividualeditableparametersthatmakeuptheoveralleffect.

Image Processing Algorithms Alg or Algorithm

Analgorithmcanbethoughtofastheformulausedtogenerateagivenimageprocessingeffect.Differentalgorithmstypicallygeneratedifferentvisualappearancesfortheresultingeffect.

Compositing

Compositingalgorithmstaketwodifferentimagesasinputsandgenerateanoutputthatcombinesthe2imagestogetherusingsomekindofmathematicalformula.TheuseofcompositinginStudioArtist'sImageOperationsgreatlyextendstherangeofpossibleeffectsthatcangenerated.Forexample,anImageOperationthatblurstheimagecanbeturnedintoanenhancementorsharpeningeffectbyusingEdgecompositing.

Geodesic

TechnicalnameforacertainkindofprocessingalgorithmusedfrequentlyinStudioArtist.AvisualmetaphortothinkofthiskindofprocessingmightbecoloredwaterflowingoutfromeithersampledpointsorimageedgesintheCanvastocovertherestoftheCanvas.

Nonlinear

Technicaltermreferstoacertainkindofimageprocessingwithtypicallyvisuallyinterestingandcomplexappearance.

Studio Artist226

Morphological or Morphology

Technicaltermreferstoacertainkindofnonlinearimageprocessingthatfocusesontheoverallshapepropertiesofimagesandhowtheycanbemodified.

Color Processing and Color Spaces BW or Black and White

Monochromeimageonlycomposedofgraytonesfromblacktowhite.

ColorSpace

Coloredimagescanberepresentedbydifferentcolorspaces,whichtypicallyarecomposedof3componentimages.Changingthecolorspaceorthespecificcomponentimage(s)thatimageprocessingoccursincanchangetheresultingvisualappearancefortheresultingeffect.

RGB or Red,Green,Blue

ColorSpacecomposedofaRed,Green,andBluecomponentimages.

YIQ

ColorSpacecomposedofaLuminance(Y),and2Chrominance(I,Y)componentimages.

LAB

ColorSpacecomposedofaLuminance(Y),and2Chrominance(A,B)componentimages.

LUV

ColorSpacecomposedofaLuminance(Y),and2Chrominance(U,V)componentimages.

HLS or Hue,Lightness,Saturation

ColorSpacecomposedofaHue(H),Lightness(L),andSaturation(S)componentimages.

Chapter 4: Image Operations227

4

HVC or Hue,Value,Chroma

ColorSpacecomposedofaHue(H),Value(V),andChroma(C)componentimages.

Lum or Luminance

Luminancereferstotheoveralllightnessorgraytoneoftheblackandwhitecomponentofanimage.

Chrom or Chrominance

Relatedtocolororchrominanceinformationassociatedwithanimage.

Sat or Saturation

Therelativeintensityofthecolororchrominanceinformationassociatedwithanimage.

Image Attributes Min or Minimum

Smallestvalueinarangeofvalues.Wouldbethedarkestcolorinanimageluminancerange.

Max or Maximum

Largestvalueinarangeofvalues.Wouldbethelightestcolorinanimageluminancerange.

Visual Attribute

StudioArtisthastheabilitytocomputationallygenerateVisualAttributesfromanimage.VisualAttributescanbethoughtofaspsychologicalpropertiesofanimagerelatedtohowwevisualperceiveandprocessimageryinourbrains.

Orient or Orientation

Ifassociatedwithanangleitreferstotheoverallorientationoftheangle.Thinkofacompassandwhereitispointing.Ifassociatedwithanimage,thinkofeachimagepixelashavingitsownorientationcompassorperceiveddirectionoforientation.

Pixel

Imagesarecomposedofa2dimensionalarrayofpixels.Eachpixelisanumberthat

Studio Artist228

cangofrom0(black)to255(white)

Horz or Horizontal

Lefttorightpositionwithinanimage.

Vert or Vertical

Toptobottompositionwithinanimage.

Chapter 4: Image Operations229

4

Image Operation Examples

AllofthefollowingdescriptionsofdifferentimageOperationeffectsinclude2effectedexampleimagestohelpyouinunderstandingthevisualappearanceofthatparticulareffect.Alloftheseexamplesusethesame2sourceimages.

ExampleSourceImage#1. ExampleSourceImage#2.

ImageOperationPresetsassociatedwitheachofthedifferentexamplesarealsoincluded.ThecanbeaccessedunderImageOperationPresetsintheTutorialcollectionandtheIpOpEx1andIpOpEx2Categories.TheindividualpresetnamescorrespondtotheparticularImageOperationtheyareillustrating.

EachoftheseexampleswerechosentobegenericexamplesofwhatcanbevisuallyachievedwithagivenimageOperation.However,alloftheStudioArtistImageOperationsarecapableofamuchgreaterrangeofvisualappearancethanwhatisbrieflydetailedhere.KeepinmindthatbychangingtheeditableparametersassociatedwithaparticularImageOperationoritsCompositingsetting,youmaybeabletoradicallychangetheresultingvisualappearanceoftheeffect.

Forexample,aneffectsthatblurstheimagecanbeturnedintoasharpeningorenhancementeffectbyswitchingthecompositingfromreplacetoedgecompositing.

Studio Artist230

Adaptive Filter

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

AdaptivelyfilterstheIpSourceimageinanintelligentwaybasedonaspecifiedvisualattribute,whichmodulatessomeaspectofthefilterkernel(likesizeororientation).

Providesawaytointelligentlysmoothornonlinearlyprocessanimagebasedonvisualattributesassociatedwiththemodulationinput.Oneusewouldbetoprovideasmeareffectonlyatedges,ortosmearsmoothregionswhileleavingtheedgesintact.

Size

Specifiesthemaximumspatialextentorsizeoftheadaptivefilter. Angle Offset

Specifiesanangleoffsetfortheadaptivefiltercalculation. Symmetry

Specifiessymmetryoptionoftheadaptivefilterkernel. Algorithm

Specifiesdifferentalgorithmvariationsfortheadaptivefilter. Modulation

Modulationvisualattributeinputsignalusedtoadaptivelyadjustthespatialextentorsizeofthefilter. Option

Specifieswhichaspectofthefilterkernelisbeingmodulated.

Chapter 4: Image Operations231

4

Adaptive Filter Convex Hull

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

AdaptivelyfilterstheIpSourceimagewithaconvexhullnonlinearfilterinanintelligentwaybasedonaspecifiedvisualattribute,whichmodulatessomeaspectofthefilterkernel(likesizeororientation).

Providesawaytointelligentlynonlinearlyprocessanimagebasedonvisualattributesassociatedwiththemodulationinput.Oneusewouldbetoprocessonlyatedges,ortoprocesssmoothregionswhileleavingtheedgesintact.

Size

Specifiesthemaximumspatialextentorsizeoftheadaptivefilter. Angle Offset

Specifiesanangleoffsetfortheadaptivefiltercalculation. Symmetry

Specifiessymmetryoptionoftheadaptivefilterkernel. Algorithm

Specifiesdifferentalgorithmvariationsfortheadaptivefilter. Modulation

Modulationvisualattributeinputsignalusedtoadaptivelyadjustthespatialextentorsizeofthefilter. Option

Specifieswhichaspectofthefilterkernelisbeingmodulated.

Studio Artist232

Chapter 4: Image Operations233

4

Block Abstraction

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

AbstractstheIpSourceimageasaseriesofcoloredblocks.Thealgorithmissmartandtriestopositiontheblockstobestrepresenttheoriginalimageandit’sedges.

Complexity

DecreasingtheComplexitygeneratesfewercoloredblocksandacoarserrepresentation.Increasingthecomplexitygeneratesmorecoloredblocksthatbetterrepresenttheoriginalimageedges.

Variation

Differentcomputationaloptionsfortheabstractionalgorithm.TheydeterminehowtheblocksareintelligentlyarrangedtorepresenttheoriginalIpSource.

Coloring

Specifiesdifferentoptionsforhowtheindividualblocksarecolored.

Studio Artist234

Blur

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

PerformsasofteningbluroperationontheIpSourceimage.

ThegenericeffectistosmooththeIpSource,removinghighfrequencydetail.CanbeusedwithEdge1compositingtoprovidesharpeningeffects.

Notethatthisparticularblureffectintroducesadarkeningattheedgesofthecanvasforcertainsettings.TryusingtheSmoothIpOpifthisisaproblem.

Blur Amount

Thepercentamountofblur.Increasinggivesasmootherormoreblurredeffect.Decreasinggivesmoredetailoralessblurredeffect.

ColorSpace

Thecolorspacetheblurisperformedin.

Type

Allowschoicebetweenuniformblurandadaptiveedgepreservingblur.

Chapter 4: Image Operations235

4

Studio Artist236

Cellular Abstraction

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

AbstractstheIpSourceimageasaseriesofcoloredcellularregions.Canalsobeusedasawaytogeneratecellularimagetexturefields.Regionscanbesolidcoloredorgeneratedfromtheunderlyingcellularnoise.

Scale

Overallspatialscaleofthecellularregions.Decreasingthiscontrolmakestheregionssmaller.Increasingthescalemakestheregionslarger.

Option

Specifieshowthecolorfortheregionsisgenerated.

Noise

Specifiesanoptionforthecellnoise.

Self Modulation

SpecifiesapercentmodulationofthecellularnoisebytheIpSource.

Warp Option

Specifieswarptransformationfortheregionspacing.

Chapter 4: Image Operations237

4

Studio Artist238

ColorEdge

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesacoloredthinedgerenditionoftheIpSource.

ThiseffectcanbeusedinconjunctionwiththeInterpolationeffectslikeGeodesicInterpolationorSparseInterpolatortogeneratemoreinterestingeffectsthatfilltheentireCanvas.ColorEdgeisfirstusedtogenerateafewrepresentationaledges.Asecondpasswithoneoftheinterpolationeffectsthenregeneratesasmoothrepresentationbasedonthecoloredgesextractedbythiseffect.

Variation

Algorithmicoptionsforwhatkindofedgeisgenerated. Smoothing

IncreasingtheSmoothinggivesasmootheredgerenditionthatislesssusceptibletonoise.DecreasingSmoothinggivesmoreedgeinformationbutalsoisinfluencedbyimagenoise. Min Length

Specifiesaminimumlengthforanedge.Anyedgeslessthantheminimumlengtharediscarded.Usethiscontroltoremovesmallnoisyedges. Edge

Specifiesthealgorithmusedtogeneratetheedges. Render

Specifieshowthegeneratededgesaredrawnintothecanvas.

Chapter 4: Image Operations239

4

Color Gradient Generate

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

UsestheSourceColorGradienttogeneratecolorgradienteffect.Primarilygeneratesanabstractpatternedimage.TheIpSourcecanbeusedasagradientmodulator.

Angle

Angularorientationofthegeneratedpattern. Frequency

SpatialFrequencyofthegeneratedpattern. Phase

Specifiesphaseofthegradientfunction. Variation

Specifickindofpatterngenerated. Option

Specifiesnormalorinvertedpattern. Modulation

DeterminesifIpSourceisusedasgradientindexmodulatorornot. Horz Origin

Horizontaloriginofpatterninpercent.50%wouldbethemiddleoftheCanvas. Vert Origin

Verticaloriginofpatterninpercent.50%wouldbethemiddleoftheCanvas.

Studio Artist240

Color Gradient Map

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesacolorizedversionoftheIpSourceimageusingthecurrentSourceColorGradient.Typicallyusedwithasimple2colorgradienttogenerateaduotone.Morecomplicatedcolorgradientscangeneratecolorcontoureffects.

Index

SelectableoptionfortheIpSourceattributeusedastheindextomapintotheColorGradienttogeneratethefinalcolorizedoutputimage.

Chapter 4: Image Operations241

4

Studio Artist242

Color PaletteMap

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesacolorizedversionoftheIpSourceimageusingthecurrentSourceColorPalette.ThiseffectcanbeusedtotransformthecolorvaluesintheIpSourcetomimictheoverallcolorvaluesorcolorappearanceinasecondcolorimage.Thiscanbeusedtomakeoneimagehavetheoverallcolorappearanceofanotherimage.Itcanalsobeusedformorewildextremecolorizationeffects.

Map Type

Thetypeofvisualattributesusedinthecolormapping.

Option

Userselectableoptionformappingalgorithm.SeveraloftheseoptionsalsousetheSourceColorPalettememory#1,whichistheleftmostone.

Preserve

Specifiescolorchannelthatispreservedfromoriginalinputimage.Allowsforamoresubtlecolortransformationthatpreservesmoreofthecharacteristicsoftheoriginalinputimage.

Chapter 4: Image Operations243

4

Color Simplify

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Simplifiesacolorimageintoamorecartoonlikerenditionconsistingofflatcoloredregions.Regionscanbeoutlinedwithblack,orjustablackoutlineimageitselfcanalsobegenerated.Multipleiterationsblendallowingforasofterlook.

# of Colors

Thenumberofcolorstoquantizeto.Quantizationreferstolimitingthenumberofpossiblecolorstoaspecificnumberspecifiedhere.

Min Size Prune

Minimumpixelsizeofacoloredregion.Anysmallerregionsaredeletedandincorporatedintoanadjacentregion.

ColorSpace

Thecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Combination

Whichcombinationofthecomponentsofthespecifiedcolorspaceareused.

Variation

Differentstylisticvariationsforthealgorithm.Bychoosingdifferentoptionsyoucandramaticallychangetheoverallappearanceoftheeffect.

Studio Artist244

# of Iteration

Thenumberoftimesthealgorithmisrunandselfcombinedbyblending.

Converge

Thenumberofcyclesforconvergenceineachiteration.

Chapter 4: Image Operations245

4

Color Simplify1

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Simplifiesacolorimageintoamorecartoonlikerenditionconsistingofflatcoloredregions.Regionscanbeoutlinedwithblack,orjustablackoutlineimageitselfcanalsobegenerated.ThisalgorithmworksbetterforprocessingmoviesthantheoriginalColorSimplifyIpOp

# of Colors

Thenumberofcolorstoquantizeto.Quantizationreferstolimitingthenumberofpossiblecolorstoaspecificnumberspecifiedhere.

Min Size Prune

Minimumpixelsizeofacoloredregion.Anysmallerregionsaredeletedandincorporatedintoanadjacentregion.

ColorSpace

Thecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Variation

Differentstylisticvariationsforthealgorithm.Bychoosingdifferentoptionsyoucandramaticallychangetheoverallappearanceoftheeffect.

Studio Artist246

Color Quantize

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

QuantizesorreducesthenumberofpossiblecolorsintheIpSourceimagetoafixednumberofcolors.Asthenumberofpossibleoutputcolorsisreduced,colorcontourartifactswillbeseen.Somevariationoptionsallowforsubsequentregionrecoloring.

# of Colors

Thenumberofcolorstoquantizeto.Quantizationreferstolimitingthenumberofpossiblecolorstoaspecificnumberspecifiedhere.

ColorSpace

Thecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Variation

AlgorithmicoptionfortheQuantizationalgorithm.Adaptivechoosescolorstobestrepresenttheimage.Uniformsubdividestheentirecolorspaceuniformlywithouttakingtheimageintoaccount.

Chapter 4: Image Operations247

4

Colorize

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Generatesacolorizingspecialeffect.Bycolorizing,wemeanthatthecolorattributesofoneimageareusedtomodifyadifferentimagesothatthesecondimagemimicsthecolorappearanceofthefirst.Caneitherbeusedforspecialstylisticeffectsortomakeapaintingortexturefieldmorecloselymatchthecolorappearanceofthesourceimage.

Image Source

Theimagevisualattributeusedasasourceimagetobecolorized.

Color Source

Thevisualattributeusedasacolorsourceforthecolorizationoftheimagesource.

ColorSpace

Thecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Studio Artist248

ConvexHull

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Generatesacomplexhull,whichisatypeofnonlinearmorphologicalimageoperation.Typicaluseforthiswouldbetogenerateanextremestylisticeffect.

Size

Thespatialextentorpixelsizeoftheoperation.

Variation

Thetypeofnonlinearoperationusedwhencomputingthecomplexhull.

Convex Alg

Theparticularalgorithmusedwhencomputingthecomplexhull.HandVrefertohorizontalandvertical.

Chapter 4: Image Operations249

4

DeInterlace

Example images are not applicable.

Usedtode-interlacetheIpSourceimage.De-interlacereferstogeneratingafullresolutionimagefromeithertheoddorevenframefieldsofadigitizedanalogvideoimage.

YoucanusetheReplaceEvenFieldortheReplaceOddFieldEffectCompositeoptionsalongwiththeFixedImageIpOptorecombine2separatefullframefieldimagesintooneinterlacedimage.

Field

Specifiestheevenoroddframefieldforuseasasource.Theopposingfieldisremovedandthespacesfiledintogenerateafullresolutionimageofthechosenfield.

Studio Artist250

Chapter 4: Image Operations251

4

Displacement

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Usedtodisplaceoneimagewiththedisplacementpropertiesbasedonasecondimage.

Amount

Specifiestheamountofdisplacementinpixels.

Angle

Specifiestheangleofdisplacementindegrees.Ifthedisplacementangleisbeingmodulatedbysomethingasspecifiedinthealgorithmthenthisparameterspecifiesandoffsetangletothemodulation.

To be Displaced

Specifiestheimagesourcethatwillbedisplacedandthencompositedintothecurrentlayer. Symmetry

Specifiesthesymmetrypropertiesofthedisplacement. Algorithm

Specifiestheparticulardisplacementalgorithmused.Youcanchoosethekindofdisplacementandthemodulatorfordisplacementusingthechoicesinthisparameter. Smooth

Smoothsdisplacementifturnedon. Invert

Invertsdisplacementifturnedon.

Studio Artist252

Edge

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

TypicallyusedasablackandWhiteedgefilter.Canalsobeusedtoenhancetheedgesinacolorimage.Anedgesignalisfirstgeneratedwithaspecifictypeofedgefilter.Thisedgesignalcandirectlybroughtintothecanvasofhard,soft,oradaptivelythresholdedbeforefinaldisplay.

Edge

Specifiesthetypeofedgefilterusedtogeneratetheedge.

Option

Specifieshowtheedgewillbedisplayedinthecanvas.

Coloring

Specifiesvariouscoloringoptionsforthedisplayededgebasedonthegeneratededgesignal.

Cleanup

Specifieswhetheredgecleanup(whichtriestogetridofnose)isonoroff.

Threshold

Adjuststhethresholdusedinthespecificedgealgorithmspecifiedbytheedgeparameterabove.

Chapter 4: Image Operations253

4

Soft Ramp

Ifasoftcoloringoptionisspecifiedthisparametercontrolsthetransitionrampfromblacktowhite.

LA

Ifalocallyadaptive(LA)coloringoptionisspecifiedthisparameterdeterminestheamountoflocaladaption.Increasingitmeansthealgorithmbecomesmorelocallyadaptive,whichmeansthatmoreedgeinformation(andpossiblymoretextureornoiseinformationaswell)willbebroughtoutinthefinaleffect.

Studio Artist254

Equalizer

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Multibandspatialfrequencyfilter.Octave0referstothehighestspatialfrequencyband(orsmallestspatialextent).Octave3referstothelowestspatialfrequencyband(orlargestspatialextent).Dependingonhowthecontrolsareadjustedcouldbeusedasablurorasanenhancementeffect.

Octave 0

Amplitudeadjustmentforspatialfrequencyoctave0.

Octave 1

Amplitudeadjustmentforspatialfrequencyoctave1.

Octave 2

Amplitudeadjustmentforspatialfrequencyoctave2.

Octave 3

Amplitudeadjustmentforspatialfrequencyoctave3.

ColorSpace

Thecolorspacethefilteringisperformedin.

Chapter 4: Image Operations255

4

Fixed Color

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Generatesafixedcolorfield.

CanbeappliedtoallorasubsetofthecomponentsofaparticularcolorrepresentationorColorSpace.

Canbeusedinmovieeffectstoproducetransitionalfadestoafixedcolorbackground.Canalsobeusedtodecreasecolorsaturationortransformacolorimageintoagrayscaleimage.

Fixed Color

Thefixedcolortofillwith.

Color Space

Thecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Combination

Specifiesoptionsforwhichcolorspacecomponentsareprocessed.

Studio Artist256

Chapter 4: Image Operations257

4

Fixed Image

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

PassesthroughtheIpSourceunprocessed.

CanbeappliedtoallorasubsetofthecomponentsofaparticularcolorrepresentationorColorSpace.

CanbeusedasawaytorouteimagesbetweendifferentCanvasLayersinaPASeq.CanalsobeusedtomixtheSourceImageoraspecifiedLayerwiththeCurrentPaintedCanvasImagetogenerateamoresubtlepainteffect.

CanalsobeusedwiththeReplaceEvenFieldortheReplaceOddFieldEffectCompositeoptionstorecombine2separatefullframefieldimagesintooneinterlacedimage.

Color Space

Thecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Combination

Specifiesoptionsforwhichcolorspacecomponentsareprocessed.

Studio Artist258

Chapter 4: Image Operations259

4

Flat Region Colorize

Example images are not applicable.

Usedtorecoloranimagethatalreadyconsistsofflatcoloredofblackandwhiteregions.Avoidusingthisoperationoncomplexcontinuoustonesourcessinceitsdesignedtoworkwithflatregionimagesonly.Canbeusedtogeneratealargenumberofcartoonstyleeffects,ortotakeablackandwhitethresholdedimageandturnitintocolorizedregions.

Min Size Prune

Theminimumpixelsizeofanoutputregion.Anyregionswithasmallernumberofpixelsarecombinedwithanadjacentregion.

Thin Prune

Prunesthinregionsifturnedon.

Propagation

Specifiesconstraintsonadjacentpixelmovementsusedtodeterminetheregionboundaries.

Color Space

Specifiesthecolorspacetherecolorizationoperationsareperformedin.

Color Source

Specifiesthesourceofthecolorusedforregioncolorization.

Variation

Determineshowthecolorsoftherecolorizationaregeneratedbasedonthespecifiedcolorsource.

Studio Artist260

Chapter 4: Image Operations261

4

Fracture

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesaseriesofrandomsymmetryfracturesoftheIpSourceImage.Typicallyusedasasomewhatextremestylisticeffect.

Number of Random Starts

Thenumberofrandomfracturesgeneratedintheoperation.

Algorithm

Theparticularfracturealgorithm.

Option

Specifiesvariouscolorspacechanneloptionstheoperationisperformedin.

Mode

Specifiesthetypeofsymmetryassociatedwiththefracture.

Studio Artist262

Chapter 4: Image Operations263

4

Fracture Displacement

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesaseriesofrandomareafracturesoftheIpSourceimage.Eachfracturedareaisthenrandomlydisplaced.

Number of Random Starts

Thenumberofrandomfracturesgeneratedintheoperation.

Displacement Amount

Themaximumamountofrandomdisplacementwithinafracturearea.

Displace

SpecifieswhethertheDisplacementAmountisinpixelsorpercentoftheCanvasdimensions.

Algorithm

Theparticularfracturealgorithm.

ColorSpace

Thecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Smooth

Smoothsdisplacementifturnedon.

Studio Artist264

Chapter 4: Image Operations265

4

Geodesic Displacement

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesageodesicareasamplingoftheIpSourceimage.Eachgeneratedlocalareaisthenrandomlydisplaced.

Greatforshatterstyleeffects.

Number of Random Starts

Thenumberofrandomstartsintheoperation.

Displacement Amount

Themaximumamountofrandomdisplacementwithinagrowtharea.

Random Count

Geodesicrandomcount.

ColorSpace

Thecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Displace Option

Determineshowthedisplacementiscalculated. Dir Angle

Angleusedfordirectionaldisplacement. Dispersion

Dispersionusedfordirectionaldisplacement.

Studio Artist266

Geodesic Falloff

ExampleImagenotapplicable. ExampleImage#2.

InterpolatestheIpSourceimagetofillinabackgroundfixedcolorarea.

UsefultofillinwhitespaceleftafteraseriesofPaintActions.Worksbestwithhardpaintstrokeedges.Alsocanbeusedtocreateinterestinggradientspecialeffects

Size

Thesizeinpixelsofonefalloffcycle.Thiswillbethespacingofgradienteffects.

Phase Shift

Thephaseshiftofthefalloffcycle.

Background

Specifiesthesolidcolorbackgroundthatisfilledinwiththeeffect.

Algorithm

Chooseinterpolationofthesolidcolorbackgroundvsafalloffgradienteffectforthefill.

Distance Option

Howdistanceforfalloffiscomputed.

Kernel

Chapter 4: Image Operations267

4

Thespatialkernelusedforthefalloffcalculation.

Studio Artist268

Geodesic Filter

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesageodesicareafilteringoftheIpSourceimage.

Start Algorithm

Thesamplingalgorithmusedtogeneratethestartpoints.

Number of Random Starts

Thenumberofrandomstartsintheoperation.

Random Count

Geodesicrandomcount.

Fill Option

Theparticularfilteringalgorithmusedtodeterminethecoloringofthegeodesicregions.

Chapter 4: Image Operations269

4

Geodesic FX

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Generatesageodesicspecialstylisticeffect.

Number of Starts

Thenumberofrandomstartsintheoperation(times20).

Random Count

Geodesicrandomcount.

Iterations

Thenumberofiterationsrunintheeffect.

Studio Artist270

Geodesic Growth

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesageodesicareasamplingoftheIpSource,andthenfillsthatareawiththesampledsourcecolor.

Number of Iterations

Thenumberofiterationsintheoperation.

Start Algorithm

Thesamplingalgorithmusedtogeneratethestartpoints.

Number of Random Starts

Thenumberofrandomstartsineachiteration.

Random Count

Geodesicrandomcount.

Random Option

Colorspacerandomizationoption.

Random Amount

Colorrandomizationamount.

Chapter 4: Image Operations271

4

Geodesic Interpolation

Image#1notapplicable. ExampleImage#2.

InterpolatestheIpSourceimagetofillinabackgroundfixedcolorarea.

UsefultofillinwhitespaceleftafteraseriesofPaintActions.Worksbestwithhardpaintstrokeedges.Doesnotworkwellwithanti-aliasedpaintstrokeedges.

Number of Iterations

Thenumberofiterationsintheoperation.

Gate

Specifiesagatingrangeforthebackgroundcolor.

Background

Backgroundcolortofillinwithinterpolatedvalues.

Propagate

Optionforthepixelneighborhoodsamplingalgorithm..

Recombine

Specifieshowthealgorithmrecombinespixels.

Fields

Specifieshowthealgorithmprocessesthecolorfieldinformation.

Studio Artist272

Geodesic Recursive Growth

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesageodesicareasamplingoftheIpSource,andthenfillsthatareawiththearecursivelymodulatedsourcecolor.Goodforasoftdiffusionorfeatheringeffect.

Algorithm

Specifiesthespecificrecursivegrowthalgorithmused.

Start Algorithm

Thesamplingalgorithmusedtogeneratethestartpoints.

Number of Iterations

Thenumberofiterationsintheoperation.

Number of Random Starts

Thenumberofrandomstartsineachiteration.

Random Count

Geodesicrandomcount.

Recursive Feedback

Amountofrecursivefeedback.

Chapter 4: Image Operations273

4

Studio Artist274

Geodesic Rings

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesageodesicareasamplingoftheIpSourceimage,andthenfillsthatareaboundarieswithasampledsourcecolortogeneratecoloredrings.

Typicallyusedasanextremestylisticeffect.CanalsobeusedwithoneoftheinterpolationeffectslikeSparseInterpolationorGeodesicVariatorinasecondprocessingpasstorefillthewhitecanvaswithcolorbleedfromtherings.

Start Algorithm

Thesamplingalgorithmusedtogeneratethestartpoints.

Number of Random Starts

Thenumberofrandomstartsinoneiteration.

Number of Iterations

Thenumberofiterations.

Option

Effectoutputoptions.

Chapter 4: Image Operations275

4

Geodesic Variator

Image#1notapplicable. ExampleImage#2.

InterpolatestheIpSourceimagetofillinafixedcolorbackgroundarea.Typicallyusedformoreofafeatheringeffectthatpartiallyfillsthebackground.ContrastthefeatheredvisualappearanceofthisinterpolationeffectwithGeodesicInterpolationorSparseInterpolationthatfilltheentirecanvasinoneprocessingpass.

Alpha

Therecursivemix. Number of Iterations

Thenumberofiterations. Random Count

Geodesicrandomcount. Background

Thebackgroundtobefilled. Blend Option

Whattheoperationdoestothebackground. Source Mix

Optiontomixtheinterpolatedvaluewiththeexistinginputimagevalue. Propagation

Specifiesthetypeofneighboringpixelpropagationused. Colorspace

Specifiesthecolorspaceusedforprocessing.

Studio Artist276

Geodesic Warper

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Performsageodesicwarpfromanautomaticallygeneratededgerenditionoftheimage.

Goodforgeneratingavisualappearancethatlookslikemeltingorliquidflow.

Smoothing

IncreasingtheSmoothinggivesasmootheredgerenditionthatislesssusceptibletonoise.DecreasingSmoothinggivesmoreedgeinformationbutalsoisinfluencedbyimagenoise.

Number of Iterations

Thenumberofiterationsintheoperation.

ColorSpace

Specifiesthecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Effect

Specifiesthespecificgeodesicwarpalgorithmusedfortheeffect.

Chapter 4: Image Operations277

4

Studio Artist278

Gradient

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesagradientimagebasedontheIpSourceimage.

Canbeusedtogeneratea3-dimensionalappearanceorasawaytogeneratenonlinearedgeorsketcheffects.

Angle

Theangleofthelightingsource.

Elevation

Theelevationofthelightingsource

Width

Thewidthoftheeffect.

Scale

Thespatialscaleoftheeffect.

ColorSpace

Whatcolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Variation

Specifiesthetypeofgradient.Someoftheseoptionsspecifynonlinearorientation

Chapter 4: Image Operations279

4

effectsoranglemodulationbasedonthespecifiedvisualattribute.

Studio Artist280

Gradient Lighting

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Generatesa3DgradientlightingeffectderivedfromtheIpSourceimage.

Angle

Theangleofthelightingsource. Elevation

Theelevationofthelightingsource Width

Thewidthoftheeffect. Specularity

Theamountofspecularreflectioninthelightingcalculation. Scale

Thespatialscaleoftheeffect. Process

Whatspecifictypeoflightingcalculation.

Variation

Specifiesthetypeofgradient.Someoftheseoptionsspecifynonlinearorientationeffectsoranglemodulationbasedonthespecifiedvisualattribute Color Source

Specifiesalternativesforthesourcecolorusedforthelightingeffect.

Chapter 4: Image Operations281

4

Studio Artist282

Hue Shift

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

AllowscircularoffsetadjustmentofthecolorhueofthecurrentIpSourceimage.

Variation

Specifiestypeofhueshift.

Hue Shift

Specifiestheamountofhueoffset.

Chapter 4: Image Operations283

4

Image Compressor

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

SmartadjustmentoftheIpSourceimage.Actslikeanaudiocompressoronimagesthatmaximizedsignalgain(nottobeconfusedwithdatacompressionalgorithmsthatthrowsawayinformation).

Usedasawaytoautomaticallyenhanceanimage.

Local Adaption

Specifiestheamountoflocaladaption.Increasingthisvaluebringsoutmoredetail.Atsomepointitmayalsostarttoenhancenoiseintheimagedependingontheparticularimageprocessed.

Gain

Specifiestheamountofnonlineargrayscaleadjustment.50%equalsnochange.

Bias

Specifiestheamountofnonlineargrayscaleadjustment.50%equalsnochange.

Mode

Additionalcolorspaceattributeoptionsforprocessing.

Studio Artist284

Invert

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

InvertstheIpSourceimage.

CanbeappliedtoallorasubsetofthecomponentsofaparticularcolorrepresentationorColorSpace.

ColorSpace

Specifiesthecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Combination

Specifiesoptionsforwhichcolorspacecomponentsareprocessed.

Chapter 4: Image Operations285

4

Studio Artist286

Line Screen

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Smartlinescreenalgorithm.Canbeusedtosimulatetraditionaltechniqueslikewoodcutorengravingsaswellastogeneratemoreextremewildstylisticeffects.

Screen Size

Specifiesthesizeofthescreentobemodulated.

Modulation Offset

Specifiesanangleoffsetforthemodulator.

Mod Source

Specifiesthemodulatorsource.

Variation

Colorspacevariationforprocessing.

Mod Option

Optionformodulatoralgorithm.

Screen Option

Optionforscreenalgorithm.

Chapter 4: Image Operations287

4

Line Screen Dual

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Smartlinescreenalgorithmthatuses2differentfrequencyscreenssimultaneously.Canbeusedtosimulatetraditionaltechniqueslikewoodcutorengravingsaswellastogeneratemoreextremewildstylisticeffects.

Screen Size 1

Specifiesthesizeofthefirstscreentobemodulated.

Modulation Offset 1

Specifiesanangleoffsetforthefirstmodulator.

Screen Size 2

Specifiesthesizeofthesecondscreentobemodulated.

Modulation Offset 2

Specifiesanangleoffsetforthesecondmodulator.

Thres Adj

Offsetadjustmentforthethresholding.

Mod Source

Specifiesthemodulatorsource.

Studio Artist288

Variation

Colorspacevariationforprocessing.

Chapter 4: Image Operations289

4

Line Screen Dual1

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Smartlinescreenalgorithmthatuses2differentfrequencyscreenssimultaneously.Canbeusedtosimulatetraditionaltechniqueslikewoodcutorengravingsaswellastogeneratemoreextremewildstylisticeffects.

Screen Size 1

Specifiesthesizeofthefirstscreentobemodulated.

Modulation Offset 1

Specifiesanangleoffsetforthefirstmodulator.

Screen Size 2

Specifiesthesizeofthesecondscreentobemodulated.

Modulation Offset 2

Specifiesanangleoffsetforthesecondmodulator.

Thres Adj

Offsetadjustmentforthethresholding.

Soft Ramp

Specifiesasizeforthesoftrampifthatalgorithmisused.

LA

SpecifiestheamountoflocaladaptionifanLAalgorithmisactive.

Mod Source

Specifiesthemodulatorsource.

Variation

Colorspacevariationforprocessing.

Studio Artist290

Algorithm

Specifiesthresholdingalgorithmusedfortheeffect.

Chapter 4: Image Operations291

4

Line Screen Block Regionize

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Smartlinescreenalgorithmthatintelligentlyregionizesinputandthenindependentlyscreenseachrectangularblockarearegion.Canbeusedtosimulatetraditionaltechniqueslikewoodcutorengravingsaswellastogeneratemoreextremewildstylisticeffects.

# of Horz Blocks

Numberofhorizontalblocks.

# of Vert Blocks

Numberofverticalblocks.

Screen Size

Specifiesthesizeofthescreeninpixels.

Modulation Offset

Specifiesanoffsetvalueforthescreenphasemodulationindegrees.

Block Type

Specifieshowtheadaptiveblocksaregenerated.

Split Option

Specifiessplitoptionforthegeneratedblocks.

Studio Artist292

Colorspace

Specifiesthekindofcolorscreenprocessing.

Screen

Specifiesthekindofscreenalgorithmusedfortheeffect.

Variation

Specifiesanoutputcoloringvariationfortheeffect.

Chapter 4: Image Operations293

4

Line Screen Regionize

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Smartlinescreenalgorithmthatintelligentlyregionizesinputandthenindependentlyscreenseachregion.Canbeusedtosimulatetraditionaltechniqueslikewoodcutorengravingsaswellastogeneratemoreextremewildstylisticeffects.

Number of Colors

Controlstheregionizationprocess.IncreasingthisnumberincreasesthenumberofregionsgeneratedfromtheIpSource Min Size Prune

Specifiestheminimumnumberofpixelsneededforaregion.Usethisparametertoremovesmallnoisyregions. Colorspace

Specifiesthekindofcolorscreenprocessing. Screen

Specifiesthekindofscreenalgorithmusedfortheeffect. Screen Size

Specifiesthesizeofthescreeninpixels. Modulation Offset

Specifiesanoffsetvalueforthescreenphasemodulationindegrees. Variation

Specifiesanoutputcoloringvariationfortheeffect.

Studio Artist294

Morphol

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Anumberofdifferentlocalizednonlinearmorphologicaloperations.

Dependingonthealgorithmsettings,thiseffectcandomanydifferentthings.Canbeusedtogenerateedgeeffects,darkenorlightenviaedgegrowth,generatestainedglass-likeeffects,andenhanceordeblurimages.

Algorithm

Specifiesaparticularmorphologicalalgorithm.

ColorSpace

Specifiesthecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Chapter 4: Image Operations295

4

Morpholizer

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

EnhancedversionoftheoriginalMorpholeffect.Canbeusedtodefineanumberofdifferentnonlinearmorphologicaloperations.

Dependingonthealgorithmsettings,thiseffectcandomanydifferentthings.Canbeusedtogenerateedgeeffects,darkenorlightenviaedgegrowth,generatestainedglass-likeeffects,andenhanceordeblurimages.

Algorithm

Specifiesaparticularmorphologicalalgorithm. ColorSpace

Specifiesthecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin. Kernal

Specifiesthekindoflocalareausedforthecomputation. Smoothing

Spatialsmoothingfactorforlocalalgorithmcontrol. Nonlinear Spread

Specifiesalocalizedspatialareaforcomputingthenonlineareffect. Nonlinear Smoothing

Spatialsmoothingforthenonlinearcontrolsignals. Process Smoothing

Spatialsmoothingfactorfortheoutputofthemorphologicalprocess.

Studio Artist296

Chapter 4: Image Operations297

4

Oil Painter

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

AstylisticspecialeffectthatgiveaparticularoilpaintlooktotheIpSourceimage.

Number of Random Starts

Specifiesthenumberofrandomstartsforthealgorithm.

Number of Iterations

Specifiesthenumberofiterationsforthealgorithm.

Random Count

Geodesicrandomcount.

Studio Artist298

Random Block Exchange

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

RandomlyexchangesareablockswithintheIpSourceimage.

Canbeusedasfunspecialeffectwhencombinedwithdifferentcompositingoptions.Canalsobeusedatmoreextremesettingstogeneratecolortexturefields.

Number of Exchanges

Specifiesthenumberofblockexchanges.

# of Horizontal Blocks

Specifiesthenumberofhorizontalblocks.

# of Vertical Blocks

Specifiesthenumberofverticalblocks.

Exchange

Specifiesoptionsforblockgenerationalgorithm.

BlockType

Specifiestypeofblockusedforexchange.

Chapter 4: Image Operations299

4

Rank Area Filter

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Allowsfortheapplicationofanumberofdifferentnonlinearrank2-dimensionalareafilterstotheIpSourceimage.

Size

Specifiesthespatialextentoftherankfilter.

Algorithm

Specifiestheparticularrankfilteralgorithmusedintheoperation.

ColorSpace

Specifiesthecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Combination

Specifiestheparticularcolorspacecomponentsusedforfiltering.

Shape

Specifiesthekindoflocalareausedforthecomputation.

Studio Artist300

Rank Edge Filter

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Generatesanonlinearedgeeffectthatisbasedonrankfiltering.Canbeusedtogeneratecolorededgesormorecomplexedge-relatedeffectsthatdelineatepositiveandnegativespaceintheIpSourceimage.

Low Size

Specifiestheminimumspatialextentoftherankfilter.

High Size

Specifiesthemaximumspatialextentoftherankfilter.

Rank Type

Specifiestheparticulartypeofrankfilteralgorithmusedintheoperation.

Shape

Specifiesthekindoflocalareausedfortheprocessingifanareaprocessingranktypeisspecified.

Variation

Specifiesdifferentvariationsoftheeffect.

Chapter 4: Image Operations301

4

Rank Falloff Filter

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Nonlinearfilterbasedonageodesicfalloffcalculation.

Size

Specifiesthespatialextentofthefallofffilter.

Orient Offset

Specifiestheangleoffsetforthefalloffcalculation.

Algorithm

Specifiestheparticularrankfilteralgorithmusedintheoperation.

Option

Specifiesanoptionforthefallofffiltercalculation.

Kernel

Specifiesthespatialkernelusedforthefalloffcalculation.

Studio Artist302

Rank Line Filter

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

Allowsfortheapplicationofanumberofdifferentnonlinearrank1-dimensionallinefilterstotheIpSourceimage.

Size

Specifiesthespatialextentoftherankfilter.

Angle

Specifiestheangleoftherankfilter.

Algorithm

Specifiestheparticularrankfilteralgorithmusedintheoperation.

ColorSpace

Specifiesthecolorspacetheoperationisperformedin.

Combination

Specifiestheparticularcolorchannelcombinationsthatarefiltered.

Chapter 4: Image Operations303

4

Rank Multiscale Filter

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

AllowsfortheapplicationofanumberofdifferentnonlinearmultiscalefilterstotheIpSourceimage.Awiderangeofdifferentstylisticeffectsarepossibledependingonthespecificeffectparameters.

Multiscalemeansthealgorithmworksatmultiplefrequencyscalesspacedanoctaveapart.UsetheHandVadjvaluestointroduceaspatialbiastotheprocessing.Increasingabove100%canintroducespatialjitterintotheoctaveprocessing.Decreasingonevaluefrom100%whileleavingtheotherat100%allowsforaspatiallyorientedkernel.Foeexample,setHadjto100%andVadjto25%forarectangularkernelthattrackstheanglemodulation.

Horz Adjust

Specifiesthehorizontaloctavespacinginpercent.

Vert Adjust

Specifiestheverticaloctavespacinginpercent.

Octaves

Specifiesthenumberofoctavesofprocessing.

Algorithm

Studio Artist304

Specifiesthespecificrankalgorithmusedforprocessingeachoctave.

Chapter 4: Image Operations305

4

Modulation

Specifiesasourceforanglemodulationfortherankalgorithmprocessing.

Mod Angle Offset

Specifiesanangleoffsetindegreesforthealgorithmprocessing.

Octave Composite

Specifiesaspecificcompositingalgorithmusedforcompositingeachprocessedoctavewiththepreviouslyprocessedoctaveimage.

Studio Artist306

Resynthesis

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesanabstractuniformtexturefieldfromthespecifiedsubareaoftheIpSource.

BlockSize

Specifiesthesizeofthesub-blockareausedastheseedforthetextureresynthesis.

H Offset

Specifiesthehorizontaloffsetofthesub-blockareaasapercentofthetotalsourcesize.

V Offset

Specifiestheverticaloffsetofthesub-blockareaasapercentofthetotalsourcesize.

Algorithm

Specifiesthetextureresynthesisalgorithmused.Theyalllookdifferent,trythemout.

Chapter 4: Image Operations307

4

Selective Color Map

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

MapsaspecifiedstartcolorintheIpSourceimagetoadifferentspecifieddestinationcolor.ThefirstSourcecolormemory(left-mostofthefour)isusedasthespecifiedstartcolor.ThesecondSourceColorMemory(2ndfromleft)isusedasthespecifieddestinationcolor.

Tolerance

Adjuststhesensitivityortightnessofthesourcecolorselection.

Transition

SpecifiesthefadevaluerangeextentbetweenthemappedoutputcolorandtheoriginalIpSource.

Variation

Specifiesthecolorspaceattributesusedtodeterminethemapping.

Studio Artist308

Selective Color Matte

ExampleImage#1. ExampleImage#2.

GeneratesablackandwhiteselectionmattefromtheIpSourcebasedonaspecifiedcolororsetofcolors.TheSourcecontrolspecifieswhatthesourcecolororsetofsourcecolorsaregeneratedfrom.

Tolerance

Adjuststhesensitivityortightnessofthesourcecolorselection.

Transition

SpecifiesthefadevaluerangeextentbetweenthemappedoutputcolorandtheoriginalIpSource.

Variation

Specifiesthecolorspaceattributesusedtodeterminethemapping.

Source

Specifiesthecolorsourceusedtogeneratethematte.

Chapter 4: Image Operations309

4

Studio Artist310

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer

StudioArtistisbasedaroundthemetaphorofagraphicssynthesizer.Ausercanconstructgraphicalpatchesthatallowforanunlimitednumberofpotentialvisualeffectsoruniqueabstractimages.

ResolutionindependentabstracttexturefieldsandtexturebasedeffectscanbegeneratedintheTextureSynthesizer.TheTextureSynthesizerprovidesanalternativetomanualorautomaticpaintingthatusesthePaintSynthesizer.However,itcanalsobeusedinconjunctionwiththePaintSynthesizerasabackgroundtexturegeneratoroption.

TheTextureSynthesizercanbeusedtoprocessanexistingimagewithatexturebasedeffect.Or,itcanbeusedtogenerateabstractstaticordynamicimagerythatcanbeusedasthestartingpointorendresultforbuildingafinalabstractartisticimage.ItcanalsobeusedasanactivemodulatorinmanyImageProcessingOperations.

ThisoverviewwillhelpyouunderstandthestructureoftheTextureSynthesizersothatyoucanquicklystartmodifyingpresetpatchesaswellascreateyourown.

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer311

5

Introduction

TheTextureSynthesizerallowsforanunlimitednumberofresolutionindependenttexturebasedeffects.ThesevisualeffectscouldbeanythingfromdisplayingthegeneratedtexturefielddirectlyintheCanvasasabstractimagerytocomplexnonlinearimageprocessingoperationsandspecialeffectsspatiallycontrolledbythegeneratedtexturefield.

Extensivemodulationoptionsareavailabletoincreasethevisualrichnessoftheresultingeffects.MostTextureSynthesizersettingsarealsodesignedtoselfmodulate,sorunningtheeffectforseveraliterationsonitselfwillresultinincreasedvisualcomplexity.

Overview of the Texture Synthesizer

Concept

TheTextureSynthesizerisdesignedbasedonmetaphorsoriginallyusedintheworldofaudioandmusicsynthesis.Thesynthesizeriscomposedofanumberofmodulesthatcaneithergenerateorprocessgraphicalandvisualsignals.Eachmodulehasanumberofeditableparametersthatcontrolsit’sbehavior.

Manyparameterscanalsobemodulatedbyothermodules,bythesignaloutputsofothermodules,orbyexternalsignals.It’susefultokeeptheconceptsofsignalflowandroutinginmindwhentryingtounderstandhowthesynthesizerworks.Asignalcouldbeanythingfromapaintcolortoanimage.Propertiesofonesignalcouldbeeffectingthegenerationorprocessingofanother.TheTextureSynthesizerisaflexibleandconfigurableenvironmentforconstructingvisuallyrichtexturebasedeffectsandanunlimitedvarietyofabstractimagery.

Thetexturethemselvesareproceduralormathematicalinnatureasopposedtobeingderivedfromrasterimages.Theyalsohavefractalproperties.Thecombinationof

Studio Artist312

thesetwocharacteristicsmeansthatunlikerastertextureimagestheproceduraltexturesareresolutionindependent,andcanbescaledinresolutionwhileincreasingindetail.

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer313

5

Texture Synthesizer Editable Control Panes

TheTextureSynthesizeriscomposedofseveraleditableparameterpanes.Theyarelooselyorganizedintermsofsignalflow.EachpanecontainsacollectionofeditableparametersthatcontrolaparticularaspectoftheTextureSynthesizer’sgenerationandprocessingengine.Theseparametersdefinethevisuallookandfeeloftheresultingresolutionindependenttexturefieldandassociatedvisualeffect.

TheTextureSynthesizerparameterpanesareorganizedasfollows:

Spatial

Determinesthespatialcharacteristicsofthegeneratedtexturefield.

Generator

Determinesthealgorithmsusedtogeneratetheresultingtexturefield.

Mapping

Primarilydefinesagrayscalemappingassociatedwiththegeneratedtexturefield.

Effect

Determineshowthegeneratedtexturefieldisusedtogenerateafinalimageortexturebasedvisualeffect.

Output

AllowsforgenericIpOpstylemixandcompositecontrols.

AsmalltexturepreviewimageislocatedbelowtheeditablecontrolpanelsthatprovidesaninteractivepreviewofthegeneratedtexturefieldthatthevariousTextureSynthesizereffectsarebasedon.Adjustingasliderwillchangethepreviewimageinrealtime.Thepreviewiscurrentlyofasmallportionofthetexturefieldasopposedtothetotaltexture-basedeffect.

Studio Artist314

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer315

5

Using Color Palettes and Gradients

Priortoversion3.5thetexturesynthesizer'sbehaviorwithintegralcolorpalettesandcolorgradientswassomewhaterratic.Colorpalettesalwaysplayedbackwhetheryouwantedthattohappenornot,whilecolorgradientsdidnot.

TherearenowspecificEffectTypeoptionsthatsaveordonotsavethecolorgradient.TherearealsospecificColorProcessingoptionstosaveornotsavethecolorpalette.ThesenewoptionsgiveyoumuchmorecontroloverusingthetexturesynthesizerinPaintActionSequences.

Ifyousavethecolorpaletteorcolorgradient,youcanrecreateaspecificcoloringeffectsdesignedwithaspecificcolorpaletteorcolorgradient.Ifyouusetheoptionsthatdonotsave,thenyoucandesignPASeqsthatfirstgenerateacolorpalettefromasourceimageandthenusethatpaletteinthetexturesynthesizer.ThesePASeqswillalwayshaveuniquecoloringsbasedonthesourceimageormoviebeingprocessedbythePASeq.

Studio Artist316

Spatial Parameters

TheSpatialparametersdefinethespatialcharacteristicsofthegeneratedtexturefield.Theseincludescale,angularorientation,anddirectionalityaswellasspatialfieldanddepthpositioning.Manyoftheindividualparameterscanalsobemodulatedaswell.

Directionality

Determinesthedegreeofisotropyordirectionalityofthegeneratedtexturefield.

Angle

Determinestheangularorientationofthegeneratedtexturefield.

Scale

Determinesthespatialscaleofthegeneratedtexturefield.

Vertical Offset

Determinestheverticalpositioningofthegeneratedtexturefield.

Horizontal Offset

Determinesthehorizontalpositioningofthegeneratedtexturefield.

Depth Offset

Determinesthedepthpositioningofthegeneratedtexturefield.

---

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer317

5

Depth Mod

Determinesthedepthmodulationofthegeneratedtexturefield.Parametersincludethemodulatorsourcesignalandthepercentmodulation.

Angle Mod

Determinestheangularmodulationofthegeneratedtexturefield.Parametersincludethemodulatorsourcesignalandthepercentmodulation.

Horz Mod

Determinesthehorizontalpositionmodulationofthegeneratedtexturefield.Parametersincludethemodulatorsourcesignalandthepercentmodulation.

Vert Mod

Determinestheverticalpositionmodulationofthegeneratedtexturefield.Parametersincludethemodulatorsourcesignalandthepercentmodulation.

Depth Mod Src Angle Mod Src Horz Mod Src Vert Mod Src

Determinessourceusedtomodulatethelabeledparameter.

Studio Artist318

Generator Parameters

TheGeneratorparametersdeterminethespecificsofthealgorithmsusedtogeneratethetexturefield.Thereare3modulesthatworktogethertodefinetheTextureGenerator.Aspecifiedalgorithmisusedtoderivethefractaltexturefield.Thealgorithmusesaspecifiedinterpolatormodule.Amodifiermodulemaybeinsertedasanadditionalprocessforeachgeneratedspatialoctaveoffractaltexture.

Thetexturefielditselfisfractalinnature.Thismeansthatitiscomposedofenergyoverseveraldifferentspatialfrequenciescalledoctaves.Controlsareavailabletospecifythefractaloctavedepth,ratio,andfalloffusedbythespecifiedtexturegenerationalgorithm.Sometexturegenerationalgorithmsorinterpolatorsmayuseadditionalskew,frequencyvariation,andamplitudevariationcontrols.

Interpolate

Determinestheinterpolationalgorithmusedfortexturesynthesis.

Modifier

Determinesaninlinemodifieralgorithmthatprocesseseachspatialoctaveofthegeneratedtexturefield.

Algorithm

Determinestheparticularalgorithmusedforspatialoctavetexturegeneration.

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer319

5

--- Swirl

Determinesthetwo-dimensionalspatialswirlfactorforthegeneratedtexturefield.

Depth

Determinesthefractaldepthofthegeneratedtexturefieldinoctavepercentage.

Ratio

Determinesthepercentrationbetweensubsequentspatialoctavesinthegeneratedtexturefield.

Falloff

Determinesthepercentenergyfalloffbetweensubsequentspatialoctavesinthegeneratedtexturefield.

Seed

Determinestherandomseedusedinthetexturegenerationalgorithm.

Mod Amount

Determinestheamountofadditionalmodulationinthetexturesynthesisalgorithm.

Skew

Determinestheskewofthegeneratedtexturefield.

Freq Var

Determinesthefrequencyvariationinthegeneratedtexturefield.

Amp Var

Determinestheamplitudevariationinthegeneratedtexturefield.

--- Seed

Determinesadditionaloptionsassociatedwiththeseedusedinthetexturegenerationalgorithm.

Studio Artist320

--- Depth Mod

Determinesthefractaldepthmodulationofthegeneratedtexturefield.Parametersincludethemodulatorsourcesignalandthepercentmodulation.

Ratio Mod

Determinesthefractalratiomodulationofthegeneratedtexturefield.Parametersincludethemodulatorsourcesignalandthepercentmodulation.

Falloff Mod

Determinesthefractaloctavefalloffmodulationofthegeneratedtexturefield.Parametersincludethemodulatorsourcesignalandthepercentmodulation.

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer321

5

Mapping Parameters

TheMappingparametersdefineanonlineargrayscalemappingtransformationthatprocessesthegeneratedtexturefieldbeforeitisappliedtotheeffectmodule.Someadditionalparametersassociatedwithspatialcoordinatemappingarealsospecifiedhereaswell.

In Min

Determinestheminimumgrayscalevalueforthemappingtransformation.

In Max

Determinesthemaximuminputvalueforthemappingtransformation.

Bias

Determinesthenonlinearbiasassociatedwiththenonlinearmapping.

Gain

Determinesthenonlineargainassociatedwiththenonlinearmapping.

Out Min

Determinestheminimumoutputvalueproducedbythemappingtransformation.

Out Max

Determinesthemaximumoutputvalueproducedbythemappingtransformation.

Studio Artist322

Bus 1,2

Specifiesaparticularlayerforuseasabusroutingmodulatorinotherplacesinthetexturesynthesizer.

Warp

Specifieswhetheraffinemappingwarpingisturnedonorturnedoff.

Horizontal Multiplier

Determinesahorizontalcoordinatewarpmappingfortheinitialspatialtexturegeneration.Anysettingnotzeroisintroducinganaffinetransformtothegeneratedtexturefieldifwarpisturnedon.

Vertical Multiplier

Determinesaverticalcoordinatewarpmappingfortheinitialspatialtexturegeneration.Anysettingnotzeroisintroducinganaffinetransformtothegeneratedtexturefieldifwarpisturnedon.

Scaling

TheTextureSynthesizergeneratesresolutionindependenttexturesandtexturebasedeffects.Thismeansthatforagivensetofparametersettings,thetexturefieldwillscaleappropriatelyastheCanvassizeincreasesofdecreases.ThisbehaviorwouldbethetypicaluseoftheTextureSynthesizerandoccurswhenthiscontrolissettoRelative.

However,theremaybesituationswhereyouwouldlikethetexturefieldtoremainstaticastheCanvassizechanges.SettingtheScalingtoAbsoluteturnsofftheresolutionindependenceandthetexturescalingremainsstaticastheCanvassizechanges.

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer323

5

Effect Parameters

TheEffectparametersdeterminehowthegeneratedtexturefieldisappliedtotheCanvasorusedtogenerateatexturebasedeffect.

Effect Type

DetermineshowthegeneratedtexturefieldisappliedtotheCanvasorusedinatexturebasedeffect.Dependingonwhicheffecttypeisspecifiedadditionalcontrolsmayappearthataredetailedbelow.

Displace Amt

Determinestheamountofdisplacementinadisplacementbasedeffectorthespatialkerneldimensioninsadirectionalkernelbasedeffect.

Displace Angle

Determinestheangleofdisplacementinanangulardisplacementbasedeffect.Ifthereisananglemodulatorspecifiedthenthisparameterisanangularoffset.

Displace Amt Mod

Determinesthedisplacementmodulationofthegeneratedeffect.Parametersincludethemodulatorsourcesignalandthepercentmodulation.

Displace Angle Mod

Determinestheangularmodulationofthegeneratedeffect.Parametersincludethe

Studio Artist324

modulatorsourcesignalandthepercentmodulation

Color Source

Determinesthecolorsourceforthefinaleffect.

Color Proc

Determineswhichcolortexturesynthesisalgorithmisusedfortheeffect.

Color Space

Determinesthecolorspacetheeffectisgeneratedin.

Mode

Determinesanyauto-regionizationassociatedwiththeeffect.

Seed Option

Determinesoptionsforrandomseedgenerationineachrepetitioncycle.

Chapter 5: Texture Synthesizer325

5

Studio Artist326

Chapter 6: Vectorizer

TheVectorizerisauniqueartisticrasterimagetovectorregionconvertorthatallowsforawiderangeofcreativespecialeffects.

Vectorregionsareresolutionindependentandcanbeoutputasepsfilesforsmoothprintingonanyresolutioncolorprinterthatsupportpostscriptlevel2orgreaterprinting.Theycanalsobedirectlyimportedintovectorillustration,pagelayout,orwebdesignprograms.

TheVectorizercanalsogenerateBezierregionsthatarerecordedinthecurrentlayer'sBezierpathframe.TheseBezierregionscanthenbefilledusingPaintSynthesizerRegionFillasBrushpresets.Thisallowsformoreexpressiveandorganicregionpainteffectsbyre-rasterizingtheflatcolorvectorregionsusingthefullpowerofthePaintSynthesizer.

MoviescanbeprocessedframebyframeusingVectorizeractionstepsinaPaintActionSequence.Regionspecialeffectsarealsoavailablethatcreatestylizedvectoraestheticsthatcanemulatehanddrawnor50'smodstyleorabstractcubistimageryautomaticallyderivedfromyoursourceimagewithnotedioushanddrawingneeded.

Chapter 6: Vectorizer327

6

ThefullpoweroftheVectorizerisalsoavailablewithinthePaintSynthesizerwhenoutputtingpaintedimagerytoepseitherassingleepsimagesornumberedepsframesifoutputtinganimationorprocessedvideo.ThisallowsyoutousethecompletepowerofthePaintSynthesizerandit'sautomaticpaintstrokegenerationtocreateresolutionindependentvectorpaintstrokesdirectlyinanepsfile.Whetheryouareprintingtohighresolutionprintersorgeneratinganimationatfilmresolutions,theVectorizeropensupawiderangeofnewcreativepossibilitieswithinStudioArtist.

ThisoverviewwillhelpyouunderstandthestructureoftheVectorizersothatyoucanquicklystartmodifyingpresetpatchesaswellascreateyourown.

Studio Artist328

Introduction

TheVectorizertakesarastersourceimagecomposedofpixelsandconvertsitintoaresolutionindependentvectorregionrepresentationbasedonBeziersplinecurves.

Unlikeotherrastertovectorconvertorsyoumayhaveusedinpostscriptillustrationprograms,theVectorizerisdesignedtogiveyouextensivecontroloverthecompleterastertovectorconversionprocess.Alargenumberofeditableparametersareavailabletoallowyoutotailorthevectorconversionprocesstocreateawidevarietyofartisticspecialeffectsaswellastoutilizemorestraightforwardrealisticrastertovectorconversioncapabilities.

TheVectorizerisalsoavailableasanepspostprocessingoptionintheStudioArtistPaintSynthesizerwhengeneratingepsfileoutputfromPaintActionSequencerecordingsofpaintinganddrawingineitherstillimagesorprocessedmoviefiles.ThismeansyoucanusethePaintSynthesizeritselftogenerateresolutionindependentvectorpaintstrokescomposedofsmoothscalablevectorregionsforeitherlargeformatprintingofstillimagesortogenerateepsframesforconversiontoFlashmoviesorforoutputatfilmresolutions.

Overview of the Vectorizer

Concept

TheVectorizerstartswithaselectablerastersourceimageandthenconvertstherasterimageintoasetofflatcoloredvectorregionsthatbestrepresenttherastersourceimage.Filteringoptionsareprovidedtocleanupeithertherasterimagepriortotheconversionprocessand/ortocleanuptheresultingvectorregionsaftertheconversionprocess.

Thereareanumberofdifferenteditableparametersthatallowyoutochoosedifferentvectorconversionalgorithmsthathavebeentailoredformaintainingaccuracyandrealismintheconversionprocessorforachievingdifferentartisticvectorspecial

Chapter 6: Vectorizer329

6

effects.Specificsofthedifferentcontrolpanelsandtheirassociatededitableparametersaredetailedinthenextsections.

Studio Artist330

Vectorizer Editable Control Panes

TheVectorizeriscomposedofseveraleditableparameterpanes.Theyarelooselyorganizedintermsofsignalflow.EachpanecontainsacollectionofeditableparametersthatcontrolaparticularaspectoftheVectorizer’srastertovectorconversion,processing,andcoloringengine.Theseparametersdefinethevisuallookandfeeloftheresultingrastertovectorregionconversionaswellasspecificsrelatedtohowepsfilesstorethevectorinformationforsubsequentprintingorimportingintoothervectorillustrationprograms.

TheVectorizerparameterpanesareorganizedasfollows:

Generation

Determinesthespecificdetailsoftherastertovectorregionconversionalgorithm.

ThisincludestheSourceoftherasterimagethatwillbeusedforvectorconversion,Filteringoptionsthatcanreducenoiseorvectorartifacts,anumberofdifferentconversionTechniquestailoredfordifferentapplications,andtheparticularGenerationalgorithmusedfortherastertovectorconversionwithinaspecifictechnique.

Mostofthesesectionshaveanumberofdifferentinternalparametersavailableforeditingtocustomizeyourownpresets.

Drawing

Determinesdetailsrelatedtotheencodingofthevectorregion,it'scoloringandepsvectoroutputencoding.

ThisincludesspecialstylizedRegionEffects,thedetailsofhowthecolorfortheregionfillisgenerated,aswellasinternaldetailsconcerninghowthevectorinformationiswrittenouttoanepsfile.

Youcanalsospecifyanalternativecoloringforanoptionalvectorstrokeintheepssectiontouseasanoutlinearoundaregion.

Chapter 6: Vectorizer331

6

Composite

AllowsforgenericIpOpstylecompositingandmixcontrolsthatdeterminehowthegeneratedvectorizeroutputiscompositedbackintothecurrentlayer.

Studio Artist332

Generation

TheVectorizerGenerationparameterpaneisusedtospecifythespecificsoftheartisticrasterimagetovectorregionconversionprocess.Therearefourdifferentmaintechniques,whichareImage,Shape,Outline,andFlatInput.

TheImagetechniqueisthebestforgeneratingcartoonstyleoutput,orrealisticvectorrepresentations.TheShapetechniquegeneratesamorestylizedorabstractrepresentationbasedonsimplegeometricshapesasregions.TheOutlinetechniqueisusedtooverlaysolidcoloredvectorregionsthatrepresentedgesoroutlineboundariesonly.

TheFlatInputtechniqueisusedwhereyoualreadyhavearasterimageconsistingofonlyflatcoloredregionsthatyouwishtoconvertintoanaccuratevectorrepresentationusingtheexistingflatcoloredareasastheregionboundaries.

Vectorizer Source

Determinesthesourceroutingfortheparticularrasterimagethatwillbeusedasthe

Chapter 6: Vectorizer333

6

inputforthevectorizationprocess.CurrentlythiscanbeeithertheSourceImageortheCurrentLayer.

Source Filtering Options

Thereareanumberofdifferentimagefilteringoptionsthatcanbeappliedpreorpostrastertovectorconversion.Theseoptionscanbeusedtocleanuporsmoothoutimagenoisebeforetherasterimageisconvertedtovectorregions,ortocleanupsmallvectorregionsorverythinvectorboundariesfromappearinginthefinalvectorregionoutput.

Pre Filter

Determinesnoisefilteringoptionsappliedtotherastersourceimagepriortothecolorregionconversion. Post Filter

Determinesnoisefilteringoptionsafterthecolorregionconversion. Size Prune

Sizepruningremovessmallvectorregionsfromthefinaloutputifturnedon.Smallregionsarejoinedintoneighboringlargerregions.

Thin Clean

Thincleaningremovesverythinportionsofthevectorregionedgeboundaryifturnedon.Thinregionedgeoutliersareremovedandjoinedintoathickerneighboringregion.

Join Similar

Joinsadjacentregionswithsimilarcoloringifturnedon.

Asmorenoisefilteringoptionsareturnedon,asmoothervectorregionrepresentationisgenerated.However,smootheroverallregionsmeansthatsmallorfinedetailintheoriginalsourceimagemaybelostinthefinalvectoroutput.

When working with certain Outline Generators you may want to turn off filtering

Studio Artist334

completely or reduce its effect to preserve the fine edge detail you want to represent with vector regions.

This is especially true with the Flat Input technique. Typically you would always turn off the filtering options when using this technique so that you do not modify the already flat raster regions in any way to accurately reproduce them in the final vector output. Main Technique

Determinestheoverallapproachusedfortheartisticrastertovectorconversionprocess.TherearefourmaintechniqueswhicharecalledImage,Shape,Outline,andFlatInput.Typicallytheyallhavedifferentuses.Eachtechniquealsohasauniquesetofinternalparameters.Detailedinformationaboutthefourtechniquesisprovidedbelow.

Image Technique

TheVectorizerImagetechniquestartswitharastersourceimageandgeneratesaseriesofvectorregionsthatbestrepresentthesourceimagebasedontheparticularrastertovectorgenerationmethodchosenusingtheparametersbelow.ManydifferentartisticstylescanbegenerateddependingonthespecificGeneratorchosenandhowit'sinternalparametersareadjusted.

TheImagetechniqueisgreatatachievingacartoonlookwherearasterimageisrepresentedusingasmallsetofflatvectorregions.TherealsoarealsoawiderangeofartisticspecialeffectsthatcanbegeneratedusingthedifferentGeneratorsandinternalsettingsprovided.

Theimagetechniquewillcovertheentirecanvaswithvectorregions.

Chapter 6: Vectorizer335

6

Generator

Specificrastertovectorimageprocessingalgorithmusedinthevectorregiongenerationprocess.Eachonehasaverydifferentoverallaestheticlook.

Generator Specific Parameters

# of Colors

Determinesthenumberofinitialcolorsusedforthesimplificationprocess.Thesecolorsareadaptivelygeneratedinsidethegeneratoranddonotdirectlycorrespondtothenumberofspecificdifferentcolorsthatwillbegeneratedinyouroutputvectorimage.

Decreasingthisparameterleadstoasmallernumberoflargerregionsthatbestrepresenttherasterimage.Increasingthisparameterleadstomorebutsmallerregionsthatbettercapturetherasterimagedetails.

Block Scan

TypeofscanalgorithmusedtoadaptivelygeneraterectangularregionsbasedontheVectorizerSource.Changingthescanalgorithmchangeshowtheregionblocksarepositionedwithintheoverallimage.

H Block

Numberofhorizontalrectangularblocks.

V Block

Numberofverticalrectangularblocks.

Complexity

Decreasingthisparameterleadstolargerblocksizes.IncreasingthisparameterleadstoalargernumberofsmallerblocksizesthatbetterrepresenttheSource.

The exception to this is the Cellular generator, where decreasing leads to smaller cell sizes and increasing leads to larger cell sizes.

Studio Artist336

Type

Normalmeansthenormalregiongenerationprocessesisused.AdaptiveSplitwilltakeeachgeneratedregionandintelligentlysplitittobetterrepresentthesource.

Start Alg

Determinestheinitialpositioningforthegeodesicgrowthalgorithm.Eachonehasadifferentaestheticlooktothegeneratedregions.

Random Start

Adjuststhenumberofrandomstartlocationsforthegeodesicgrowthgenerator.Increasingitleadstosmallerregionsthatcanprovidebetterrenditionofedgedetail.Decreasingitleadstolargerregionsthatsimplifytheoverallimage.

Random Ct

Randomvariatorforthegeodesicgrowthprocess.Settingthistoavalueotherthan0(typically2)canbreakupstraightregionboundaryartifactsassociatedwiththegeodesicgenerator.

Seed

TherandomseedisusedtoinitializetheVectorizer'sinternalrandomnumbergenerators.IftheVectorizerisalwaysinitializedtoaspecificseedvaluewhenrun,thentheresultsforagiveninputsourceimagewillalwaysbethesame.Differentseedvalueswillgivedifferentrandomoutputs.Thedifferenceistypicallynotdramaticbutwithintheoverallstyle.

SomeVectorizergeneratorsmaynotuserandomizationinternally.However,therearealsocoloringoptionsthatutilizerandomgeneratorsthatcouldbeappliedtoafixedgenerationprocess.Allofthedifferentinternalrandomgeneratorsarecontrolledbythesameinterfaceseed.

Pos-Neg Adjust

Anadditionaladjustmentforthepositive-negativespacealgorithms.Decreasingit

Chapter 6: Vectorizer337

6

leadstomoredetail(andpotentiallymorenoise).

Studio Artist338

Shape Technique

TheVectorizerShapetechniquestartswitharastersourceimageandgeneratesaseriesofsimplegeometricvectorregionsthatarepositionedtobestrepresentthesourceimage.Thegeometricshapesaretypicallysimpleoneslikerectanglesorellipses.Thistechniqueisbestforstylizedusesratherthandetailedoraccuraterastertovectorconversion.

TheShapetechniquecaneithercovertheentirecanvaswithvectorregionsorprovidepartialcoverontheexistingcanvas,dependingontheinternalparametersspecified.

Scan

TypeofscanalgorithmusedtoadaptivelygeneraterectangularregionsbasedontheVectorizerSource.Changingthescanalgorithmchangeshowtheregionblocksarepositionedwithintheoverallimage.

Complexity

Decreasingthisparameterleadstolargerblocksizes.IncreasingthisparameterleadstoalargernumberofsmallerblocksizesthatbetterrepresenttheSource.

Shape Type

Specifickindofvectorshapeusedtofillintheregions.

Chapter 6: Vectorizer339

6

Outline Technique

TheVectorizerOutlinetechniquestartswitharastersourceimageandgeneratesaseriesofsolidcoloredregionsthatcorrespondtoedgeoroutlinestructure.Thistechniquedoesnotcovertheentirecanvaswithvectorregions,onlytheedgeoroutlineedgeareasthatarebeingrepresented.

OnetypicalapproachistousetheImagetechniquetogenerateacompletesolidcoloredvectorregionrepresentationoftheoriginalsourceimage.Then,asecondVectorizerpassusingtheOutlinetechniquecanbeusedtoaddblackedgeoutlinesontopofthefirstcoloredvectorregionoutput.Thisallowsyoutogenerateatypicalcartoonvectorrepresentationwithcoloredsolidregionsandadditionalblackoutlinesthatenhancetheoriginaledgedetailorpositiveandnegativespaceinthefinalvectorrepresentation.

ThesecombinedstepscaneasilyberecordedinaPaintActionSequenceandthenreferencedasaPASeqpresetforaonestepoperationinthefuture.

Outline Type

Specificalgorithmusedtogeneratetheoutlineregions.Changingthisalgorithmchangeshowtheoutlineregionsaregeneratedaswellastheirassociatedvisualappearance.

Option

Specificoptionassociatedwiththeoutlinegeneratoralgorithm.Changessomeaspectofthevisualappearanceoftheparticularoutlinetype.

Threshold

Specificluminancethresholdvalueusedintheedgeoutlinegenerator.Adjustingthiswillchangetheamountofedgestructureinthegeneratedoutline.

Studio Artist340

Range

Specifiestheluminancerangeusedtogenerateacontouroutline,whichchangestheoverallcontourthickness.

Pos-Neg Adjust

Anadditionaladjustmentforthepositive-negativespacealgorithms.Decreasingitleadstomoredetail(andpotentiallymorenoise).

Chapter 6: Vectorizer341

6

Flat Input Technique

Thistechniqueisusedtoconvertanexistingflatcolorrasterimageintoavectorrepresentation.Itassumestherasterinputimageisalreadycomposedofflatcoloredregionswithnoshadingornoise.Iftheinputisnotaflatcoloredimagetheneachpixelwillpotentiallybeconvertedintoavectorregion,whichisnotdesirable.

Flat Source

Allowsforalternatesourcefortheflatregionsusedtogeneratethevectorrepresentation.TheVectorizerSourceisusedforthecoloring.

VecSourcemeansusethevectorizersource,whichwastheoriginalwaythistechniqueworked.Canvasmeansusethecurrentcanvasasthesourceoftheflatregions.Selectionmeansusethecurrentregionselectionasthesourcefortheflatregions.

Theselast2optionsallowyoutocolorizethevectorizedflatregionsbasedonthecurrentVectorsourceimage(whichcouldbeadifferentnonflatcolorimage).SoyoucoulddothingslikebuildasegmentationmaskimageusingvariousIpOpsandthenvectorizethatsegmentationmaskwithcoloredgeneratedbymappingthevectorregionsintothesourceimage

Studio Artist342

Drawing

TheVectorizerDrawingparameterpaneprovidesspecificeditableparametersassociatedwithdetailsofhowthevectorregionsaredrawn.Thisincludesanumberofspecialeffectoptionsforthegeneratedvectorregions,howthecolorsfortheindividualregionsaredeterminedfromthesourceimage,andsomeinternaldetailsforthepostscriptepsfilegenerationprocess.

Region Effects

Region Effect

DeterminesspecificeffectoptionsthatcanbeusedwhengeneratingtheBezierregionsinthefinalvectorconversionprocess.Theseeffectoptionscanbeusedtocreateveryinterestingstylizedvectorrepresentations.

Region Randomization

Allowsforadditionalrandomizationappliedtotheregioneffect.

Random Amt (pixels)

Chapter 6: Vectorizer343

6

Specifiestheamountofrandomizationinpixels.

Random Effect

Ifregionrandomizationisturnedonthenyoualsohavetheoptionofapplyingasecondregioneffecttotheoutputoftherandomizationprocess.

Region Coloring Options Src Color From

Determineshowthevectorregioncolorisgeneratedfromthesourceimage.Thedifferentalgorithmtypesspecifiedhereanalyzethesourceimagewithintheregionareaindifferentwaysgeneratingdifferentcolorings.

SomeofthesesettingsignorethesourceimageandusesomecolorattributefromtheSourceareaoftheStudioArtistinterfacesuchasthecurrentFixedColorsettingortheSourcePalette.

Color Optimize

Allowsforrangeoptimizingthesetofgeneratedoutputcolorsifturnedon.

Color Randomize

Determinesthecoloringdetailsofanyspecifiedcolorrandomizationforthegeneratedregions.

Color Random %

Determinesapercentcolorrandomizationfortheregioncolor.HowthecolorisrandomizedisdeterminedbytheRandomizesettingmentionedabove.Setthisto0fornocolorrandomization.

Adding randomization to regions can help to distinguish region boundaries better when closely colored regions are placed next to each other as well as to provide a wide variety of artistic special effects.

Background Fill

Studio Artist344

Specifiesaflatcolorbackgroundthatisdrawnbeforethevectorcolorregionsarerendered.Thiscanbeusefulwhenworkingwithregioneffectssinceiftheyareturnedontheregionsmaynotoverdrawtheentirecanvas.

Youcanalsosetthistonone,whichisusefulforoverlayingeffectedoroutlineregionsontopoftheexistingcanvas.

Outline Color Option

SpecifieshowthecoloringoftheOutlinetechniqueregionsisgenerated.MakesurethisisnotthesameastheBackgroundFillcolor(otherwiseyouwillgenerateasolidcoloredcanvas).

EPS Output Options

Region Type

Determinesthespecificsofthetypeofpostscriptregiongeneratedinanoutputepsfile.TypicallyyouwouldusetheBeziersettingforgeneratingsmoothregionboundaries. Region Outline

Determineswhethertheepsregionisoutlinedwithanadditionalpostscriptstrokeattheregionboundaryaswellasspecificsassociatedwiththeoutlinepathcolor.

Typicallyanoutlinestrokeisaddedtothevectorregionintheepsfileasaformofregiontrappingtoinsurecompleteoverlapcoveragewhenprintingorimportingintootherprogramsthatuseeps.

Theoutlinestrokecanalsobeusedforspecialeffectssuchasoutliningacoloredregionwithathinsmoothblackstrokeforenhancedregiondefinition.

Outline Size

Determinesthesizeofanyaddedoutlinestrokeintheepsfile.TypicallyyouneedanEpsOutlinesizeof2(possibly3)fortrappingtogeneratecompletesolidfillwhenrenderingafullycoveredvectorizedepsfile.

Chapter 6: Vectorizer345

6

Render Options

Canvas Render Options

Youcanchooserasterfilloranti-aliasedvectordrawingbasedontheepssettingsforrenderingthevectorizereffectinthecurrentcanvaslayer.

Thevectordrawingoptionbetterrepresentswhatyouwillseeifyououtputanepsfileandrenderitinanotherprogram.TypicallyyouneedanEpsOutlinesizeof2(possibly3)togeneratecompletesolidfillwhenrenderingafullycoveredvectorizedepsfile.Therasterfilloptionalwayscompensatesforthisandcompletelyfillsintherastercanvas.

The Smart Blur Ip Op is really useful for cleanup of any edge artifacts from either render option.

Thefollowingadditionalparametersareavailablewhenusingtheanti-aliasedvectorrenderoption.

Vector Fill Blend %

Determinesthetransparencyofthevectorshapefill.

Vector Edge Blend %

Determinesthetransparencyofthevectorshapeoutlinefill.

Notethatwhenthesefillpercentsarelessthan100%theoutlinewillbeaccentedsincethereissomepartialoverlapintotheshapearea.

Multiple applications of semi-transparent vector regions can be used to build up vector shapes that have a more complex or organic look than the typical flat colored region look created by the vectorizer. EPS vector output does not support transparent regions (they will be solid filled), but SVG vector output does support transparent regions.

Studio Artist346

So you could construct a PASeq with multiple vectorizer steps that all overlay semi-transparent vector shapes and generate a SVG vector file from the PASeq that looks just like what you see in the Studio Artist canvas but can be arbitrarily scaled.

Chapter 6: Vectorizer347

6

Composite

TheVectorizerCompositeparameterpaneprovidesspecificeditableparametersassociatedwithhowthevectorizedoutputiscompositedandmixedwiththeexistingcanvas.ThestandardStudioArtistcompositingoptionsareprovided(likeinimageoperations).

Composite

Specifiesthetypeofcompositingusedtoplacethegeneratedeffectinthecurrentcanvaslayer.Afewofthesettingsactuallycorrespondtoalternateoutputroutingoptions(tocurrentselectionoralphabuffers).

Comp ColorSpace

Specifiesthecolorspaceandchanneloptionsusedforcompositing.

Mix

Determinethemixofthevectorizereffectwiththecurrentcanvaslayer.

Repetition

Determinethe#oftimesthevectorizerinternallyrepeatstheprocessing.Thiscanbeusefulifyouareworkingwithsemi-transparentvectorshapesandareusingagenerationtechniquethatgeneratesrandomshapesforeachrepetition.

Studio Artist348

Chapter 6: Vectorizer349

6

Studio Artist350

Chapter 7: MSG

MSGstandsforModularSynthesizedGraphics.MSGisSynthetikSoftware'spreset-basedmodulareffectsandgraphicalsynthesisarchitecture.MSGprovidesawaytoinfinitelyexpandthefunctionalityofStudioArtistthroughcollectionsofMSGpresets.

EachMSGpresetiscomposedofaseriesofindividualprocessorobjects.Processorobjectsperformsomekindofimageprocessingoperation.Thereareanextremelylargenumberofdifferentprocessorobjects,andtheycanbecombinedtogethertocreateanunlimitednumberofdifferentimageorvideoprocessingeffects.Theycanalsobeusedtogeneratestaticordynamicabstractproceduralimagery.

StudioArtisthasthecapabilitytouseaMSGpreseteitherinthePaintSynthesizertoextendit'sinternalfunctionalityorasastandaloneimageprocessingortexturegenerationeffectintheMSGOperationmode.EachMSGpresetcanhaveanumberofeditableparametersthatadjustsomeaspectofitsinternalprocessingoroverallvisualappearance.TheseeditableparameterscanbeuseradjustedaswellaskeyframeanimatedinaPaintActionSequenceovertime.

MSGpresetparameterscanalsobedynamicallycontrolledovertimebyinternaltemporaloscillators.ThisallowsforproceduralanimationoftheMSGeffectwithoutkeyframing,whichisagreatautomaticalternativetomanualkeyframingforgeneratingdynamicvisualanimations.

ThisoverviewwillhelpyouunderstandthestructureoftheMSGOperationmodesothatyoucanquicklystartutilizingMSGpresetsinyourcreativeworkflow.

Chapter 7: MSG351

7

Introduction

MSGstandsforModularSynthesizedGraphics.MSGisSynthetikSoftware'spreset-basedmodulareffectsandgraphicalsynthesispluginarchitecture.MSGprovidesausereditablemodulargraphicalsynthesisfoundationforexpandingthefunctionalityofexistingandfutureSynthetikSoftwareproducts.

MSGpresetscanbeusedforimageprocessingorvideospecialeffects.Alargenumberofindividualmodularimageprocessingobjectscanbecombinedtogethertocreateanoverallimageorvideoprocessingeffect.ThereareessentiallyaninfinitenumberofdifferentprocessingeffectsthatcanbecreatedwithinMSGduetoitsflexibleandexpandablemodularnature.

MSGpresetscanalsobeusedasthebasisforgeneratingabstractstaticordynamicalgorithmictexturalandfractalimagery.Again,therangeofpotentialvisualimageryMSGiscapableofgeneratingisessentiallyinfiniteinscope.GoboldlywherenoonehasgonebeforeasyoumanipulateMSGparameterspacetocreateanunlimitedvarietyofabstractresolutionindependentimagery.

Overview of MSG Processing

Concept

MSGpresetsconsistofanumberofdifferentinternalmodularprocessorobjectsconnectedtogethertobuildaspecificprocessingeffectoralgorithmicproceduralimage.Theseindividualprocessingmodulescaneithergeneratevisualimageryfromscratchorprocessormodifyitinsomeway.Theoutputofoneprocessormodulecanbeinternallyroutedtoanotheraseitheraninputforprocessingoramodulatorthatcontrolssomeaspectofinternalprocessing.

InputsandoutputstoMSGprocessorsarespecifiedasalistofindividualStreamchannelsonaninternalBus.EachcolorfieldinacolorimagewouldbeoneindividualStreamontheBus.Typicallycolorimagesarecomposedof3differentcolorchannels

Studio Artist352

or3differentimageStreamsontheMSGBus.

UsersfamiliarwithaudiomixingboardswillrecognizeanalogiesbetweenhowanaudiomixingboardisinternallystructuredandtheunderlyingMSGchannelStreamandBusstructure.Inanaudiomixer,eachchannelisanaudiosignal,andmultipleaudiochannelsinthemixerareselectablefromaninternalaudiobus.

InaMSGpreset,visualimagesarerepresentedasvisualchannelscalledStreams.AllofthedifferentpotentialimageStreamsareselectablefromtheinternalMSGBus.MSGProcessorscanhaveanumberofpotentialinputandoutput(IO)channels.ImageStreamsontheinternalBuscanberoutedtoinputchannelsforaProcessorandoutputchannelsfromaProcessorcanberoutedbacktoimageStreamsontheinternalBus.

MSGProcessorsareorderedinalistcalledaProcessorChain.WhenaMSGeffectisgenerated,theindividualProcessorsintheProcessorChainareexecutedonebyoneinorderedsequence.EachprocessoraccessesindividualStreamsontheinternalBusforitsdifferentimageinputsandoutputs.

Again,theaudiomixeranalogyofthiswouldbeaseriesofindividualaudioeffectprocessorspatchedintoindividualaudiochannelsonamixingbus.Ratherthanaudioeffectsworkingwithaudiosignals,eachMSGProcessorisavisualeffectthatgeneratesorprocessesspatialimages.

Eachinternalprocessorcanhaveacollectionofeditableuserparameters.

InternalMSGprocessorparameterscanalsobeassociatedwithtemporaloscillatorscalledTemporalGenerators.MSGTemporalGeneratorsallowsforparameteradjustmentautomaticallyovertimeinananimationorvideosequence,andprovideaproceduralalternativetomanuallyspecifiedframebasedparameterkeyframing.

Temporalgeneratorsattachedtoindividualeditableparameterscanalsobeassociatedwithinteractivemodulatorssuchaspenpressure,tilt,ortiltorientationtoprovide

Chapter 7: MSG353

7

immediateinteractiveadjustmentofanoverallMSGprocess.ThiscanbeveryusefulwhenusingaMSGpresetinthepaintsynthesizer.

Inthepast,aseparateapplicationprogramincludedwithStudioArtist3.5calledMSGEvolverwasusedtodesignandextensivelyeditMSGpresets.StudioArtist3.5providedlimitedMSGpreseteditingviaupto6userslidersdefinedwithuserslidertemporalgeneratorsattachedtoindividualparameters.

WhileyoucanstilluseMSGEvolvertoeditversion3.5MSGpresets,mostoftheEvolverfunctionalityisnowbuiltdirectlyintoStudioArtist4.Youhavecompletecontrolinv4overmodifyingalloftheProcessorStreami/oroutingoptionsaswellasthespecificsoftheindividualProcessors,alltheireditableparameters,andtheirorderingontheoverallProcessorChainintheMSGAdvancedEditorpalette.

YoualsohaveaccesstotheoldMSGEvolverabilitytouserandomdirectedevolutiontoadjustorbuildnewMSGpresetswithoutneedingtounderstandtheirinternalstructure.ThiscanbedoneinStudioArtist4withthenewMSGEvolutioneditor.

TheinitialreleaseofStudioArtist4doesnotsupporttheold3.5limitedusersliderfunctionalityforMSGpresets.Thatsupportmayreturninafutureupdate.

ConsulttheMSGUserGuideortheStudioArtistTipswebsiteatwww.synthetik.com/tips/wordpressformoredetailedinformationonbuildingMSGPresets.

SpecificsoftheStudioArtistMSGcontrolpanelsandtheirassociatededitableparametersaredetailedinthenextsections.

Studio Artist354

MSG Editor Panel

CurrentlythereisonlyoneMSGEditorcontrolpanel.ThecontrolsinthispanelmirrorthegenericusercontrolsseeninotheroperationmodeslikeIpOps.TheyletyouchooseanIPSourceaspossibleinputtotheMSGpreseteffectaswellasprovidethestandardv4compositingandmixcontrols.

ThesimpleMSGuserslidercontrolsavailableinpreviousversionsofStudioArtistarecurrentlynotavailableinv4.Thismaychangeinthefuture.YouhavecompleteaccesstoalloftheeditableparametersinaMSGpresetintheMSGAdvancedEditor.MSGinuniqueinv4inhavingaspecialspecificadvancededitorpalette,asopposedtohavingalltheusercontrolsavailableinthestandardgenericEditorpalettewhichisthecasefortheotheroperationmodes.

TheMSGgenericeditorpaneisorganizedasfollows:

IP Source

Determinesthesourceroutingoftherasterimagethatwillbeusedastheinputtothe

Chapter 7: MSG355

7

MSGpreset.Currentlyyoucanchoosethecurrentlayerorthesourceimageasthesourcetobeprocessed.

BeawarethataparticularMSGpresetmayormaynotusethespecifiedsourceinitsinternalprocessing.SomeMSGpresetsactasimageprocessingorvideoeffectsbuttheycanalsobeconstructedtobestandalonealgorithmictextureorfractalimagerygeneratorsthatdon'tuseasourceimage.ByexaminingaMSGpreset'sbusstreamsandtheindividualprocessorIOroutingyoucandetermineiftheIPsourceisbeingusedinthepresetornot.

Mix

ThepercentamountofmixbetweentheoutputoftheMSGeffect'scompositingoperationandtheoriginalCurrentCanvaslayer.

Composite

SpecifiesacompositingoperationthattakestheoriginalCurrentCanvasLayerandtheMSGeffectoutputandalgorithmicallycombinestheminsomespecifiedfashion.TheoutputofthecompositingoperationisthenplacedintheCurrentCanvasLayeratthecompletionoftheMSGoperation.

DifferentcompositesettingscancompletelychangetheoverallappearanceforanygivenMSGeffect.Forexample,specifyinganEdge1compositingoperationonaMSGpresetthatblurstheCanvasimagewillgenerateasharpeningvisualeffect.

CertaincompositesettingswillbypassthecurrentCanvasLayerandplacetheMSGoutputineitherthecurrentlayer’salphachannelorthecurrentSelectionRegion.

Composite Color Space

Specifiesanadditionalcolorspaceorchannelforthecompositingtotakeplacein.

Studio Artist356

MSG Advanced Editor

TheMSGAdvancedEditorprovidescompleteaccesstoalloftheeditableparametersassociatedwithamodularMSGpreset.ThisincludesthefunctionalityofalloftheoldMSGEvolvereditingpalettes,includingtheProcessorChainEditor,BusStreamEditor,ColorPaletteandGradientEditors,andtheSourceLibrary.ThenewdesignincorporatesallofthoseEvolvereditingpalettesintoonecompactMSGAdvancedEditorpalettethatisdirectlybuiltintoStudioArtistv4.

MSG Preview

TheMSGPreview(topleft)displaysapreviewimageofthecurrentMSGpresetyouareediting.ThispreviewimageupdatesontheflyasyouinteractivelyedittheMSGpreset.

Youcanalsousehotkeysalongwithmousemovementtoperformsomeinteractiveeditsdirectlyinthepreviewimagearea.Youholddownthehotkeywhilemousingdowninthepreviewareaandthenyourmousemovementwilladjustsomeeditable

Chapter 7: MSG357

7

aspectofthepreset.InteractiveadjustmenthotkeysfortheMSGpreviewareaincludethefollowing:

't'-translate'r'-rotate'h'-scale'cmnd'-adjustselectedparameter

Thetranslate,rotate,andscaleadjustmentswillappliedtoalloftheprocessorsintheprocessorchain.Ifyouholddownanadditionalshiftmodifiedkeythentheywillonlybeappliedtothecurrentselectedprocessorintheprocessorchainlist.

Processor Chain and Bus Steam Lists

ThebottomleftsideofMSGAdvancedEditorcontainsatabbedlistthatcandisplayeitherthecurrentProcessorChaineditorlistortheBusStreameditorlist.

TheprocessorchaineditorisalistoftheindividualmodularprocessorsusedintheMSGpreset.AMSGpresetexecuteseachprocessorinorderfromtoptobottominthelistwhenthepresetisrun.

Youcandragtheindividualprocessorsaroundinthelisttochangetheirorderintheprocessingchain.Youcanoptiondragtomakeacopyofanexistingprocessor,andyoucanselectanddeleteaprocessorusingthedeletekey.

Youcanlockormuteindividualprocessorsinthelist.Lockonmeansthatrandomevolutionwillnotaffectanyoftheinternaleditableparametersassociatedwiththatprocessor.Turningoffthestatusofaprocessorwilleffectivelymuteit,theprocessorwillremaininthelistbutwillnotbeusedoractivewhenthepresetruns.

Processor Chain and Bus Steam Lists

Studio Artist358

TherightsideoftheMSGAdvancedEditorcontainsalargetabbedareathatcandisplaythecurrentprocessor'sparametereditorlist,theIO(input-output)editorlist,gradientandpaletteeditors,andtheSourcelibrarylist.Thefirst2oftheseindividualtabbededitors(parameterandioeditorlists)allowyoutoeditpropertiesassociatedwiththecurrentlyselectedprocessorintheprocessorchaineditor.ThegradientandpaletteeditorsletyouedittheMSGpreset'scolorgradientsandcolorpalette(whichareassociatedwithindividualiostreams).

Thesourcelibraryiscontextsensitivetowhethertheprocessorchaineditororthebusstreameditoristhecurrentlydisplayededitor.ThesourcelibrarywilldisplayalistofalloftheindividualMSGprocessorsavailabletoinsertintheprocessorchaineditorwhenitisactive.Alternatively,whenthebusstreameditorisactivethenthesourcelibrarywilldisplayalistofallofthepotentialiostreamsyoucouldaddtothecurrentbusstreameditor.Toaddanewprocessororiostreamtotheprocessorchaineditororthebusstreameditor,youcandragtheappropriateitemfromthesourcelibrarytotheappropriateeditorlist.

Theparametereditordisplaysalloftheindividualeditableparametersassociatedwiththecurrentlyselectedprocessorintheprocessorchaineditor.Youcanadjustthevalueoftheeditableparameteraswellaslockitifyouwanttomakesuremutationsdon'tchangeit.

Youcanalsoassociatedatemporalgenerator(TG)withtheindividualparameter.Temporalgeneratorsareawaytoassociatedtimebasedoscillatorswithindividualparameters.YoucanalsouseTG'sasawaytoassociatedinteractivecontrolmodulatorslikethewacompenpressureortilt.

TheIO(input-ouput)editorallowsyoutoedittheindividualinputandoutputconnectionsforthecurrentlyselectedprocessorintheprocessorchaineditor.Eachprocessorhasacertainnumberofinputandoutputioconnections.Aprocessorwillalwayshave1ormoreoutputconnections,and0ormoreinputconnections.Theseioconnectionscanbehookeduptoanyoftheindividualiostreamscurrentlyinthebus

Chapter 7: MSG359

7

streameditor.IOsteamscanbeindividualimagebuffersaswellasthingslikecolorgradientsorcolorpalettes.

EachMSGpresetcancontainupto3differentcolorgradientandpalettes.Theyneedtobeinthecurrentbusstreameditorlistiftheyareusedinthepreset.Thegradientandpaletteeditortabsletyouindividuallyeditthesecolorgradientsandcolorpalettes.TheirhotkeyfunctionalitymirrorsthatavailableintheStudioArtistsourceareaforthesourcecolorgradientandsourcecolorpalette.

Studio Artist360

Using MSG in the Paint Synthesizer

SomeinternalfunctionsinthePaintSynthesizer(suchasimageprocessingbrushloading)useMSGinternally.However,youalsohavethecapabilitytoloadMSGpresetsintoapaintpatchandinteractivelydrawwiththem.ThiscanbedoneusingtheMSGBrushLoadoption.

ThereisacompletedescriptionoftheMSGBrushloadcontrolpanelandthevariouseditableparametersinthechapteronthePaintSynthesizerundertheBrushLoadsection.

Version4addssomeadditionalMSGoptionstothepaintsynthesizer.TheseincludetheMSGpathstartgenerator,MSGpathshape,andtheMSGsourcebrushtype.Youcanonlyassociated1MSGpresetwithapaintpresetsotypicallyyouwouldbeusingonlyoneofthedifferentMSGpaintsynthesizeroptionsatatime.

AnyMSGpresetcanbeusedfortheMSGbrushloadorsourcebrushoptions.TheMSGpathstartorpathshapeoptionsonlyworkforMSGpresetsthatcontainaprocessorthatcangenerateanoutputpointsequence.Thefirstprocessorintheprocessorchaineditorthatcandothisisusedforthepointgeneration,theothersareignored.TheIFSprocessorsthatgeneratefractalattractorsareexamplesofprocessorsthatcangenerateoutputpointsequences.

Chapter 7: MSG361

7

MSG Evolution Editor

TheMSGEvolutionEditorisanewfeatureinStudioArtistv4thatbringsalotoftheoldMSGEvolverdirectedevolutioneditingcapabilitiesdirectlyintoStudioArtist.Theevolutioneditorconsistsofasetofpreviewimagesarrangedinagrid.Eachoftheindividualimagesintheevolutiongridisapreviewimageforit'sassociatedMSGpreset.AtoolbarlocatedatthetopoftheevolutioneditorprovidessomeusefulinteractivecommandsusedtoevolvenewsetsofMSGpreviewsintheevolutiongrid.

DirectedevolutionisawaytoeditorgeneratenewMSGpresetsbasedoninteractivelydirectingrandommutationorevolutionofsetsofMSGpresets.What'sniceaboutusingdirectedevolutiontocreatenewpresetsisthatitdoesn'trequireanyrealtechnical

Studio Artist362

skilltocreatenewpresets.Allyouneedtodoisclickonpresetsyouliketomutatenewvariations.OvertimethisdirectedevolutionprocesscancreateaninfinitevarietyofdifferenttypesofabstractproceduralartordifferentimageprocessingeffectsbasedontheunderlyingMSGpreset.

Clickinganindividualgridcellwillrandomlymutatetherestofthegridwiththosemutationsderivedoffofthepresetyouclicked.Holdingdowntheshotkeywhileclickingagridcellwillselectthatcell,whichmeansthatpresetwillbecomethecurrentMSGpresetintheStudioArtistinterfaceandthattheMSGAdvancedEditorwillupdateit'sdisplaysaccordingly.Youcanalsodraganddropagridcellintothemaincanvasifyouwanttoselectthatpresetandrenderitintothemaincanvasinoneaction.

Ther-rotate,t-translate,andh-scalehotkeysusedforinteractiveeditingintheMSGAdvancedEditorpreviewalsoworkintheevolutiongridpreviews,allowingyoutointeractivelyrotate,translate,orscalethegridcellpreset.

Clickingagridcellwiththeqorehotkeysreversemutatestheothergridcells.Byreversemutatewemeantheothergridcellsaremutatedtomovethemclosertotheclickedcellintheparameterspacetocreatemoreuniformityinappearance(anormalclickmutationmovesthemawayfromtheclickedcellintheparameterspacewhichcreatesmorediversityofvisualappearance).Theqhotkeyusesrecombinationmutationwhiletheekeyusesinterpolationmutationtomovethegridcellpresetsclosertotheclickedpreset.

Evolution Toolbar

Theevolutiontoolbarlocatedatthetopoftheevolutioneditorprovidesasetofcontrolstohelpyouperformdirectedevolution.

Randomize

Chapter 7: MSG363

7

PressingtheRandomizebuttonrandomlyparametermutatestheentireMSGevolutiongrid(eachcellinthegridmutatesoffofitself).IfyouholddowntheShiftmodifierkeywhenyoupressitthenthecoloringofthepresetsinthegridwillnotbemutated.HoldingdowntheOptionmodifierkeywhenyoupressthebuttonmeansthatonlythecoloringofthepresetsinthegridwillbemutated.Youcanclickonanindividualcellinthegridifyouwishtheentiregridtomutatefromtheclickedpreset.

Mutation Rate

ThenumericcontroltotherightoftheRandomizebuttonletsyouadjustamutationvaluefrom1to100%.Increasingthismutationratewillincreasethediversityofthemutatedpresets.Decreasingthemutationratemeansthatthenewsetofmutatedpresetswillbemoresubtlevariationsoftheoriginalpresets.Themutationratealsoaffectsmutationsderivedfromaspecificgridcellwhenyouclickonit.

Swap

PressingtheSwapbuttonrandomlyswapmutatestheentireMSGevolutiongrid.Swapmutationmeansthatarandomprocessorisselectedinthepreset'sprocessorchainandthenswappedforanotherrandomprocessorthatmatchesit'sioconfiguration.HoldingdowntheShiftmodifierkeymeansthateveryprocessorintheprocessorchaineditorwillbeswapmutated(thisisamuchmoreradicaltransformationthanasingleswapmutation).

Add

PressingtheAddbuttoneditstheentireMSGevolutiongridbyrandomlyaddingarandomprocessortoeachgridpreset.HoldingdowntheShiftmodifierkeyaddsarandommeta-edittoeachgridpreset.Meta-editsarepre-configuredmultipleprocessorMSGeffectsaddedtotheendoftheexistingprocessorchain.HoldingdowntheOptionmodifierkeywillrandomlyremoveaprocessorfromeachofthegridpresets.

Inspire

PressingtheInspirebuttonfillstheentireMSGevolutiongridwithrandomlyevolvedrandomfactorypresets.

Studio Artist364

+

Pressingthe+buttonloadsanewsequenceofMSGpresetsfromthefactorypresetcollectionintotheevolutiongrid.HoldingdowntheOptionmodifierkeywillmovebackwardsthroughthesequenceoffactorypresets.HoldingdowntheShiftmodifierkeywillloadrandomfactorypresets(asopposedtomovinginsequentialorderthroughtheset).

Chapter 7: MSG365

7

Studio Artist366

Chapter 8: Region Selection

TheRegionSelectionOperationmodeisusedtointeractivelygenerateselectionregionsintheCanvasusingapenormouse.Theselectedregioncanthenbeusedasamaskforpaintingorforlimitingthescopeofanimageprocessingoperation.

Thecurrentselectioncanalsobeusedtogenerateanalphachannelformovieorimageoutput.

SelectedregionsoftheCanvascanbemovedwithinaLayerwhileinregionselectionoperationmodebyusingthe“m”hotkey.

Some selection functionality provided in previous versions of Studio Artist is not currently available in version 4. Part of this decision was to remove confusing or essentially unused functionality. Additional selection modes and functionality may become available in future releases.

Chapter 8: Region Selection367

8

Selecting a Region Interactively

MouseorpendownontheCanvastodynamicallyselectanareabasedonthecurrentregionselectionPenModeandassociatedparametersettings.Thesepenmodesincludecommonselectionmethodssuchasrectangularandlassoselectionaswellasdynamicregiongrowthbasedonvisualattributessuchascolorortextureenergy.YoucanchangetheselectionpenmodebyadjustingtheModepopuplocatedatthetopoftheEditorwheninSelectionoperationmode.

Thecurrentselectionisdisplayedasafullycoloredregiononapartiallytransparentbackgroundimage.Whenyouaredoneselecting,youcaneithermouseuporyoucanusethespacebartofinishselectingifyouareusingapressureortiltsensitivepen.

Afterinteractiveselection,allunselectedareasoftheCanvaswillbegrayedoutwhileinthisOperationmode(unlesstheMaskcheckboxisdeactivated).Toextendtheexistingselection,usethe“shift”hotkey.Toremovefromtheexistingselection,usethe“option shift”hotkeycombination.

WheninotherOperationmodeswithinStudioArtist,unselectedareaswillonlybegrayedoutonlyifRegionMaskingisturnedon.YoucanturnonandoffRegionMaskingwiththeMaskpopuplocatedinthemainOperationToolbar.Oryoucantogglethemaskstatusbyusingthecmnd Yhotkey.IfRegionMaskingisturnedon,thenoperationswillonlytakeplacewithinthemaskedregions.

Hint:

YoucandropintoregionSelectionwhileinanyotherOperationmodeinStudioArtistbyholdingdowntheQhotkeyandmousingdownintheCanvas.YouwillbedroppedintowhateveristhecurrentRegionSelectionSourceoption.Afteryoufinishselecting,youwillbebackintheoperationmodeyouwereinitially.TheControlpaneldoesnotchangewhenusingtheQhotkey.

Studio Artist368

Chapter 8: Region Selection369

8

Region Selection Pen Modes

Thereareanumberofdifferentinteractivepenmodes,allofwhichperformadifferenttypeofinteractiveregionselection.Explanationsofthedifferentselectionpenmodesaredetailedbelow:

Source Based Interactive Selection

Interactivelygrowsaregionfromthependownstartpoint,basedonthechosensourceattributeandtheAdjuster.Therearethreedifferentsource-basedinteractiveselectionpenmodes.TheyareSource,Canvas,andSourceTexture.Howyouworkwiththepenormouseisthesameforallthreemodes.

IftheadjusterisPosition,thenhorizontalmousemovementfromthestartpointgrowstheselection.

The old pressure and tilt adjustment options are not currently available in v4.

Usethethotkeytomovetheselectionstartpointwhileinteractivelyselecting.Mouseorpenuporpressingthespacebarstopstheselectionprocess.

Thespecificdetailsforthe4differentsourcepenmodesaredescribedbelow.

Source

Theselectiongrowsbasedonthecolorappearanceofthesourceimage.

Studio Artist370

Canvas

Theselectiongrowsbasedonthecolorappearanceofthecurrentcanvassourcelayer.

Source Texture

Theselectiongrowsbasedonthesourceimageedgestructure.

Inaddition,thereareanumberofadjustableparametersintheEditorcontrolpanelareathatworkwiththesethreepenmodes.

Growth

Localgrowsalocalregionfromthecurrentstartpoint.Globalgrowsaregioneverywhereinthechosenselectionsourcethatmatchesthecurrentadjustedcolorrange

Bothofthese2optionsarepositionbased.Theyareselectingacolorrangebasedontheinitialpenpositionanditssubsequentmovement.Thecoloratthestartpositioniswhatisusedtocomputethecolorrangeselected,butwhatisrecordedinaPASeqisthepositionandadjustment,nottheactualcolorused.

ThatmeansthatifyouusetheminakeyframedPASeqtimeline,thepositionsandrangeadjustmentwillbewhatiskeyframeinterpolated.Also,theselectionformultiplemovieframeprocessingwithaPASeqwillbebasedontherecordedpositionsandthestartcolorsatthosepositionsforthedifferentmovieframesorimagesprocessedbythePASeq,nottheoriginalcoloringwhentheselectionwasinitiallyrecorded.

TheGlobalColoroptionwillactuallyrecordtheactualstartcolorusedforthe

Chapter 8: Region Selection371

8

selection,andsubsequentmovieframeselectionswillbebasedontheactualcolorselectedasopposedtothepositionoftheselection.SotheGlobalColorgrowthoptioniswhatyoushoulduseifyouwanttodoatrueglobalcolorkeyselection.

Soft

Asoftselectionwillbegrownwithasmoothfeatheredtransitionoverthelastportionofthegrowthrangeifchecked.Ahardedgedselectionwithnofeatheringwillbegrownifunchecked.

Studio Artist372

Drawing Based Interactive Selection

Theotherregionselectionpenmodesallowtheusertodrawtheselectionarea.Thespecificsofthedrawingdependsontheparticularpenmodechosenandaredetailedbelow.

Rectangle

Interactivelyselectarectangularregionbymovingthepen.

Partition

Interactivelyselectarectanglethatpartitionsthecanvas.Theaxisyoumovethepeninwillbepartitionedandtheotheraxiswillbefullyselected.Thismodeisveryusefulforcroppingthecanvasinonedimensionwhilenotchangingtheother.

Lasso Area

Interactivelydrawtheoutlineofyourselectionwithamarchingantspaththatwillthenbefilledinwhenyouraisethepenormouseup.

Hint:

Thethotkeyallowsfortheselectiontoberepositionedortranslatedwhileyouareinteractivelyselecting.Releasingthethotkeywhilestillactivelyselectingwillallowyoutocontinuetheselectionprocess.MouseorPenuporpressingthespacebarwillstoptheselectionprocess.

Chapter 8: Region Selection373

8

Studio Artist374

Selection Region Canvas Movement

Holdingdownthe‘m’keywhileinRegionSelectionOperationModeallowsyoutomoveacopyoftheselectedCanvasregionpixelsdirectlytoanewlocationwithinthecurrentCanvasLayerinsteadofperforminganewselection.

Move Mode

SpecifiesthecompositingoperationusedwhenmovingtheregionselectedCanvastoanewlocationwiththe‘m’hotkey.Holdingdownthe‘m’keyallowsyoutomoveacopyoftheselectedCanvasregiontoanewlocationinsteadofperforminganewselection.

Notethatthismovementhappenswithinthecurrentlayer.Anewlayerisnotcreated.

Chapter 8: Region Selection375

8

Region Selection Hot keys

‘’t’-Translate.Atmousedownspecifiestranslatecurrentselection.AllowsthecurrentselectiononlytobemovedwithintheCanvas.

Ifusedwhileinteractivelyselectingtranslatesthestartlocationoftheselectionprocess.(CurrentlyworksforRectangle,Lassoarea,Ellipse,andCircle Paintonly).

‘’r’-Rotate.Atmousedownspecifiesrotatecurrentselection.Ifusingatiltsensitivepenyouusepenorientationtodefinetherotation(andyoucanalsotranslatebymovingthepentip).Otherwisethecursormovementaroundthemousedownstartpositiondefinestherotation.

‘Shift’-Addstocurrentselectionregionratherthenreplaces

‘Option Shift’-Subtractsfromcurrentselectionratherthenreplaces.

‘m’-MovesacopyoftheselectedCanvasregiontoanewlocation.ThisincludesthecurrentselectionregionaswellastheCanvascontentsoftheselectionregion.HowthemovedCanvascontentsarecompositedwiththeexistingCanvasisdeterminedbythemMovepopupcontrol.

Hint:

Theuseofthe‘q’hotkeywithamousedownintheCanvascanbeusedatanytimewheninadifferentOperationModeoftheprogramtomomentarilydropbackintoRegionSelectiontogeneratearegiononthefly.Thecurrentselection mode settingwilldeterminethetypeofRegionSelectionperformedduringthismomentaryoperation.

Studio Artist376

Chapter 8: Region Selection377

8

Region Selection Menu Commands

Thereareanumberofdifferentmenucommandsthatcaneithersettheregionselectionormodifyitinsomeway.ThesemenucommandsarelocatedintheCanvasmainmenu.EachofthesemainCanvasmenushasanumberofsub-menuoptions.Settocommandsreplacethecurrentregionselectionwiththeoptionyouchooseinthesubmenu.Theotheroptionsappropriatelytransformtheexistingregionselection.

TheroutingcapabilitiesoftheImageProcessingoperationmodealsoallowforanyofthenumerousimageprocessingeffectstobeappliedtothecurrentregionselection.ThisgreatlyextendsthecapabilityforfeatheringorotherselectioneffectsbyutilizingthefullpoweroftheImageProcessingcapabilitiesofStudioArtist.

Sinceversion4hasaddedthestandardcompositingoptionstomanyotheroperationmodesyoucanroutetheiroutputtothecurrentregionselectionaswell.

Studio Artist378

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths

StudioArtisthasauniquegraphicsmodelthatcombinestherichnessandexpressivenessofrasterpaintwiththeeditabilityandscalabilityofVectorpaths.VectorpathswithinStudioArtistarestoredasBezierpaths.YoucandrawpressureandtiltsensitiveBezierpathsandthenedittheirshapeandpositionlater.

Bezierpathscaneitherrepresentpaintstrokesorregions.Pathsthatrepresentpaintstrokesareopen.Pathsthatrepresentregionsareclosed.YoucanusetheBezierDrawDrawTypeparametertodeterminewhetheryouwanttomanuallydrawastrokeoraregion.OryoucangenerateBezierpathsautomaticallyfromyournormalmanualorautomaticpaintsynthesizerdrawingiftheappropriatePath:PathLayerRecordOptionmenuflagsarechecked.

SetsofBezierpathscanbekeyframedinthePaintActionSequenceTimelineusingBezierContextkeyframes.TheycanalsobeembeddedintoWarporMorphContextkeyframes.

Bezierpathscanalsobegeneratedinrealtimefromasourceimageoracanvaslayer,modifiedandthenpaintedautomaticallywithaPaintSynthesizerPatchusingtheappropriatePathmenucommands.

Working with Bezier paths in version 4 is somewhat different than in previous versions of Studio Artist. There is now just one Bezier operation mode. You choose to draw or edit with the mode popup at the top of the Editor when in Bezier operation mode. The Layer timeline is gone, everything you used to do there with bezier paths can be done with Contexts in the PASeq timeline.

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths379

9

Bezier Draw

YoucanusethemouseorpentodrawaBezierpathontheCanvas.Ifyouareusingapressuresensitivepen,thepressureandtiltinformationwillbestoredalongwiththepath.Ifyouareusingamouse,thedefaultpressureandtiltsettingswillbestoredwiththepath.

EachCanvaslayerhasanassociatedBezierFramethatcontainsalloftheactiveBezierPathscurrentlyassociatedwiththatCanvaslayer.SwitchingtoanewCanvaslayerwillalsoswitchtoit’sassociatedBezierFrame.

ThecurrentBezierframecanbeusedinseveraldifferentways.ItcanbeascratchpadforeditingexistingpaintpathsstoredinaPaintActionSequence.ItcanbeusedtointeractivelydefinepathsforsubsequentpaintingwiththePaintsynthesizer.TheshapeandpositionofBezierpathscanbeanimatedovertime.

Bezierpathscanalsobeusedtogenerateselectionregionsormasks.BezierregionscanbeusestodefinecoloredregionsthatarefilledwithsolidcolorinEPSvectoroutputorbyusingthePaintSynthesizerRegionFillasBrushpenmodeforgeneratingrasterregionfillsthattakeadvantageofthefullandawesomepowerofthePaintSynthesizer.

Hint

IfyouturnonBezierrecording,thenthepathsassociatedwithnormalpaintoperationswillbeconvertedontheflytoBezierpathsandstoredinthecurrentBezierframe.YoucanturnonandoffBezierrecordingbyusingthe‘Path:PathLayerRecordOption”

Studio Artist380

menuflagstotoggletherecordstate.

YoucanalsoautomaticallygenerateBezierregionsfromVectorizeroperationsiftheappropriaterecordmenuflagsaretoggledon.

Bezier Draw Types

YoucanchoosethecurrentBezierDrawpenmodebyusingtheDrawTypeparameterintheEditor.

Youcaneitherchoosefreestyleorbeziercurvedrawingtechniques.Youcanchoosethestrokeorregionoptionforeachofthesetwotechniques. Freestyle

AllowsfordrawingafreeformcurvewiththepenormousethatisthenconvertedintoaBezierrepresentationatmouseup.TheaccuracyvssmoothnessoftheconversionalgorithmcanbeadjustedwiththeeditableSmoothnessparameter.

Bezier Curve

AllowsacurvetobebuiltupbypositioningBeziercontrolpoints.YoucaninteractivelyadjusttheBeziercurveuntildrawingisterminatedbymouseuporthe‘spacebar’key. Pentiltcontrolsthedirectionandextentofthecurve.Ifyoudon’thaveatiltsensitivepen,press‘option’toadjustthedirectionofthecurve.Toaddanewsegmenttothecurve,pressthe‘Cmnd’key.

Allofthedifferentmodessupportseveralhotkeys.The‘t’hotkeyletsyoutranslatetheexistingcurvepath.The‘r’hotkeyletsyourotatetheexistingcurvepath.

Ifyouchoosethefreestyleorbeziercurvestrokemodes,thenanopenBezierpathisgenerated.Ifyouchoosethefreestyleregionorbeziercurveregionmodes,thena

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths381

9

closedregionpathisgenerated.

Studio Artist382

Editable Bezier Draw Parameters

ThereareseveraleditablecontrolsintheBezierDrawcontrolpanethatinfluencewhathappenswhenyoudrawBeziercurves.

Smoothness

AllowsyoutodeterminethecomplexityoftheBeziercurvethatresultsfromyourfreestyledrawing.IncreasingthesmoothnesswillresultinasmoothercurvewithfewerBeziercontrolpoints.DecreasingsmoothnesswillresultinacurvethatmoreaccuratelytrackswhatyoudrawatthecostofmoreBeziercontrolpointsandarougherappearance.

IfyouwishtoeditaBezierpathafteryoudrawit,youneedtoswitchtotheBezierEditcontrolpane.

Hints

YoucanalwaysswitchbackandforthfromwhereyouareworkingtotheBezierEditcontrolpanelbyusingthecmnd 5hotkeycommand.

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths383

9

Bezier Edit

YoucanusethemouseorpentoeditanyBezierpathsinthecurrentlayer’sBezierframe.MenucommandsarealsoavailableforBezierPathCopy/Pastestyleeditingaswellaspathtransformationoperations.YouneedtomousedownintheCanvaswhileinBezierEditoperationModeandpossiblyselectsomeBezierpathsbeforesomeofthesemenuoptionstobecomeaccessible.

Hints

ThemastererasebuttonwiththecircleiconerasestheCanvasimagelayerandit’sBezierpathframe.TheSettoBackgroundbuttonwiththearrowiconjusterasestheCanvasimagelayeranddoesnoteraseit’sassociatedBezierpathframe.

YoucansavethecurrentBezierframeinaBeziermemorybyoptionclickingononeofthefiveBeziermemorybuttons,locatedinthesecondarycontrolpanellocateddirectlybelowtheBezierEditPane.ClickingonaBeziermemorywillerasetheexistingBezierframeandsetittothecontentsoftheclickedBeziermemory.

The four global memories are a part of the overall workspace and are global in nature. The internal memory is specifically associated with the current paint synthesizer patch and will change if you switch to a different paint preset. The contents of the internal memory are saved with a paint patch when stored to disk as a paint preset file.

Studio Artist384

Adjustable Bezier Edit Parameters

ThereareseveraleditablecontrolsintheBezierEditcontrolpanethatinfluencewhathappenswhenyoueditcurves.

Edit Mode

OptionsforhowadjacentBeziercontrolpointsinteractwheneditingthecurve.Independentallowsforcurvecontinuitytobebrokenatcontrolpoints,providingsharpedgesorkinksinthecurvetobegenerated.Smoothinsuresthatcurvecontinuityispreservedasyoueditthecurve.

Curve Editing Hints:

Rightnowyoucanselectanycombinationofindividualcurves.However,youcan’tcurrentlyselectindividualcontrolpoints.

Youcanselectacurvebymousingdownonit.Or,youcanmousedowninanemptyareaanddragoutaselectionrectangle.Anycurvesintheselectionrectanglewillbeselected.

Ifyouholddownthe‘shift’keywhileselected,yournewselectionwillbeaddedtoanyexistingselectedcurves.Ifyou‘shift’selectapre-selectedcurve,itwillbedeselected.Ifyoudon’tusethe‘shift’hotkeywhileselecting,anypre-selectedcurveswillbedeselected.

YoucanmoveselectedcurvesbydraggingthemwiththemouseintheCanvas.

Todeleteacontrolpoint: optionclickthecontrolpoint

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths385

9

Todeleteacurve: optionclickthecurveor, ‘delete’keydeletesallselectedcurves

Tocutacurveinto2curves: ‘[’hotkeyandtouchcurveatcutpoint

Tojoin2curvesinto1: Selectonlythe2curvesyouwanttojoin.Mousedowninthecanvaswhileholdingthe']'hotkey.Theclosestendpointsareconnected,somovethe2curvesaccordinglybeforeusingthemenucommandtoconnect.

Tochangeacurveintoaclosedregion: Selectonlythe1curveyouwanttomakearegion.Mousedowninthecanvaswhileholdingthe']'hotkey.

YoucanusetheEditmenus‘Cut,Copy, Paste,andClear’toeditselectedcurves.

YoucanusetheEditmenus‘FlipandRotate’totransformselectedcurves.

If you copy a selected curve, and then immediately paste it, the pasted curve will sit directly on top of the source curve. Due to the xor curve drawing, you won’t see the pasted curve. You can use the arrow keys to nudge the pasted curve off of the source curve, which will then make them both visible.

Toredrawasingleselectedcurve: ‘e’hotkeyanddrawthenewcurveshape.Whenfinisheddrawingtheoldselectedcurvewillvanishandyournewredrawncurvewillhavereplaceditatit'soldindexvalue.ThistechniqueisextremelyusefulwheneditingBezierpathsusedformorphingorwarpoperations.

Studio Artist386

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths387

9

Bezier Edit Hot Keys:

‘t’ -translateselection‘r’ -rotateselection‘j’ -scaleselection‘f’ -flipselection‘s’ -simplifyselection‘e’ -redrawselection(singleselectedcurveonly)'['-cutcurve(needtomousedownoncurveatcutpoint)']'-healcurve(1selectcurve-makeregion,2selectcurve-attach)

arrowkeys(up,down,left,right) -nudgeselectedcurvesaccordingly

‘shift’ -normalshiftselectbehavior

Studio Artist388

Path Frame Menu Commands

ThereareanumberofdifferentmenucommandsthatworkwiththecurrentBezierpathframe.ThesemenucommandsarealllocatedinthePathmainmenu.

ThereareanumberofdifferentsectionstothePathmenus.ThePaintPathsmenusallowthecurrentBezierpathframeorasetofselectedcurvestobepaintedwiththecurrentpaintsynthesizerpaintpatch.

TheGeneratePathmenucommandsallowyoutoautomaticallygenerateacompletesetofBezierpathsfromthesourceorcanvasimageorselectionedgesortheirskeletons.Skeletonsarevectorsthatdefinethecentralmostinteriorsectionsofregionsinimages.

ThePathLayerCommandsallowforeditingortransforminginsomewayallofthepathsinthecurrentpathframe.Youcanerasethecurrentpathframe,stylizethepathsinsomeway,orfilterthepathstoeliminatesmallnoisyvectorsafterautomaticallygeneratingpathsfromedges.

TheConverttoPaintSynthesizermenustakethecurrentpathframeoracompletesetofBezierkeyframesforalayerandencapsulatealloftheBezierpathsandorBezierkeyframesintoonepaintsynthesizerpainttool.ThesearepowerfulcommandsthatallowyoudospecifyelaboratevectoranimationsandthenencapsulatethemintopaintstepsinaPaintActionSequence.Theyarediscussedinmoredetailinthenextsectionofthischapter.

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths389

9

ThePathlayerRecordOptionsallowforautomaticbezierconversionandrecordingintothecurrentpathlayerwhenpaintingmanually,automatically,orvectorizingimages.

Theinitialcolorsofthedrawnpaintstrokesorregionscanbestoredinthepaths,ortheycanbemarkedforrecolorizingbasedontheSourceareasettingswhenredrawn.Penpressureandtiltarestoredintherecordedpathsaswell.

Studio Artist390

Storing Bezier Paths Within a Single Paint Synthesizer Action Step

StudioArtisthastheabilitytoencapsulateanentireBezierpathframewithinasinglePaintSynthesizerPatch.Or,youcanencapsulateanentireBezierkeyframetimelinewithinasinglePaintActionSequenceactionstep.

AllofthedifferentcommandoptionsforencapsulatingsetsofBeziercurveswithinPaintPatchesorPaintActionsareinthePath: Convert to Paint Synthesizersubmenu.

Bezierpathscanbeencapsulatedintopaintsynthesizerpatchesinanumberofdifferentways.Theycanbestoredwithintimeparticles,orwithintheinternalbezierpathmemorylocatedinthePathShapecontrolpanel..

PaintActionSequenceactionstepsalsohavetheabilitytostoreacompletesetofBezierkeyframeswithinonePASeqactionstep.RatherthanhavingtomanuallyrecordalloftheseparatePASeqkeyframestodothis,youcanrunthe'AllBezierkeyframestoPASeqActionStep'menucommand.ThiswillrecordthePASeqpaintactionstepaswellasalloftheassociatedkeyframesinoneeasytousecommand.

EncapsulatingacompletesetofBezierkeyframesinasinglePaintActionstepisextremelypowerful.TheautomaticBezierinterpolationortweeningthatthePASeqplaybackengineprovidesallowsforsmoothpaintanimationbetweenthedifferentkeyframesnapshots.WhenusedwiththeVectorizerregionoutputthisprovidesaway

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths391

9

tomorphbetweenvectorrepresentationsofimagesorobjectsandhasaverydifferentfeeltoitthanaconventionalimagemorph.

EachindividualPASeqactionstepcouldalsorepresentaseparateanimatingobjectinanoverallpaintanimationconsistingofalargenumberofobjectsmovingandtransformingovertime.

Studio Artist392

Generating and Filling Bezier Paths from the Vectorizer

OnecoolfeatureoftheStudioArtistVectorizeristheabilitytorecordthevectorregionsitgeneratesinthecurrentpathframeTodothis,makesureyouhavethePathLayerRecordOptionmenuflagVectorizerturnedon.TheEraseBeforeActionrecordflagisusefulandifitisturnedonthenthecurrentpathframewillbeerasedbeforeanactionthatcangeneratepathsliketheVectorizerisrun.

OncethevectorregionsareinthecurrentpathbufferyoucaneditthembyhandorrunanyofthemanyPathLayerCommandsorBezierWarpstomodifytheminsomeway.

VectorregionsarepaintedorfilledinStudioArtistbyusingOneofthePaintPathsmenucommands.Allofthesecommandsusethecurrentpaintsynthesizersettings.Mostpaintsynthesizerpenmodeswilljustdrawtheregionpathasapaintstroke.However,theRegionFillasBrushmodewillfillthevectorregionusingthefullcapabilitiesofthepaintsynthesizer.Thiscouldbeassimpleasasolidcolorfill,amoreelaborateshadedortexturemappedgradient,spreadingliquidorwatercolorsimulations,orawildimageprocessingfilteroperatingintheregionarea.

ThePaintPathmenucommandswillalsooutputanEPSvectorregionifplayedbackinaPASeqwhilegeneratinganEPSfilefromthePASeq.ThisisamenucommandlocatedundertheActionmainmenu.SinceEPSdoesnotsupporttherasterfilloptionsassociatedwiththepaintsynthesizer,youshouldeditthepaintpatchesyouareusingforvectorregiondrawingforEPSoutputtodrawsolidflatcolor.Apaintsynthesizermacroeditundertheeditmenuisprovidedasaconveniencetoperformtheseeditsquicklywhenworking.

Chapter 9: Bezier Paths393

9

Generating EPS Output from Bezier Paths

StudioArtisthastheabilitytogenerateEPSoutputfromanymanualorautomaticPaintSynthesizerpaintingactions,andVectorizeractions.TheVectorizercandirectlyoutputtoanEPSfile.TheotheroptionsneedtoberecordedinaPaintActionSequence,whichcanthenbeplayedbackandrenderedouttoanEPSfile.AnadvantageofusingthePASeqoptionisthatyoucancombinetogetherdifferentactionsthatgenerateepsoutput.

BothoftheseoptionsareavailableasmenucommandsundertheAction : Generate EPSsubmenu.ThesemenucommandsarelocatedunderActionasopposedtoFileExportbecausetheyneedtorunthevariousactionstorenderouttheEPSinformation(asopposedtoafileexportcommandthatjustwriteoutsomethingalreadycomputed).

Studio Artist does not currently import EPS files. We would need a complete postscript interpreter to be able to do this.

You can save your Bezier paths by exporting a Bezier path frame using the Studio Artist File Format option in the export file dialog. You can then import the saved Bezier path frame at a later time. Studio Artist Session files also store all of the layer bezier path frames as well as bezier keyframe information (and everything else associated with your Studio Artist work session).

Studio Artist394

Chapter 10: Actions

StudioArtisthastheabilitytorecord,edit,andplaybackanyseriesofmanualorautomaticOperationActions.Theseindividualstepscouldincludeautomaticpainting,manualpainting,imageoperations,interactivewarping,interactiveadjustments,regionselection,colorfills,etc.Inaddition,anytransformationalmenucommandssuchas“Paint Path Layer”canalsoberecordedasindividualstepsinanActionSequence.

TwodifferenteditablelistsandassociatedcontrolsareprovidedtoworkwithActionSequences.TheyarecalledPaintActionSequencesandHistorySequences.InternaltoStudioArtisttheyareessentiallythesame.Theyusethesamedataandfileformatsandarerecorded,playedback,andeditedwiththesameindividualsetsofcontrols.ThereasontherearetwodifferentsequencesisthattheyareusedindifferentwaysinnormalworkflowwithinStudioArtist.

ThecurrentHistorySequenceisintendedtorecordeverythingdoneinStudioArtistforthepurposeofprovidingaformofunlimitedundo.Inaddition,aHistorySequencecanbererenderedandplayedbackintoaCanvaswithadifferentresolution.

ThecurrentPaintActionSequenceisintendedtobeusedtoautomatetasksthatrequireseveralsteps,andasascriptforgeneratinganimationsorformovieprocessing.PaintActionSequencescanalsobeorganizedasPaintActionSequencePresetsforeasyaccessandexecution.PaintActionSequencesalsoincorporateakeyframetimeline.

Chapter 10: Actions395

10

Working With Paint Action Sequences

TovieworeditthecurrentPaintActionSequence,usethemenucommand‘Window: Paint Action Sequence”.ThismenucommandwillbringupapalettecontainingthecurrentPaintActionSequence.DependingonyourworkspaceconfigurationthePASeqpalettemaybefloatingordockedinthemaincanvas.

Sequence Controls

ThereareseveralcontrolslocatedatthetopofthePaintActionSequencepalette.ThePlaybuttonplaysbackthedifferentActionstepsrecordedinthePaintActionSequence.EachindividualstepintheActionSequencewillbehighlightedasthatstepiscurrentlybeingplayedback.ThelistwillautoscrollasplaybackprogressestoalwayskeepthecurrentlyplayingActioninview.

YoucanstoptheSequenceplaybackbyusingthespacebaratanytimeduringplayback.OptionclickingthePlaybuttonwillcontinuesequenceplaybackfromthecurrentselectedActionstep.

TheErasebuttonwillerasetheentirecurrentPaintActionSequence.ToeraseindividualActionsteps,useoneofthePaintActionmenucommandsdiscussedbelow.

TheRecordcheckboxturnsonandoffrecordingforthePaintActionSequence.Whenrecordingison,everytimearecordableActionisinitiatedinStudioArtist,itisrecordedasanewstepinthePaintActionSequence.

Individual Action Step Controls

Studio Artist396

ToselectaparticularActionstepinthesequence,mousedownonthelistelement.TodragaselectedActionsteptoanewlocationinthesequencelist,,mousedownontheindividualActionstepandthendragittoanewlocationinthelist.Asyoudragtheoutlineoftheindividualstep,aselectionbarwillshowthepotentialnewlocationforthedraggedstep.Whenyoureleasethemouse,thedraggedindividualstepwillbemovedtothenewlistlocation.

YoucancontrolclickaparticularactionsteptoplaybackthatparticularActionsequencestep.Or,youcouldclickonthefistkeyframefortheactionstepinthePASeqtimelineifyouhaveitdisplayedAlloftheinterfacesettingsassociatedwiththeparticularActionstepwillberesettotheparametervaluesstoredwithinthesteppriortoplayingthestep.Thereisalsocontextualmenustojustplaybacktheinterfacesettingswithoutplayingbacktheaction IfStudioArtist’scurrentoperationmodeisBezierEdit,thenrunningtheindividualactionstepwillloadthecurrentBezierpathframewiththestoredpathforthatparticularActionstep.ThisisonlytrueifthatActionstepisassociatedwithasingleeditablepath,suchastheindividualmouseactionsassociatedwithdrawingsinglepaintstrokes.

Option-clickinganactionstep'sfirstkeyframewillupdatetheActionsequencestep’sstoredparameterstothecurrentStudioArtistinterfaceparametersettings.ThisisthemechanismusedtoeditastepinanActionSequence.Youcanalsousethe'interfacetoactionstep'contextualmenutodothis

IfStudioArtist’scurrentoperationmodeisBezierEdit,thenoption-clickingtheactionstep'skeyframewillalsorecordthefirstBezierpathinthepathframeasitsrecordedpathinadditiontorecordinganyappropriateinterfaceparametersettings.

Chapter 10: Actions397

10

EachActionsequencelistelementhasastatusmenuthatcanbeusedtomuteordisableitsActionstepwithoutremovingitfromthelist.Ifthestatusison,thentheActionstepwillplayback.Ifthestatusisoff,thentheActionstepwillbeskippedduringplayback.

Studio Artist398

Paint Action Menu Commands

Variousmenucommandsarealsoavailableinthe‘Action: Paint Action Sequence” submenusthatoperateonthecurrentPaintActionSequenceorthecurrentlyselectedActionsequencelistelement.SomeofthesemenucommandsprovideanalternativetotheinteractivecontrolsatthetopofthePaintActionSequencepalette.

IfrecordingisenabledandanewActionstephasjustbeenrecorded,thenexecutinga“Edit: Undo”menucommandwillremovethelastrecordedActionsstepaswellasundotheresultsofthatActioninthecurrentCanvas.

Unique Features of Paint Action Sequences

Pre-builtPaintActionSequencescanbeaccessedbycallingupPaintActionSequencePresets.WheneveranewPaintActionSequencePresetisimportedorchoseninthePresetcontrolpanel,itwilloverwritethecurrentexistingsequenceinthePaintActionWindow.

TosaveanexistingPaintActionSequenceasaPaintActionSequencePreset,usethe“File: Export: Paint Action Sequence...”menucommand.SavetheexportedfileinthePASeqfoldernexttotheStudioArtistapplication,anditwillappearthenexttimeyoustartupStudioArtistasoneoftheaccessiblePaintActionSequencePresets.

EachfirstlevelsubfolderwithinthePASeqfolderwillshowupasaspecificCollectionwithinthePaintActionSequencePresetcontrolpanel.EachfirstlevelsubfolderwithineachoftheCollectionfolderswillbeaCategoryforthatparticularCollection.TheCategorynamewillbethesubfoldername.AnyPaintActionSequencefileswithinoneoftheseCategorysubfolderswillbetheindividualPresetsassociatedwithitsCategory.

Chapter 10: Actions399

10

Keyframe Animation in Paint Action Sequences

PaintActionSequencesalsoincludekeyframetimelineanimationfeatures.ThePaintActionSequencewindowcanbeextendedtotherightbydraggingthebottomrighthandcornerofthewindowwiththemouse.Extendingthehorizontalsizeofthewindowrevealsakeyframetimeline.

Thekeyframetimelineiscomposedofagridofkeyframecells.Thehorizontalaxisrepresentsframes.TheverticalaxisrepresentstheindividualstepsinthePaintActionSequenceassociatedwithaparticularframe.

EachrecordedkeyframewithinthetimelinerepresentsacompletesnapshotofalloftheeditableparametersassociatedwithitsparticularActionStep.Whenplayingbackananimation,thekeyframetimelinewillautomaticallyinterpolatethesettingsofanyblankkeyframeslocatedbetween2recordedkeyframestosmoothlyanimatetheassociatedActionStepparametersovertime.

Thiskeyframetweeninterpolationcouldincludeindividualparametervaluesassociatedwithapaintpathorimageprocessingeffectaswellasthevectorpathsandcolorinformationassociatedwithapaintstrokeorfilledregion.

SpecialMutekeyframescanalsoberecordedwhichturnoffaparticularactionstepinananimationuntilanotheractiverecordedkeyframeforthatstepisreached.

Studio Artist400

Animation Sequence Controls

ThereareseveralanimationcontrolslocatedatthetopofthePaintActionWindow.TheAnimatebuttonplaysbackthedifferentActionstepsrecordedinthePaintActionSequenceforeachframeintheanimationsequence.EachindividualstepintheActionSequencewillbehighlightedasthatstepiscurrentlybeingplayedback.ThelistwillautoscrollasplaybackprogressestoalwayskeepthecurrentframeandcurrentlyplayingActionstepinview.

YoucanstoptheSequenceplaybackbyusingthespacebaratanytimeduringplayback.Thiswillbringupadialogboxaskingyouifyouwishtocontinuetheanimationprocessingorstopit.Presstheappropriatebutton.BeawarethatunlikepreviousversionofStudioArtist,mousingdownintheinterfacewillnotstopaPASeqanimationofmovieprocessingsequencefromprocessing.TheAnimateContinuebuttonwillcontinueanimationsequenceplaybackfromthecurrentframeandcurrentselectedActionstepifyoudostopasequence.

YoucanalsorunthecompletetimelineanimationbyusingtheAction:GenerateFrames:RunPASeqAnimationmenucommand.

IfyouhaveanOpenMovieStreamorImageStream,thentheindividualframesassociatedwiththeanimationwillbewrittenouttotheOpenMovieStream.

SequentialKeyframingisapowerfulnewfeatureinversion3.Itallowsyoutoautomaticallyrecordaseriesofkeyframeswhileyoudrawwithouthavingtomanuallyoptionclickoneachkeyframecelltorecordit.Thiscangreatlyautomatetheprocessofmanualrotoscopingorgeneratinghanddrawnpaintanimation.Supportforsequentialkeyframingwassignificantlyenhancedinversion3.5.

Chapter 10: Actions401

10

Sequentialkeyframingisdescribedinmoredetailinthenextsectiononworkingwiththetimeline.

Studio Artist402

Working with the PASeq Keyframe Cells

Eachverticalcolumnofkeyframecellsrepresentsaspecificframeintheanimation.EachcellintheverticalcolumnrepresentsitsassociatedActionstepatthatframetime.EachhorizontalrowofkeyframecellsrepresentsalloftheframesassociatedwithaparticularActionstep.

IfaparticularcelliscoloredRedorBlack,thenthereisarecordedkeyframeassociatedwithitscorrespondingActionstepandframetime.RednormalkeyframesrecordeveryeditableparameterintheStudioArtistinterfaceassociatedwiththeparticularactionbeingrecorded.

BlackMutekeyframesmutetheassociatedkeyframetrackuntilthenextnormalRedkeyframe.Theseareusefulwhenyouonlywantaparticularactionsteptoplaybackforacertainrangeofframevaluesinananimation.

Ifthecellisnotcoloredredorblack,thenakeyframeisnotrecordedthere.Ifacellisnotrecordedandisbetweentworecordedhorizontalcells,itsvaluewillbeinterpolatedbasedonthekeyframevaluesofthetworecordedkeyframecellsitisin-between.

Torecordanormalkeyframeinagivencell,holddowntheoptionbuttonandmousedowninthecell.ThecellwillfillinRedwhenthekeyframeisrecordedinthecell.

TorecordaMutekeyframeinagivencell,holddowntheoptionbuttonandthemkeyandmousedowninthecell.ThecellwillfillinBlackwhentheMutekeyframeisrecordedinthecell.

ToEraseakeyframe,holddownthecmnd-optionkeysandmousedowninthecell.ThecellwillnolongerbefilledwithRedwhenitiserased.

Chapter 10: Actions403

10

Innormaloperations,mousingdowninaparticularcellwillsettheappropriatecontrolsinStudioArtisttothevaluesassociatedwiththatparticularcell.Thisincludesemptykeyframecells,whichwillbesetbyinterpolationbasedontheadjacenthorizontalkeyframevalues.

Ifsequentialkeyframemodeisturnedon,thenmousingdowninaparticularkeyframewillonlyplaybacktheparticularinterfaceparametersettingsassociatedwiththatactionstepatthatkeyframetimeandwillnotplaybacktheactualactionitself.SequentialkeyframemodeisapowerfulnewfeatureinStudioArtist3thatprovidesapowerfultoolforquicklygeneratingpaintstrokeanimationsordoingmanualrotoscopingfromaloadedsourcemovie.

IfPASeqsequentialkeyframeandrecordmodecheckboxesareturnedon,thenyoucanusesequentialkeyframingtoautomaticallyrecordaseriesofindividualkeyframesautomaticallyasyoudraw.StartbyclickingonthetopkeyframeforaseriesofmanuallydrawnpaintstrokesrecordedinaPASeq.Forexample,thepaintstrokesmightbeapersonsfacialfeatures.

Then,redrawalloftheinitialcurvesintheirnewshapesandpositionsforthatframetime.Noticehowafteryoudraweachpaintstroke,thekeyframeforthatactionstepisautomaticallyrecordedandtheselectioncellmovesverticallytothenextactionstep.Whenyouaredonewithacompletesetofpaintstrokesforaframetime,yousimplyclickonthenewframetimeforthefirstactionstepandrepeatthewholeprocessoveragain.

Sequentialkeyframingremovesthetediumofmanuallyoptionclickrecordingaseriesofanimationkeyframesandallowsyoutoconcentrateoncreativedrawingratherthanswitchingyourattentionbackandforthfromdrawinginthecanvastomanagingandrecordingkeyframesinaseparatewindow.

Studio Artist404

Chapter 10: Actions405

10

Bezier Edit and PASeq Keyframe Cells

IfBezierEditOperationModeisactive,youcanrecordandedittheunderlyingBezierpathsassociatedwithaparticularpaintstrokeindependentofitsparticularPaintSynthesizerparametersettings.

MousingdowninaPASeqkeyframecellassociatedwithamanuallydrawnpaintstrokeActionStepwilldisplaytheunderlyingBezierpathassociatedwiththatpaintstrokeatthatparticularframe.

ThepaintstrokeBezierpathcanthenbeeditedusingthenormalBezierEditOperationmodetechniques.AftereditingtheBezierpath,option-clickingtheassociatedPASeqkeyframewillrecordtheeditedBezierpathintothatparticularkeyframe.

Thistechniquecanbeusedtoanimatethemovementofindividualpaintstrokesovertime.

IfyouplaybacktheanimationwhileinBezierEditOperationmode,theBezierpathlayeronlywillinterpolate.YouwillendupwithaseriesofinterpolatedBezierpathsbutnoactualpaintintheCanvas.YoushouldswitchbacktoPresetsorthePaintSynthesizeroperationmodesbeforerunningtheanimationfornormalanimationplayback.

Studio Artist406

Chapter 11: Layers

TheStudioArtistCanvascanbecomposedofmultiplelayers.Layerscanbeviewedinisolationfromotherlayersorincombination.These2waysofviewingarecalled'viewcurrent'and'viewall'.Layerscanbecombinedtogetherinviewallmodeusingdifferentcompositingalgorithms,alphamasks,andindependenttransparencypercentagetobuildupamorecomplexoverallimage.

Eachlayeriscomposedof32bitRGBA(red,green,blue,andalpha)pixels.TheRGBimageplanescontainthecoloredimage.TheAoralphaimageplanecontainsadditionaltransparencyinformationforeachpixel.Thisalphatransparencyinformationisonlyusedinthelayerviewdisplayprocessifalphais'enabledforview'.Otherwisethealphachannelisignoredwhenconstructingtheview.ThisflexibilityallowsotherusesforthealphachannelwithinStudioArtist.

Eachlayerhasanassociatedname,status,compositingalgorithm,andalphaindependenttransparencycontrolusedwhenthecanvasisviewedinalllayermode.Whenalphachannelsareenabled,thereisalsoafixedbackgroundcolorthatcanbespecifiedintheCanvas:Alpha:Backgroundsubmenus.

EachlayeralsohasanintegralBezierpathframe.ThepathframestoresacollectionofBezierpathsthatcanbeusedtoeditoranimateindividualpaintstrokesortospecifyandanimateanchorpathsforthingsliketimelinewarpingormorphing.TheBezierpathframeisnotdisplayedinthecanvasviewunlessyouareinBezieroperationmode.

Chapter 11: Layers407

11

Whenmultiplelayersareviewedtogether,theyareoverlaidontheworkingcanvasinorderfromthetoptothebottomofthelayerlist.

Photoshop users may note that top to bottom layer overlay order is the reverse of what they are used to. The thing to remember is that all lists in Studio Artist consistently run from top to bottom, and that includes layers as well as paint action sequences, MSG processor chains, etc.

Individuallayersintheoveralllistcanbemuted,whichmeanstheywillnotappearinViewAlldisplaymode.YoucanstillviewmutedlayerswheninCurrentLayerviewmode.

One use for muted layers while working is to use them as scratch pads for trying out ideas without modifying your final working layers. They can also be used to mix paint or to store intermediate image results in PASeqs that work with multiple layers. If you are working with Bus modulation in the paint synthesizer you can also use muted layers to store images or textures that can be used to modulate paint effects.

Studio Artist408

Working With Layers

TovieworeditthecurrentCanvasLayers,usethemenucommand‘Windows: Layers”.ThismenucommandwillbringupapalettethatcontainsthecurrentCanvasLayers.

Layer Controls in the Operation Toolbar

ThereareseveralcontrolslocatedintheOperationToolBar.The+and-buttonscanbeusedtozoomoutorintheviewmagnification.TheCurrentLayerpopupshowsthenameofthecurrentlayerandletsyouswitchtoanyoftheotherlayersinthelayerlist(locatedintheLayersPalette).

TheViewIconPopupdetermineshowthecurrentlayerisdisplayedwithintheoverallCanvas.ViewCurrentimpliesthatonlythecurrentlayerisdisplayedintheCanvas.ThelayercompositingandoveralltransparencycontrolswillbeignoredwhenCurrentLayerOnlyviewmodeisactive.

ViewAlldisplaysallnon-mutedlayerssimultaneouslyintheCanvas.TheoverallviewisgeneratedbyplacinglayersinorderfromthetopofthelisttothebottomwithintheoverallCanvas.Thelayercompositeandtransparencycontrolsdeterminehowapositionedlayerinteractswithalreadypositionedlayersinthecanvas.IftheAlpha:EnableforViewmenuflagisenabled,thentheintegralalphachannelforthelayerwillalsoinfluenceitspixeltransparency.

Chapter 11: Layers409

11

Layer Palette

TheLayersPaletteconsistsofalistofindividuallayers.Eachlayerconsistsofaname,status,composite,and%transparencysettingsasshownbelow.

Toselectaparticularlayerinthelist,mousedownonthelayerlistelement.Theselectedlayerwillbehighlighted,andwillbecomethecurrentlayer.YoucanalsoswitchlayersusingtheLayerpopupintheOperationToolbar.

Youcandragaselectedlayertoanewlocationinthelist.Todothis,mousedownontheindividuallayerandthendragittoanewlocationinthelist.Asyoudragtheoutlineoftheindividualstep,aselectionbarwillshowthepotentialnewlocationforthedraggedstep.Whenyoumouseup,thedraggedindividuallayerwillbemovedtothenewlistlocation.

Optiondraggingalayerwillmakeanewlayerthatisacopyoftheoriginaldraggedlayerasopposedtoanormaldragthatjustmovesthelayertoanewpositioninthelist.Aswithnormallayerdragging,whenyoudragtheoutlineoftheindividualstep,aselectionbarwillshowthepotentialnewlocationforthedraggedstep.Whenyoumouseup,acopyofthedraggedindividuallayerwillbepositionedinthenewlistlocation.

Onlyonelayeratatimecanbethecurrentcanvaslayer.Youcanchooseaspecificlayertobethecurrentlayerbyselectingthelayerlistelementmentionedaboveorbyusingthelayerpopuplocateddirectlyabovethecanvas.Thecurrentcanvaslayerlistelementishighlighted.Thenameofthecurrentlayerisalsodisplayedinthecurrentlayerpopupintheoperationtoolbar.

TheStatusoftheindividuallayerlistelementdetermineswhethertheassociatedlayerisactive(thestatusison)ormuted(thestatusisoff).AllactivelayersaredisplayedwhentheViewissettoAllLayers.Anymuted(statusisoff)layersarenotdisplayed

Studio Artist410

whentheViewissettoAllLayers.ThestatushasnoeffectwhentheViewissettoCurrent.

Mutingindividuallayersallowsthemtobeusedasscratchpadsortemporaryresultprocessingbufferswithouthavingthemaffecttheoverallcompositedview.Forexample,youcoulduseamutedlayertomixcolorsusingawetpainthiddenfromyouroveralldrawingcanvas.Or,youmightuseamutedlayerasatemporarybuffertoprocesstheselectionregioninsomewaywithoutaffectingtheoverallvieweddrawingcanvaswhileprocessingamoviefileinapaintactionsequence.

ThecompositingpopuptotherightofthelayernameallowsfordifferentcompositingoptionstobechosenfortheparticularlayerwhendisplayedinViewAllmode.Compositingdefinesaspecificalgorithmforalgorithmicallycombiningthelayerwithwhathasalreadybeendisplayedonthecanvas.

Aneditfieldtotherightofthelayercompositingpopupallowsapartialtransparencytobespecifiedforalayer.Asettingof100%meansnotransparency,asettingof0%meansthelayerwillbefullytransparentandnotseen.Thispartialtransparencyisglobalfortheentirelayerandindependentfromanypixelbasedalphachanneltransparencyassociatedwiththelayer.

Chapter 11: Layers411

11

Layer Menu Commands

TherearealargenumberoflayerandlayertimelinemenucommandslocatedunderthemainCanvasmenu.

TheLayermenucommandscanbeusedtoaddordeletelayers,resizelayers,flattenlayers,setthelayertoaspecificbackground,changethelayersview,capturethecurrentviewtoalayer,etc.

Movielayersarelayersthatreferenceamoviefileinadditiontoastaticimageframebuffer.WhenamovielayeristhecurrentlayeramovietransportappearsatthebottomoftheLayerPalette.Youcanusethismovietransporttoplayorframeadjustthemovieassociatedwiththemovielayer.Movielayermenucommandscanbeusedtoaddnewmovielayers,openexistingmoviesasmovielayers,recordframes,insertordeleteframes,etc.

YoucanalsoaccessSupersizerinterpolationfunctionalitywhenresizingthecanvas.SupersizerisaSynthetikimageinterpolationalgorithmthatprovidessuperiorimagequalitytothenormalbicubicimageinterpolationItsdescribedinmoredetailinthenextsection.

MoredetailedinformationonthevariousLayersandMovieLayermenucommandsisincludedintheChapteronMenuCommandsinthesectionassociatedwiththemainCanvasmenu.

Studio Artist412

Supersizer Interpolation

SupersizerisaSynthetikinterpolationtechnologythatwedevelopedfortheSupersizerapplication.We'vetakentheSupersizertechnologyandmoredirectlyintegrateditintoversion4.

YoucanuseSupersizertoblowupasmallsourceimageintoamuchlargercanvasimage.Forexample,youcouldtakeasmall100pixelimageandgenerateamuchlarger600dpiimagesuitableforprinting.Supersizergeneratesaninterpolatedimagewithgreatlyreducedvisualartifactswhencomparedtoalgorithmssuchasbicubicinterpolation,whichisthestandardmethodforblowingupimages.Thetradeoffisthatforlargeexpansionratiositmaytakelongertorunthanthebicubicinterpolationtechnique.

TouseSupersizer,youneedtosetthedefaultinterpolationoptiontoSupersizerusingtheappropriateCanvas:DefaultInterpolationmenuflag.WithSupersizerasthedefaultinterpolationoption,itwillbeusedwheneveranimageneedstoberesizedinStudioArtist.Thiscouldincludethingslikesettingthecurrentlayertothesourceimage,resizingthecanvas,orusingtheIpSourceoptioninImageOperations,Vectorizer,orMSGeffects.

Chapter 11: Layers413

11

Studio Artist414

Chapter 12: Movies

YoucanuseStudioArtisttogeneratemoviesfromscratchortoprocessexistingmovies.YoucanalsouseStudioArtisttogeneratepaintanimation,auto-rotoscoping,imagewarping,morphing,orprocesseachframewithaPaintActionsequence.Ifprocessinganexistingmovie,theoutputresolutioncanbedifferentthantheinputresolution.

ThereareprimarilythreedifferentwaystoworkwithMoviefileswithinStudioArtist.Youcangenerateanewmoviefilefromscratch,transformanexistingsourcemoviefileintoanewprocessedoutputmoviefile,orloadanexistingmoviefileintotheCanvasviaaMovieLayerandhandpaintorprocessindividualframes.

Inaddition,StudioArtisthastheabilitytouseamoviefileasasourceforapaintsynthesizerbrushorbackgroundtexture.Thiscanbeusedtoprovideamechanismforcompositingmultiplesourcemoviefilesintoafinalcompositedoutputmoviefile.Italsoallowsforcreatingverysophisticatedinteractivepainttoolsthatindexintotheindividualmovieframeswhendrawing.

Moviebrushescanalsobeusedtocreateamazingphoto-mosaicpainteffectswherethesourceimageisrepresentedbysmallerimagesstoredintheindividualmoviebrushframes.

Chapter 12: Movies415

12

Studio Artist416

Automatically Processing an Existing Movie File

StudioArtistallowsyoutoautomaticallyprocessanexistingsourcemoviefileintoanewauto-rotoscopedoreffectedmoviefile.StudioArtistworkswithvideoframesstoredineitherQuicktimemoviefilesorasindividualnumberedframeimagesinafolder.

IfyouareworkingonanonlineareditingsystemlikeFinalCutPro,anAvidorMedia100,youshouldexportyourvideoasaQuicktimemoviefile.AfterprocessingtheQuicktimemoviefilewithinStudioArtist,youcanre-importtheprocessedQuicktimevideofilebackintothenativeformatofyourparticularnonlineareditingsystem.

YoualsohavetheabilitytoprocessandorgenerateafolderofnumberedindividualframeimagefilesinanyoftheimagefileformatsthatQuicktimesupports.ThisincludesPhotoshop,Tiff,Targa,Pict,Sgi,Bmp,Jpeg,andPngfileformats.

Thesizeorresolutionoftheprocessedoutputmoviefilecanbedifferentthanthesourcemoviefile.Thismeansthatapostagestampsizesourcemoviefilecanbeusedtogenerateafullhighresolutionprocessedoutputmovie(ifyouwish).

Boththesourcemoviefileandtheprocessedoutputmoviefileresideonyourharddisk.YoudonothavetoloadamovielayertoprocessanexistingmoviefilewithaPaintActionSequence.

StudioArtistsupportsuptoa4000x4000pixeloutputmovieframesizewhenprocessingamoviefile.Ifyouworkwithnumberedframeimagesyoucangotoevenhigherresolutions.Thismeansthatyoucanworkwithorgeneratehighresolutionprocessedmoviesforuseinfeaturefilmsorbroadcastvideo.

YoualsohavetheabilitytooutputvectorstylemoviepaintstrokesandflatcolorvectorregionsasaseriesofnumberedEPSframefiles.EPSoutputforindividualframesallowsforresolutionindependentfinalframesizeandcouldbeusedforrenderinghigh

Chapter 12: Movies417

12

qualityvectorgraphicstofilmorIMAXframeresolutions.

ForDVordigitalvideofiles,youwouldtypicallyworkwitha720x480pixelCanvas,or1280x720pixelsforHDfiles.ForanalogNTSCvideoyoucanworkwitha640x480pixelCanvassize.

A De-Interlace Image Operation is provided to de-interlace the even or odd frames fields if you are working with digitized analog video in your Quicktime source movie file. It is suggested that you de-interlace analog video frames for best results when processing analog video files. There are also compositing options available in image operations that can be used to re-interlace a final output field by compositing to the even or odd field.

Batch Processing a Movie File with a Paint Action Sequence

ToprocessanexistingsourcemoviefilewithaPaintActionSequence,youfirstneedtochooseaPaintActionSequencePresetorrecordanewPaintActionSequence.

TochooseaPaintActionSequencePreset,usethemenucommand“Operation: Presets: Paint Action Sequence”tobringuptheappropriatePresetcontrolpanel.SelectaPresetcategoryusingtheCollectionandCategorypopups.ThenchooseaspecificPresetbymousingdownononeofthePreseticonsinthepresetlist.

YouarenotrestrictedtousingtheexistingpresetPaintActionSequencePresetswhenprocessingmoviefiles.YoucanalsobuildanewPaintActionSequencefromscratchoreditanexistingpresetpriortoprocessingamoviefile.WhateverActionstepsarecurrentlyrecordedinthesequencearewhatwillbeusedwhenthemoviefileisprocessed.

YoucanthenprocessanexistingmoviefilelocatedonyourharddiskwiththecurrentPaintActionSequence.Tostarttheprocess,usethe“Process with Paint Action Sequence”menulocatedinthe“Action”mainmenu.

Studio Artist418

Varioussubmenucommandsareassociatedwiththismenuoption.YoucanchoosetoprocessanexistingmoviefiletoaprocessedmovieoutputfilebychoosingtheMovietoMoviemenuoption.Yourinputoptionscanbeamovieorafolderofframeimages.Yououtputoptionscanbeamoviefile,folderofframeimages,orfolderorEPSframes.

Youwillfirstbepromptedtoselectasourcemoviefilewithastandardfiledialog.Choosetheoriginalsourcemoviefileyouwishtoprocess.Youroriginalmoviefilewillnotbemodifiedinanyway.

YouwillthengetadialogthatallowsyoutospecifytheCanvasoroutputmovieframedimensions.Theoutputframedimensionscanbedifferentthantheinputframedimensions.Setthedialogcontrolsappropriatelytospecifytheoutputmovieresolutionyouwanttogenerate.

AfterhittingOKforintheSetCanvasSizedialogbox,youwillbegivenastandardfiledialogtonameyourprocessedoutputmoviefile.

If you hit Cancel at this point, the input source movie will still be processed, but the output frames will not be written to an output file. This is a good way to try out a process before committing it to an output movie file. Press the spacebar to stop the movie processing at anytime.

EachinputframefromyouroriginalsourcemoviefilewillbeusedasasourceimageforthecurrentPaintActionSequence.AfterthecompletePaintActionSequencerunsonaparticularsourceframe,theprocessedCanvasimagewillbewrittenouttoyourgeneratingoutputmoviefile.ThenthenextinputframewillbeloadedandthePaintActionSequencewillrunagainonthisnewframe.ThiswillcontinueuntilalloftheframesinthesourcemoviefilehavebeenprocessedbythepaintActionSequence.

YoucanexamineoreditthecurrentPaintActionSequencebyusingthe‘Windows:

Chapter 12: Movies419

12

Paint Action Sequence”menucommand.Thiswillbediscussedinmoredetailinthenextsection.

Remember,youneedtoloadthesourceframeintothepaintCanvasasapartofyourPaintActionSequenceifyouwanttoperformimageprocessingoperationsonthemoviesourceframesorpaintontopoftheoriginalmoviesourceframe.YoucandothisbysettingtheCanvasBackgroundpopuptoSourceImagewhilerecordingyourPaintActionSequence.

IfperforminganImageOperation,youcouldalsosettheIpSourcetoSourceImageratherthantheCurrentLayer.Doingsomeansthatthesourceimagewillbeusedasinputfortheimageoperationeffectasopposedtothecurrentcanvaslayer.

Studio Artist420

Using Paint Action Sequences for Movie Processing

EachframeofthesourcemoviefilewillbeprocessedbythevariousActionStepsinthecurrentStudioArtistPaintActionSequence.TovieworeditthecurrentPaintActionSequence,usethemenucommand‘Windows: Paint Action Sequence”.ThismenucommandwillbringupapalettethatcontainsthecurrentPaintActionSequence.

ThereareseveralcontrolsatthetopofthePaintActionSequencePalette.ThePlaybuttonplaysbackthedifferentActionstepsrecordedinthePaintActionSequence.YoucanstoptheSequenceplaybackbyusingthespacebarorbymousingdownintheStudioArtistinterface.TheErasebuttonwillerasetheentirecurrentPaintActionSequence.

TheRecordcheckboxturnsonandoffrecordingforthePaintActionSequence.Whenrecordingison,everytimeanActionisinitiatedinStudioArtist,itisrecordedasanewstepinthePaintActionSequence.

ToselectaparticularActionstepinthesequence,mousedownontheActionSequencelistelement.Youcandragaselectedactionsteptoanewlocationinthesequencelistbymousingdownontheactionstepanddraggingittoanewlocation..Youcanusecontrolclickcontextualmenustoplaybackorre-recordindividualselectedpaintactionsteps..

Variousmenucommandsarealsoavailableinthe‘Action: Paint Action Sequence” submenusthatoperateonthecurrentPaintActionSequenceorthecurrentlyselectedActionsequencelistelement.

Chapter 12: Movies421

12

ThePaintActionSequencepalettealsoincludesanintegratedkeyframetimelineassociatedwiththeindividualActionStepsinaPaintActionSequence.

There's a vertical spacer in the center of the palette below the top toolbar you can use to adjust the positioning of the display view of the paseq action step list on the left and the associated keyframe timeline on the right side of the palette. If the timeline s hidden from view move the vertical spacer to the left to bring the timeline into view.

PresstheAnimatebuttontoplaybackaPASeqanimation.YoucanstoptheSequenceplaybackatanytimebyusingthespacebar.ThereisaContinuemenuintheAction:PaintActionSequencessubmenucommandthatwillcontinueanimationsequenceplaybackfromthecurrentframeandcurrentselectedActionstep.

You can run one of the Action : Animate with Paint Action Sequence menu commands if you want to spool your animation to a movie file, or a folder of image or eps files.

Sequentialkeyframingmodeisapowerfulnewtoolthatallowsausertoquicklybuilduptweenpaintanimationfromaseriesoffreedrawnimages.Whencombinedwithintegratedsourcemovieonionskintransparency,itgreatlyenhancestheworkflowformanualrotoscopingorgeneratinghanddrawnanimation.

Pre-builtPaintActionSequencescanbeaccessedbycallingupPaintActionSequence

Studio Artist422

Presets.WheneveranewPaintActionSequencePresetisimportedorchoseninthePresetcontrolpanel,itwilloverwritethecurrentsequenceinthePaintActionWindow.

FormoreinformationonworkingwithPaintActionSequences,readtheUserGuidechapteronActions.

Chapter 12: Movies423

12

Generating a New Movie File With a New Movie Stream

StudioArtistprovidesseveralalternativemethodsforgeneratingnewmoviesorprocessingexistingones.AnalternativetothebatchstylemovieprocessingcommandoptionslocatedunderthemainActionmenuistoworkwithMovieStreams.AMovieStreamcanbethoughtofasanopenquicktimefile.FramescaneitherbewrittenoutmanuallyintoanopenMovieStream,orbyplayingaPASeqanimationframeswillautomaticallybewrittenintotheopenmoviestreamastheyaregenerated.

MovieStreamscanbeconfiguredtoautomaticallywriteframesasyouwork.Thesepreferencesettingsincludetheabilitytoautomaticallywriteframesaftereachaction,aftereachpaseqorhistorystep,orattimedintervalswhileyouaredrawing.

Togenerateanewmoviefilefromscratch,usethemenucommand“File: Stream: New Movie Stream...”toinitiateanewmovieoutputstreamfile.Thismenucommandwillbringupastandardfiledialogthatallowsyoutospecifythenameofthenewmoviestreamanditslocationonyourharddisk.

ThedimensionsoftheoutputmoviewillbethedimensionsofthecurrentCanvas.Theframeratewillbethesettingofthe“Frames per Second”parameter,locatedintheFile : Movie Codec Settingsmenudialog.

Onceyoustartanewmoviestream,youcanwriteoutmovieframesinanumberofdifferentways.Youcaneitherwritenewframestotheopenmoviestreambyhandorrundifferentanimationoperationsthatwillgenerateaseriesofframesandwritethemsequentiallytotheopenmoviefile.Youcancontinuetowriteframestotheopenmoviestreamuntilitisclosedwiththemenucommand“File: Close Stream”.

Studio Artist424

Tomanuallywriteaframetoanopenmoviestream,usethemenucommand“File: Stream: Write Frame”orthehotkeyCmndF.ThismenucommandwilltakethecurrentcontentsoftheCanvasandwriteitoutasoneframeintheopenmoviestream.

YoucanautomaticallywriteoutanewframetoanopenmoviestreamattheconclusionofeachStudioArtistActionbycheckingthemenucommandflag“File: Stream: Flags: Enable Write on Op End”.

YoucanautomaticallywriteoutanewframetoanopenmoviestreamafteraPASeqorHistorySequenceconcludesbycheckingthemenucommandflag“File: Stream: Flags: Enable Write on PASeq Cycle”andthenplayingbackthePASeqorHistorySequence.

Youcanalsospecifyaspecifictimeintervalforframestobeautomaticallywrittenoutasyoudraw.Forexample,youcouldoutputanewframe4timesasecondasyoudraworworkintheCanvas.Todothis,youopenthe“Preferences“dialogandspecifytheappropriateMovieStreamAutoWriteFPSsettinginthepreferencedialog'sMovietab.

WhenyouarefinishedwritingournewframestotheopenMovieStream,youneedtoclosetheactivemoviefilebyusingthe“File: Stream: Close Open Stream”menucommand.AnopenMovieStreamneedstobeclosedbeforeitcanbeopenedandplayedinanotherapplicationlikeMoviePlayer.

Chapter 12: Movies425

12

Generating a New Canvas Movie Layer

LayersinStudioArtist4havetheabilitytobeimagelayersormovielayers.Youcanhavemultiplelayersthatareloadedmovielayers.However,youcancurrentlyonlyplaybackthecurrentmovielayer(asopposedtoplayingbackaviewallcompositedstackofmultiplemovielayers).

Toconvertanexistingcanvaslayertoamovielayer,usethemenucommand“Canvas: Movie Layer: Convert to Movie Layer”.ThismenucommandwillbringupastandardfiledialogthatallowsyoutospecifythenameofthenewCanvasMoviefileanditslocationonyourharddisk.Yourexistingcurrentlayerwillnowbeamovielayer.

ToloadanexistingmovieasanewlayerthatisamovielayeryoucanusetheCanvas: Movie Layer: Open Movie as New Layer.ToopenanewmovielayeryoucanusetheCanvas: Movie Layer: New Movie Layer menu.

AfterthenewCanvasMovieloads,therewillbeasetofCanvasMovietransportbuttonslocatedatthebottomofthelayerpalette

IfyoumakeanewmovielayerthanwhateverwasinthecurrentCanvaswillbethefirstdefaultframeinthemoviefile.InitiallythenewCanvasMoviewillonlycontainoneframe.Youcanoverwritethecontentsofthisframeoraddnewframes.

Tooverwriteanexistingmovieframe,mousedownintheRbuttonintheCanvasmovietransport.WhateverimageisinthecurrentCanvaswilloverwritethecurrentCanvasmovieframe.Toinsertanewframeafterthecurrentmovieframe,hold

Studio Artist426

downthe‘shift’keyandmousedownintheRbuttonintheCanvasmovietransport.WhateverimageisinthecurrentCanvaswillbeinsertedasanewmovieframelocatedafterthecurrentframe.YoucanalsousetheappropriateCanvas:MovieLayermenucommandstorecord,insert,ordeletemovieframes.

Alleditstoacanvasmovielayerareliveandcreatedviaplaylistedits.Youcansaveaflattenedversionoftheloadedmovielayerbyusingthe‘Canvas:MovieLayer:SaveFlattenedCanvasMovieto”menucommand.

Youcanusethe‘Canvas:MovieLayer:ConverttoImageLayer”menucommandtounloadamovielayerandconvertthelayerintoanormalimagelayercontainingthelastdisplayedframeimageinthelayer.

Chapter 12: Movies427

12

Working with Movie Layers in the Canvas

StudioArtistallowsaQuicktimemoviefiletobeloadeddirectlyintotheCanvasviaaMovieLayer.Individualframescanthenbeaccessedforpainting,touchup,imageprocessing,keying,etc.Onceamoviefilehasbeenloadedintothemovielayer,itcanbeplayedorsinglesteppedforwardsandbackwards.

Manipulating a Movie Layer Frame

Ifyouhaveloadedamoviefileintoamovielayer,youcanpaintontopofitorprocessitmanuallyframebyframe.YouneedtousetheRmovietransportbuttontorecordanychangesyoumaketoaframebeforeyoumovetoanewframeortheywillnotberecorded.Youreditsaresavedasyoucreatethemtotheassociatedmoviefile.Thechangesarenondestructive.Thechangedframesareaddedtotheexistingmoviefileandthemovietrackplaylistiseditedaccordingly.

IfyouwanttoinserttheCanvasimageasanewframeratherthanoverwriteanexistingone,youshouldholddowntheshiftkeybeforepressingtheRmovietransportbuttontoinserttheframe.

ThereareanumberofmenucommandsassociatedwiththeloadedCanvasMovie,whichareaccessibleundertheCanvas:MovieLayer:menu.YoucaninsertNframesatagivenlocationorinsertNblankframesinanexistinganimation.

Youcanalsodeleteaframeinthemovieusingtheappropriatemenu.

How Frames are Stored

Edited frames are saved in uncompressed format using the animation codec. This is necessary to avoid potential incompatibilities between different codecs interacting in the same Quicktime file. You can use the “Canvas: Movie Layer: Save Flattened Canvas Movie As...” menu command to save the current Canvas Movie using the

Studio Artist428

default Preference: Movie Compression settings. This will recompress all the frames using the chosen codec and also flatten the resulting new output movie to only include the actual frames used in the movie, eliminating old unused frames associated with the nondestructive original movie edits that are still in the media track.

Chapter 12: Movies429

12

Generating a Moving Bezier Mask

StudioArtisthastheabilitytogenerateaseriesofselectionmasksdirectlyfromthecurrentpathframe.ByusingtheKeyFrameTimeline,theseBeziermaskscanbeanimatedovertime.Thiscouldincludescaling,rotation,andmovementaswellasdeformationorreshaping.

Toconvertthecurrentpathframeintoasetofindividualmaskregions,usethe“Canvas: Selection :Set to: Bezier Frame”menucommand.StudioArtistassumesthateachBezierpathinthepathframeistheoutlineforasingleBezierregion.

IftheabovecommandisrecordedinaPaintActionSequence,thenthecontentsoftheKeyFrameTimelinecanbeusedtospecifyaseriesofanimatingselectionmasks.TosoftentheedgesoftheresultingBezierselectionmasks,usethe“Canvas: Selection :Feather”menucommand.

Studio Artist430

Working with Alpha Channels in Movies

StudioArtisthastheabilitytoworkwithembeddedalphachannelswithinQuickTimemovies.Selectionmasksbasedonthealphachannelassociatedwitheachsourcemovieframecanbegeneratedwhenprocessingmovies.Alphachannelscanalsobegeneratedforeachoutputframefromavarietyofsources.QuickTime’salphagraphicsmodesformovieplaybackarealsosupportedforloadedCanvasmovies.

Working with the Source Movie Embedded Alpha

Togenerateacurrentselectionregionfromamovieframealphachannel,usethe“Canvas: Selection: Set to: Source Alpha Image”menucommand.RecordingthiscommandasanActionstepinaPaintActionSequencewillautomaticallygenerateaselectionregionfromeachindividualmovieframewhenprocessingamoviefilewiththatPaintActionSequence.

TousethecurrentselectionregionasamaskforanyOperation,turntheMaskcheckboxintheOperationToolbar.AnyActionsrecordedinaPaintActionSequencewhilemaskingisonwillusethecurrentselectionregionasamask.YouneedtosetthePaintActionSequenceMaskPlaybackparametertoonifyouwantthemasksettingstoplaybackwhenyouplaybackthePASeq

In addition, embedded alpha channels in movie files can be used as masks for movie compositing. See the section on “Using Movie Brushes to Generate Compositing Effects” for more information.

Chapter 12: Movies431

12

Generating Embedded Alpha in a Processed Output Movie

Anoutputframesalphamaskcanbegeneratedfromanumberofdifferentsources,including: 1.FullOn 2.FullOff 3.CurrentLayeralphachannel 4.Currentsourceframealphachannel 5.Currentregionselection 6.KeyframeBeziermaskviaconversiontoaregionselection 7.CurrentBlankingframe.

PaintstrokealphapaintingisaglobalmenupreferencesettinginStudioArtist4,andisaccessedviatheCanvas:Alpha:PaintSynthAlphaEnablemenuflag.TurningthismenuflagoninsuresthatanypaintingwillpaintinthelayeralphachannelinadditiontotheRGBcolorchannels.Thelayeralphachannelcanthenbeusedasthesourceoftheembeddedalphachannelforthemovieoutput.

Formoviefilesgeneratedfromscratchorbyprocessingexistingfiles,alphachannelgenerationoptionscanbeaccessedinthepreferencesdialogundertheMovietab.

Studio Artist432

Working with Final Cut Pro and iMovie

StudioArtistcanworkwithalargenumberofdifferentmovieeditingprograms,includingApple’sFinalCutProandiMovie.Hereareafewhintstomakeworkingwiththesegreatprogramsalittleeasier.

Toprocesssourcevideofromeitherprogram,youshouldexportthesourcefootageasaQuicktimefile.YoucanthenprocessthesourcefootagewithaPaintActionSequencetogenerateaneffectedprocessedoutputQuicktimemoviefile.ThiseffectedQuicktimemoviefilecanthenbeimportedbackintotheprogramyouareworkingwith.

Apple’siMovieprogramisdesignedtoworkprimarilywithDVorDigitalVideoformatmoviefiles.YoushouldsettheFile:Preferences:MovieCompressionpreferencestooneoftheDVcompressionsettings(likeDVNTSC).Ifyouaregeneratingoutputasamoviestream,alsomakesureyourCanvassizeis720x480pixels,whichisthesizeofaDVvideoframe.

FinalCutProcanimportadditionalmoviecompressionformats.ForhighqualityuncompressedvideooutputwithanembeddedalphachannelyoushouldchoosetheanimationcodecwithMillionsofColors+.MillionsofColors+optionsupportsanembeddedalphachannel,MillionsofColorsdoesn’tsupportembeddedalpha.

Dependingonwhattheembeddedmoviealphachannelhasbeensetto,youmayneedtomakeanadditionalsettinginFinalCut.Iftheembeddedalphachannelisblankorfulloff,thenFinalCutmaydisplaythemoviefileasblackframes.Thisisbecauseitisusingtheblankalphachannelfordisplay,andafulloffalphachannelwillcausethemoviefiletodisplayasblack.YoushouldselecttheappropriatesourcemovieandthenchangetheModifyItemAlphamenutoBlackorNone/Ignore.Makingthischangetoamoviefilewithablackorfulloffalphachannelwillenabletheimageplanetobeseen.

TheprevioussectioninthischapteronAlphaChannelsdiscusseshowtospecifyaspecificembeddedalphachanneloutputoption.

Chapter 12: Movies433

12

Working With Time Particles for Motion Effects

StudioArtist’sPaintSynthesizerhastheabilitytogenerateaseriesofindividualpaintstrokesthathavetemporalcontinuityfromframetoframe.Themechanismtodothisisbasedonthenotionoftimeparticles.

Atimeparticleisgeneratedforeachindividualpaintstrokeinthefirstframeofananimationormovie.Eachtimeparticlekeepstrackofthepathstartlocationofitsassociatedpaintstroke.Eachtimeparticlecanalsohaveitsownmovementbehavior.ThecharacteristicsofeachtimeparticlesmovementoversubsequentframesinamoviesequenceisdeterminedbytheparametersintheTimeParticlecontrolpanelinthePaintSynthesizer.

Inadditiontoapathstartlocation,eachTimeParticlecanalsocontainacompletepaintpathaswell.Thisallowsforanimationeffectsthatstartwithapaintsketchandthenhavethesketchblowapartormorphintoaseriesofdifferentpaintsketchesderivedfromdifferentimagesorsequencedmovieframes.

IfTimeParticlesareactiveinthePaintSynthesizerpatch,thentheyoverridethePathStartgeneratorforpositioningindividualpaintstrokesforallframesafterthefirstframeinageneratedorprocessedmovie.HowmanytimeparticlesaregeneratedinthefirstframeandwheretheyarepositionedareafunctionofthePathStartparameters.

IfTimeParticlesareoff,thenthePathStartparametersarealwaysactiveforeachframe.IfaPaintActionSequenceisplayedmanually(i.e..notapartofagenerationanimationormovieprocess)orActionPaintingisinitiated,thePaintSynthesizerwillalwaysactasifitisgeneratingthefirstframe(i.e..thecurrentPathStartparameterswilldeterminethestartpointsfortheautopaintstrokes).

The Time Particle section of the Paint Synthesizer chapter contains more information how to work with setting up Time Particles in the Paint Synthesizer.

Studio Artist434

Working With Movie Brushes in the Paint Synthesizer

StudioArtist’sPaintSynthesizerhastheabilitytouseaQuickTimemovieasaBrushSourceoraBackgroundTextureThereareseveraldifferentapplicationsformoviebrushes.

Amoviebrushcanbedesignedtoprovidearichsetofindividualtexturesorbrushpatterns.ThesecanbeusedasrawmaterialwithinthePaintSynthesizertocreatedynamicpainttools.Interactivemodulationparameterssuchaspressureortiltcanbeusedtoindexthroughtheindividualmovieframesinrealtimewhiledrawing.

Moviebrushescanbegeneratedautomaticallyfromfoldersordatabasesofstillimages.Thesesetsofimagescanthenbeusedtogenerateinteractivephotomontagepainttoolsandimages.

ThePaintSynthesizeralsosupportsembeddedalphachannelsassociatedwithmoviebrushes.Movieindexingcanalsotrackthetiminginanoutputanimationormoviefileprocessing.Thisapproachtopaintingallowsforcompositingmultipleindividualmoviefilesinothergeneratedorprocessedmovies.

ThenewMoviePixelIndexBackgroundTextureoptioninthePaintSynthesizercanbeusedtocreateamazinghatchinganddrawingeffects.Eachmovieframecanstoreaspecifichatchingpatternassociatedwithrepresentingaspecificluminancevalue.PixelIndexmeansthatthemovieframeindexingforthebackgroundtextureisperformedforeachpixelasopposedtoonceforabackgroundtexturepaintnibblock.

Using Movie Brushes to Generate Compositing Effects

Supposeyouhaveseveralsmallmoviefilesyouwouldliketocombinetogetherwithinalargercompositemoviefile.Moviebrushescanbeusedtodothis.

Chapter 12: Movies435

12

ThePaintSynthesizersupportsembeddedalphachannelsassociatedwithmoviebrushes.ItcanusetheembeddedalphachannelasthePaintFillsourcebrushwhileFillingwiththeindividualmoviebushframeimages.EachcompositingmoviefileisspecifiedasanindividualpaintActioninaPaintActionSequence.Brushframeindexingcanbebasedonthecurrentoutputmovieframe.

Using Movie Brushes to Generate Photo Montage Images

StudioArtistprovidesseveralfeaturesthatcanbeusedtoautomaticallygeneratemoviebrushesfromfoldersordatabasesofindividualstaticimages.ThesedatabasemoviebrushescanthenbeusedtogeneratephotomontageimagesinrealtimebasedonperceptualmappingusingStudioArtist’sembeddedvisualmodeling.

Several Photo Montage movie brush preset examples are provided in the paint Patch Preset category called “3.0 Tutorials”.

Converting a Folder of Images into a Movie File

AutomaticallygeneratingamoviebrushisbasedonprocessingafolderofimageswithaPaintActionSequence.ThefirststepistorecordanappropriatePaintActionSequence.OpenthePaintActionSequencepaletteusingthe“Windows:PaintActionSequence”menucommand.Erasethecurrentsequenceandturnonrecording.

RecordsettingtheCanvasbackgroundtotheSourceImagebydraggingthesourceimagetothecanvas.YoushouldseeanActionstepappearinthePaintActionSequencelisttitled“SetCanvas:SourceImage”.TurnoffPaintActionRecording.

Togenerateamoviebrushfromafolderofimages,usethe‘Action:ProcessWithPaintActionSequence:ImagetoMovie...”menucommand.Astandardfiledialog

Studio Artist436

willappearthatyoucanusetoselectanimagefilefromwithinthefolderyouwishtogenerateamoviebrushfrom.

SelectanimagefileandclickOK.Acanvassizingdialogwillthencomeup.Selectthecanvassizetobethebrushsizeyouwouldlikeforyourmoviebrush.Rememberthatforinteractivepainting,theentiremoviebrushfile(i.e..alloftheindividualframesinthemoviebrush)needstobepre-loadedtomemory,sotryandkeepyourmoviebrushsizesmall.Trysomethinglike64x64asaninitialdefaultsizewhenexperimenting.

Next,asecondstandardfiledialogwillappear.Usethisdialogtonameyouroutputmoviebrushfile.PressOKandStudioArtistwillprocesseachoftheindividualimagefileswithinthesourcefolderandoutputthemassubsequentframesinthemoviebrushfile.

Making a Movie Brush from your Image Folder Movie File

Chooseapaintpatchyouwouldliketoedittouseyourmoviebrush.Asastartingpoint,trythe“Tutorial:MovieBrushStarter”PaintPatchPreset.

SwitchtothePaintSynthesizerBrushSourcecontrolpane.Usethe‘File:PaintSynthesize:NewMovieBrush...”menucommandtoselectanewmoviebrushfile.Astandardfiledialogwillappear.SelectthemoviebrushfileyoujustgeneratedandpressOK.Theindividualframesofthemoviebrushwillpreloadintomemory.

Trypaintingafewstrokeswiththemoviebrushtool.Notehowthepainttoolmovesthroughtheindividualmovieframesasyoudraw.Now,switchtheFrameModpopuptoRGBMapping.TrypaintingafewstrokesandnoticehowStudioArtistautomaticallychoosestheparticularmovieframethatbestrepresentsthesourcecolor.

TheFrameModulationpopupdetermineshowtheindividualframesarechosen.Modulationcanbebasedoninteractivemodulatorssuchaspressureandtilt,oronperceptualmodulatorssuchasluminance,orientation,orcolor.

Chapter 12: Movies437

12

TheIndexpopupchoosestheparticularindexingusedinthemodulationstep.Loadstatusdetermineswhetherthemoviebrushispreloadedintomemoryordrawnfromdisk.Preloadingisbestforinteractivedrawing.Drawingfromdiskisbestforcompositinglargemoviefiles.

Studio Artist438

Recording Your Painting Directly to Video

OneofthecoolestthingsaboutStudioArtistiswatchingitpaintinrealtimetothescreen.Thereareseveraldifferentwaystorecordthislivepaintingprocesstovideo.

OnsomecomputersyoucanoutputtoS-videobymirroringthelivedisplayontheLCDscreentothevideooutput.Therearealsovariousexternalvideooutputinterfacesyoucangetforyourcomputer.Thedetailsvaryaccordingtothecomputermodelandtheioconnectionsavailableonit.

TypicallyyouwouldwanttousethefullscreendisplayoptionavailableinthemainWindowsmenu.Youwouldadjustyourcanvassizetofillyourcomputerscreen,sothatwhenitwasinfullscreendisplaymodethecanvaswouldcompletelyfillthecomputerdisplay.

AnotherapproachistouseStudioArtist'sbuiltinmoviestreamfunctionality.OnceyouhaveopenedamoviestreamyoucanconfigureStudioArtisttooutputaframeaftereachaction,PASeqcycle,GalleryShowcycle,oryoucanlivestreamframesatafixedtimerrate.YoucanusetheFile:Stream:Flagsmenuflagstospecifywhenframesareautomaticallywrittentoanopenmovieorimagestream.

Auto Writing Movie Stream Frames into a Quicktime File

StudioArtistallowsyoutospecifyaspecificautowritetimingforanopenmoviestream.Thisallowsyourrealtimepaintingtobestreamedtoanopenmoviestreamwhileyoupaintorinteractivelywarp.So,ifyouspecifiedanautowriteframetimingof10framespersecond,thenaframewouldbewrittentotheopenmoviestreamevery10thofasecondasyoupaint.

YouspecifymoviestreamautowritetiminginthepreferencesdialogundertheMovietab.OtherStreamsettingsthatspecifywhenframesareautomaticallywrittencanbeaccessedintheFile:Stream:Flagssubmenu.Inorderforthetimerautowrite

Chapter 12: Movies439

12

Studio Artist440

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints

Introduction

ThischapterdetailsanumberofhelpfulStudioArtisthintsandtips.

ThereareanumberofdifferentwaystoapproachStudioArtistinyourwork.Workingatthepresetlevel,youcangetstartedgeneratingartveryquicklywithoutgettingintothedetailsoftheimmenseunderlyingtechnologyandpowerthatexistsonceyoustartexploringtheStudioArtistinterfaceindepth.

Withthetremendouspowertodesignanunlimitedrangeofpaint,imageprocessing,andvideoeffectscomesalearningcurveassociatedwithunderstandingalloftheindividualeditableparametersandoperationsmodesassociatedwiththeprogram.

Asyoustarttoexploretheoverallinterfaceandit'spowerfuleditableparametersindepthyou'llcometoappreciatetheamazingcreativepotentialthatisavailabletoyouinStudioArtist.

Thischapterprovidesanumberofsectionsthatcanhelpjump-startyourdigitalcreativityaswellasprovidesomeinsightintohowtoutilizetheamazingpowerandpotentialthatlieswithinStudioArtist.

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints441

13

Left Brain vs Right Brain Work Strategies

Psychologistsoftendescribecertaintasksasbeingleft-brainorright-braintasks.Whilethisnotionoftwobrainsinoneheadcanbetakentoextremesinthepopularpressornewagephilosophies,thereissomethingtothisnotionworthinvestigatinginyouroverallworkflow.

Thehumanbrainisdividedintotwohemispheres,andeachofthehemispheresisbiasedforperformingcertaintasks.Similarly,youcanoftendivideyourStudioArtistworkflowintotwodifferentareasthatutilizeverydifferentpartsofyourbrain.

Leftbraintasksaredescribedasbeingmorelanguageorientedoranalyticalinnature.Thisisbecausemostofthebrainprocessingassociatedwithlanguageislocatedinareasofthecortexthatarelocatedontheleftsideofthebrain.

Rightbraintasksarenotassociatedwithlanguageandaretypicallymoreintuitiveorholisticaswellasbeingmorevisualinnature.Manybookandstudieshavefocusedonutilizingtherightbrainforimprovingdrawingskills.Thethoughtisthatifyoudrawwithyourleftbrain,theverbalnatureoftheleftbrainprocessinggetsinthewayofproducinganaccuratedrawing.Thisisbecausetheleftbrainisfocusingontheverbaldescriptionofanobjectwhiletherightbrainismorefocusedonwhatitactuallylookslike.

StudioArtistworkflowcanusuallybebrokendownintoworkingongeneratingoreditingnewpainttoolsorgraphiceffectsvsusingthesetoolsinacreativeflowwhileworkingonanartisticproject.Becausethenatureofbuildingtools(leftbrain)vsusingthem(rightbrain)issodifferent,andbecausetheyreallyusedifferentpartsofyourbrain,youshouldconsiderfocusingononeofthetwoasthefocusforaparticularworksession.

Spendsomeworksessionsdevotedtobuildingcustompainttoolsandorganizingyourworkenvironmentbyarrangingpresetsandfavoritesmenus.Later,whenyouareinthe

Studio Artist442

creativeflowofaparticularprojectyoucanfocusonvisualcreativityratherthantoolbuilding.

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints443

13

Designing a Paint Strategy

Beforeyoustarteditinganewpaintpatch,takeamomenttoplanoutapaintstrategytoaidinyourpatchdesign.Apaintpatchiscomposedofaseriesofparametersthatdefinepaths,paintcolorsource,painttextureandbrushcharacteristics.Yourstrategyshouldtakeintoaccounthowtheseparametersinteractaswellastheoverallaestheticpaintlookyouaretryingtoachieve.

Whatareyourgoals?Areyoudesigningapaintthatwillbedrawninrealtimewithaninteractivepen,oronethatwillautodrawwithoutusersupervision.Willyoustartyourdrawingfromafixedcolorbackground?Shouldthepaintbewetordry?Areyouinterestedinapplyingnewpainttothecanvasormodifyingtheexistingcanvasinsomeway.

HowyouanswerthesequestionswilldeterminehowthevastnumberofvariouseditableparametersavailablewithinStudioArtistshouldbeadjusted.Eachparameterneedstobecarefullychosentomatchthespecifiedgoalsofyourpaintstrategy.

Sometimesyoumaywanttobreakaparticularstylisticeffectinto2differentpresetsthatworktogethertocreatetheoveralleffect.Forexample,onepresetmightapplypigmenttothecanvaswhileanotheronesimulatestheeffectofwaterwashingoverthecanvasmixingtheappliedpigmentwiththeexistingcolorsonthecanvas.

Othertimesyourpaintstrategymightbeworkingthroughhowtocombineanumberofexistingpresetstogethertocreateanoverallartisticeffect.Again,theparticularpresetsyouuseandhowyouordertheminusecantotallychangetheoverallfinaleffect.

ThenextsectionwillfocusonhowtouseaPaintActionSequencetocombinetogetherseveraldifferentpainttoolsandorimageortextureprocessingeffectstogenerateanartprocessthatcanbeaccesseslaterwiththetouchofabutton.

Studio Artist444

Designing a Custom Art Process

PaintActionSequencescanbebuilttoimplementcustomartprocessesthatareaccessibleatthetouchofabutton.Anartprocessmaybecomposedofseveraldifferentstepsthatcombinetogethertogenerateafinaleffectorartisticlook.Thesestepsmayemulatetraditionalrealworldtoolsandtechniques,orgeneratetotallynewvisualaesthetics.

Oneexampleofanemulativeartprocessmightbeacustomwatercolorpainteffect.Intherealworld,youmightstartwithatexturedpaperandapplyabackgroundwashwithalargebrush.Thenyoumightfillindetailswithafinerbrush.Detailededgesmightthenbedrawnwithafineblackline.Thisseriesofpaintingstepscouldbethoughtofasawatercolorpaintprocess.

ToemulatethisexamplewatercolorpaintprocesswithinStudioArtist,eachstepmustbebrokendownanddefinedbyaPaintActionorseriesofPaintActionsteps.ThePaintActionSequenceisaneditablelistofalloftheindividualPaintActionsrecordedstepbystep.Theresultingsequencecanbeappliedtoanysourceimage,ormaybetotallyalgorithmicanduniquewitheachapplication.Italldependsonhowthesequenceisdefined.

Intheexampleabove,thetexturedwatercolorpapercouldbesimulatedbydesigningabackgroundtextureinthepaintsynthesizer.Thereareanumberofwaystodothis.

YoucouldadjustthesettingsontheBackground Textureparameterpanetosimulateaparticularpapertexture.Or,tryscanningarealpapertextureandloadthatintotheBackgroundTextureasanimagetexture.Asadifferentapproach,buildaPaintActionthatappliesarandombrushtothecanvaswitharandomscanpattern.YoucouldevenbuildaseriesofimageprocessingstepsthatgenerateatexturedCanvas.ThisCanvascouldthenbeloadedintothecurrentregion,andusedtomodulatethePaint Fill.

Therearealargenumberoffactorypresetsthatcouldbeusedtogenerateablurry

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints445

13

watercolorbackgroundwash.Thebrushsizecouldthenbeadjustedtoprovideasmaller,harderedgebrush.ThePathStartandPathEndparameterscouldbesetsothatautodrawnpathswouldfollowthesourceimageedges.Pathlengthandbrushsizecouldbereducedagainformoredetailrendition.Thepaintsourcecolorcouldbeswitchedtoblackforthefinedetailedgeblacklines.Then,aCanvasSpreadWaterPresetcouldbechosenforafinalwaterwash.

Alloftheseindividualeditingdecisionsandsubsequentpaintactionscouldberecordedasindividualpaintactionstepsintheoverallpaintactionsequence.ThenyoucouldexportthepaintactionsequenceandsaveitinthePASeqpresetfolder.Thenexttimeyourunstudioartist,younewartprocessrecordedasapaintactionsequencewillbeavailableasapresetandcanbeaccessedatthetouchofabutton.

Studio Artist446

Using Evolution to Generate New Paint Patches

Youmaywanttostartgeneratingcustompainttoolsrightawayeventhoughyouhavenorealcluehowthevariouspaintsynthesizersectionsandeditableparametersinteracttocreatethefinalpainttool.Youcanstillgenerateyourowncustompainttoolsintotalignorancebyutilizingcontrolledrandomevolution.

StudioArtistprovidesseveralwaystoevolvenewpaintsynthesizerpatchesfromexistingones.There'saPaintSynthEvolutionhelppagethatcontainsdynamiccommandlinksforevolvingnewpaintpatches.ThisreplacestheoldPaintEvolutioncontrolpanelinpreviousversionsofStudioArtist.

Youcanrandomlygeneratevariationsoffofasinglepaintpatch,aswellasmorphormingletwodifferentpaintpatches.ThenicethingaboutdirectedevolutionisthatyoucangeneratenewpresetsfromexistingoneswithoutanindepthunderstandingofhowthePaintSynthesizerworksinternally.

Morphinglinearlyblendspaintparametersbetweenthe2patchmemories.Becausemorphingblendsparameters,itcanbeusedtogeneratenewvaluesthatdon'texistineitherstartingpatchmemory.Minglecombinesparametersfromeitherofthepatchmemorieswithoutchangingtheindividualvalues.Mingletendstogeneratelessextremeparametersettingsandcorrespondinglylessjunk.Morphingorminglingcaneitherberandomlygenerated,adjustedwithaslider,ormodulatedwithanyinteractivemodulationparameter(likepressureortilt).

Bychoosing2differentpresetsyoufindinterestingandrecordingthemtwopatchmemories(Edit;PaintSynthesizer:PatchMemorymenus),youcanrecordyouownstartingpresetchoicesforpresetevolution.ThenpresstheminglebuttoninthePaintEvolutionhelppageandinstantlycreateyourowncustompresets.Ifyoulikeone,exportittoyourPresetfolder.

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints447

13

Using Layers to Visualize Paint Edits or Mix Paints

Supposeyouwanttoeditapaintpatchandtestoutyoureditswithoutruininganexistingpaintinginprogress.Simplygenerateanewlayer,andthenusethenewlayerasascratchpadforpatchediting.Youcanbuildaseriesofpressuremodulatedpaths,andthenautodrawthepathsinthenewlayertoautomaticallytestoutyourpaintparameteredits.Switchbackandforthbetweenyourscratchpadlayerandyouroriginalartlayerdependingonwhetheryouareeditingapaintpatchordoingactivedrawing.

Youcanalsouseasecondlayerasawaytomixpaintcolorslikeanartistwouldmixcolorswithrealpaint.Trythisoutwithawetpaintpatch.Thedynamicsofthewetpaintandseveraldifferentinitialpaintcolorswillgeneratearichsourceofcolorvariability.TomovetheCanvascolorbacktothecolorsource,usethe‘c’hotkeywhenmousingdownintheCanvas.

Youcansaveaspecificcolorinoneofthecolormemoriesbyoptionclickingthem(clickthemtoplaybackasavedcolor).OryoucansaveasetofdifferentcolorsintheSourceColorPalettebyoptionclickingtheindividualcolorsquaresintheSourceColorPalette.Youcanimportandexportcompletecolorpalettestodisktosaveyoucolorchoicesorbuildcustompalettesfordifferentapplications.

Or,youcantransfertheentireCanvastotheSourcewithamenucommand.Youcanthenselectcolorsfromyourmixedpaintimage,oryoucanusethesettingsinthePaintSourceOffsetcontrolpaneltoloadportionsofthemixedpaintimagedirectlyintothepaintbrushforpaintingwithamixed-painttexture.

Studio Artist448

Simulating Multi-Color Brushing Effects

Traditionalpainterscanachieveremarkablemulti-coloredpaintstrokeeffectsbycombiningmultipledabsofdifferentcoloredpaintfromapalettetoabrushpriortopaintingastrokeonacanvas.Thesekindsofmulti-colorpainteffectscaneasilybeachievedwithinStudioArtistinanumberofdifferentwaysdependingontheparticularaestheticeffectsyouaretryingtogenerate.

YoucaneitherchoosetheparticularcolorsyouwanttomixinanindividualstrokemanuallyoryoucanhaveStudioArtistautomaticallygenerateasecondcolorderivedusingcolortheoryfromthecurrentpaintcolor.Letsassumeyouwanttohaveeachpaintstrokeconsistofa2colorgradient.

OneapproachwouldbetouseacolorgradientbrushloadderivedfromFixedColor1and2asyourpaintfillsetupfillfromsource.Tomanuallychoosethe2colorsforthecolorgradientforthestroke,gototheFixedColorscontrolpanelandsetthe2ColorSourcestoFixed.TheusetheSourceAreaColorPickertoselectyourindividualcolorsandoptionclicktheindividualFixedColormemorybuttonstosetthemtothecolorsofyourchoice.Thendrawyourcolorgradientpaintstroke.

Toautomaticallygeneratethecolorgradientderivedfromyourchosensourcecolor,settheFixedColorColorSourcecontrolstoPaintPathColor.ThesetFixedColor1for0RandomStartColorand0Offset.SetupthecontrolforFixedColor2tocorrespondtothederivedcoloroffsetyoudesireforyourcolorgradient.

AnotherapproachtoautomaticallygeneratingacolorgradientforMultiPendrawingistousetheMultipenNibmodulatorforthePathGradientinthePaintColorModulatecontrolpanel.ChoosetheappropriateGradientEndoptionforthecolorgradienteffectyouareinterestedingenerating.

Thenextsectiondescribesatechniquetodirectlyloadthepaintbrushwithachunkofthesourceimagelikedippingitontoapaintpalette.

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints449

13

Alternative Uses for the Source Image

TheSourceImagecanbeusedinmanydifferentways.Typically,StudioArtistusestheSourceImagethewayanArtistwoulduseamodel,asasourceofvisualabstraction.However,thereareotherwaystoutilizetheSourceImage.

OnealternativeapproachistousetheSourceImageasawaytogenerateapaperormediatexture.Chooseanappropriatetexturedimageasthesource.Youcanthenbuildpaintpatchesthatusethesourceimagetomodulatepaintfill,orinfluenceautodrawingtobringoutthesimulatedpaperormediatexture.

AnotherapproachistousetheSourceImagetogeneratecustombrushimagesonthefly.YoucanusethePaintSourceOffsetTrackingparameterstoliterallypaintwithchunksoftexturefromtheSourceImage.

Youalsohavetheabilitytoimportindividualpaintattributes(likecolor,edges,ororientation)fromdifferentsourceimages.Thisisawaytomixandmatchvisualfeaturesfromseveraldifferentimagesintoauniquehybridsourceimage.

Sourcekeyframesinthelayerswindowcanbeusedtoassociatedifferentsourceimageswithdifferentlayers.Youcanuselayerresizingandrepositioningtobuildacompositecanvasconsistingofdifferentsourceobjectsplacedindifferentpositionswithintheoverallimage.Eachoftheseobjectsintheoverallfinalpaintingcanbepaintedwiththeirownassociatedsourceimages.Sourcealphacouldbeutilizedaswelltomasktheobjectsinthefinalpainting.

ThisapproachissimilartothehistoricalworkofThomasEakinswhoseworkwasprofiledrecentlyintheNewYorkTimes.Eakinswouldworkoffofmultiplephotographstocomposeanoverallimageforafinishedpaintingthatconsistedofpiecesorobjectsfromeachoftheindividualsourcephotosarrangedintoafinalcompositeimage.ThissameapproachcanbeusedinStudioArtistusingmultiplesourceimagestobuildafinalpaintingofascenethatdoesnotexistinreallifebutwhichlookslikeit

Studio Artist450

waspaintedoffofasinglephotograph.

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints451

13

How to Visually Abstract the Source Image

SomeArtistsmayfeellimitedbytheuseofaSourceImage,feelingthatitforcestheirpersonalartontoarepresentationalpaththeymightnothavepersonallychosen.UsingtheSourceImageasasourceofmediatextureisoneapproachtothisissue.However,youcanworkwiththeSourceImageasacreativetoolinit’sownright,subvertingit’srepresentationalfocusforyourownpurposes.

Oneapproachistostartwitharepresentationalsourceimage,andthensubvertitinsomeway,untilitistotallychangedintosomethingnewanddifferent.PaintActions,InteractiveWarps,oraseriesofImageOperationscanbeusedtoradicallychangetheSourceimageintheworkingcanvas.Selectiveinteractivewarpingisagreatwaytoradicallytransformaninitialimageintosomethingverydifferent.

DifferentLayerscanbeusedtocombinetogetherdifferentSourceImagestogenerateamorecomplexcompositeimage.Thisallowsyoutouseindividualobjectsinthedifferentoriginalsourcephotographstobuildupafinalartisticallycomposedcompositesourcethatyoucanthenusetoconstructyourfinalpainting.YoucanuseeachLayersAlphabuffertomaskoutportionsoftheindividualsourceimagesyoudon'twanttoshowthroughinthefinalcompositedimage.

TheCanvascanthenbeloadedintotheSourceimageusingthe“Canvas : Canvas Image to Source Image”menu.TheoldSourceImagewillbereplacedbytheworkingcanvas,andtheStudioArtistintelligentvisualattributeswillberecalculatedfromthenewtransformedSourceImage.

RepeatingthisprocessseveraltimescangenerateaSourceImagethatistotallyuniqueandpersonal,somethingquitedifferentfromtherepresentationalimagethatstartedtheprocess.ThisuniqueSourceImagecanthenbeusedasastartingpointforfurtherStudioArtistpaintactionsorotherOperations.

Studio Artist452

Knowing When to Stop Painting

UsingActioninthePaintSynthesizerisagreatwaytoautomaticallygeneratefinishedpaintingsatthetouchofabutton.However,keepinmindthatjustlikeintherealworld,thekeytoagoodfinalimagemaybeknowingwhentostoppainting.

ManyofthefactoryPresetsareconfiguredtopaintforaverylongtimeiflefttoautopaintontheirown.ThesepatchesweredesignedwiththeideathatyouasanArtistwillbewatchingStudioArtistworkandstopanActionatanappropriateaestheticmoment.

StudioArtistwilltoilawayforevergeneratingunlimitedvisualcomplexityifyouwantitto.Sometimesthisisjustwhatyouwantbutothertimesasmallnumberofpaintstrokesmayprovidejusttheeffectyouwerelookingfor.

Often,thekeytoasuccessfulfinalimagemaybetocombinetogetherseveraldifferentPaintActionsthatworktogethertoachieveadesiredvisualeffect.TrytoputyourselfinthemindsetofanartistworkingwithrealmediaasyouchooseexistingPresetsordesignyourownwhileworking.

Forexample,manypaintingsaregeneratedusingaseriesofdifferentbrushtypesandbrushsizesthatworktogethertocreatethefinaldesiredaestheticeffectinthefinishedpainting.Alargesoftbrushmightbeusedtoroughinthecanvasbackgroundcolors.Asmallerhardbrushmightbeusedtodefineedgedetailafterthebackgroundcolorisroughedin.

YouneedtoemulatethissameapproachwhenworkinginthedigitalrealmbycombiningtogetherPresetsoreditingthemappropriatelytosimulatetheeffectsofmultiplebrushsizesanddifferentarttechniquescombiningtogethertocreateafinalimageandfinishedpieceofart.

Asmentionedpreviously,youcanuseStudioArtist’sPaintActionSequencestorecord

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints453

13

aseriesofPaintActionautopaintingstepsandthenaccessthemlaterasaoneclickautopaintingoperation.

Studio Artist454

Using a Movie to Generate a Series of Still Paintings

StudioArtist’svariousmethodsforgeneratingmovieoutputaregreatforgeneratingautomaticrotoscoping,motionanimationorvideoeffects.However,theyarealsoofuseforconventional2Dartiststhatjustwanttogenerateafinalstaticimageforprintingordisplay.

Thinkofamovieasacollectionofindividualimagesorpaintings.Thevariousmoviegenerationmethodsprovideawaytoauto-generateaseriesofindividualpaintingsasabatchprocess.Aftertheseriesofstillpaintingsisgenerated,anartistcansinglestepthroughtheresultingmovieandsaveindividualframesasstaticimagesthatcouldbeworksofartintheirownright.

MarcelDechamportheFuturistsartmovementareexamplesofartiststhattriedtoconveythesensationofmovementwithinstaticpaintings.Byusingaseriesofmotionframesfromavideosequenceasthesourceforyourfinal2Dpaintingyoucanalsoexploretheseideasinyourwork.

Loadasourcemovieandstartactionpainting.Then,stoptheactionpaintingandadvancethesourcemovietoadifferentframeimage.Thenstartpaintingagain.Repeatthisprocessforseveraldifferentsourceframesasyoubuildupyourfinalstaticpaintedmotionimage.

Or,2DartistsmightwanttotryexploringnewgroundbytakingaseriesofstillpaintingsandusingStudioArtist'smorphingorothervisualprocessingeffectstocreateasinglemovingpaintingthatanimatesbetweenthedifferentoriginalstaticpaintingsintheseries.Thiscouldopenupawholenewcreativeworldforyouaswellasprovideanotheravenuefordisplayingyourworktothepublic.

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints455

13

Using QuickTime Movies to Build Dynamic Brush Masks

StudioArtisthastheabilitytobuilddynamicpaintsourcebrushesbasedonQuickTimemovies.Theindividualframesofamoviecanbeusedtosimulatetheinteractionofabrushwithmedia.Interactivemodulatorslikepenpressureortiltcanbeusedtoindexthroughtheframesofthemoviebrushinrealtimetogenerateadynamicbrushsourcemask.

YoucandesignyourownpaintbrushmoviesbyusingStudioArtist’sMoviegenerationfeatures.Topaintyourownbrushmovie,usethe“File :Stream :New Movie Stream...”menutospecifyadestinationmoviefileonyourharddisk.Then,handpainttheindividualmovieframes.Afteryouaredonewitheachindividualframe,outputittotheactivemoviefileusingthe“File :Stream :Write Frame”menu.Whenyouaredonewiththelastframe,usethe“File :Stream :Close Open Stream”menucommandtofinishoffthemovie.

Typically,you’llwanttopaintonaCanvasthatisalargersizethanthefinalmoviebrushsizesoyouhavemorecontroloverrenderingdetailintheindividualframes.YoucanuseStudioArtist’smovieprocessingcapabilitiestoconverttheinitiallargerdimensionbrushmovietothefinalsmalleranti-aliasedbrushmovie.

ToconvertthesizeofaQuickTimemovie,youneedtogenerateasimplePaintActionSequencethatwillbeappliedframebyframetoprocessthelargerdimensionmovieintoasmallerdimensionfinalbrushmovie. Usethe“Windows : Paint Action Sequence...”menutobringupthePaintActionWindow.ClicktheErasebuttoninthewindowtoeraseanyexistingPaintActionSequencesteps.TurnonrecordingbyclickingtheRecordcheckboxifitisnotturnedonalready.ChangetheCanvas: Default Colormenuto“Source Image”.Youshouldseea“Set Canvas : Source Image”actionstepappearinthePaintActionSequencelist.TurnoffrecordingbyuncheckingtheRecordcheckbox.

Studio Artist456

Now,youarereadytoapplyyoursimplePaintActionSequencetotheinitialbrushmoviebyusingthe“Action :Process With Paint Action Sequence :Movie to Movie...”menu.First,you’llneedtochooseyoursourcemovieusingthefindfiledialog.Then,you’llneedtosettheoutputmovieresolutionwiththeSetCanvasSizedialog.Forthisexample,you’llsettheoutputmoviesizetothefinalsmallercanvasdimensiondesiredforthefinalbrushmovie.Finally,youneedtospecifytheoutputmoviefilenameandlocationonyourharddiskwithanotherstandardfiledialog.

Now,thePaintActionSequenceyoubuiltwillbeappliedframebyframetotheinitialsourcemovie.Thesimplesequenceyouspecifiedgeneratesareducedsize,anti-aliasedoutputmovie.IfyouhadspecifiedamorecomplicatedseriesofPaintActions(forexample,aseriesofimageprocessingoperations),theresultingseriesofactionswouldhavebeenappliedtothesourcemovieframebyframeaswell.

Onceyouhavegeneratedyourcustombrushmovie,youcannowimportitintoanypaintpatchbyusingthe"File : Paint Synthesizer : New Movie Brush"or"New Background Movie Texture"menucommands.Thismenucommandwillbringupafiledialogthatletsyouselectyourcustombrushmovieandloaditintothepaintsynthesizer.

Chapter 13: Helpful Hints457

13

Support for the Advanced Features of Wacom Graphics Tablets

Wacomgraphicstabletshaveseveraladvancedfeaturesincludingintegralerasers,pentilt,toolid,tangentialpressureviatheAirbrushwheel,pentiprotationviathe6DArtpen,andthe4Dmouse.StudioArtistsupportsalloftheseadvancedfeaturesinanumberofinnovativeways.

WacomGraphiretabletsallowforinteractivecontrolviapenpressure.WacomIntuostabletsallowforpentiltandtiltorientationaswellaspressurewhichmakesthemevenmoreexpressivewhenusedwithStudioArtist.UseofanAirbrushor6DArtpentoolwiththeIntuostabletaddsanotherdegreeofinteractivemodulation.

AnyoftheWacominteractivecontrols(pressure,tilt,penorientation,tangentialpressure,pentiprotation,mousewheel,mouseorientation)canbeusedtomodulateoneormorepaintsynthesizerparameterstogenerateexpressiveinteractivepaintspatches.Usingglobalevolutionpaintpatchmorphing,over400individualpaintparameterscanbemodulatedinrealtimeifdesiredforinteractiveexpressionoverload!

PenpressureisusedthroughouttheStudioArtistinterfacetoprovidedynamiccontroloverinteractiveoperationslikeimagewarping,regiondrawingorselection.Pentilt,tiltorientation,andtiprotationarealsoheavilyintegratedintotheoverallinterfacetodefineandrotatepathcurvesorselectionregions.

Intuostabletscanalsosupportasecondinputdevice(anotherpenora4Dmouse)andStudioArtistprovidessupportfor2handedinputforadditionalchannelsofinteractivemodulation.SeetheHinton2-HandedDrawingformoreinformation.

Onceyoustartusinginteractivepenpressure,tilt,andtiltorientationyouwillfindithardtogobacktodrawingwithanormalcomputermouse.TherangeofexpressivecontrolthatisavailableintheStudioArtistpainttoolsthatuseinteractivepenpressureandtiltmakethenormalcomputermouseseemclunkyatbest.

Studio Artist458

Chapter 14: Quick Tips

Introduction

ThischapterdetailsanumberofspecificStudioArtistquicktips.Quicktipsaredesignedtoansweraspecificquestionwithashortexplanation.

Ifyourunintoaproblemorhaveaspecificquestion,youcanlookherefirsttoseeifthereisananswerbeforedivingintotheuserguidechaptersdealingwithspecificpartsoftheinterfaceindepth.

Eachtipstartswithatitleassociatedwithaspecifictopicorquestion.Then,ashortexplanationofthattopicoranswertothequestionisprovided.

Chapter 14: Quick Tips459

14

Changing the Brush Size

Thequickwayistousethebhotkey.Justpressthebhotkey,thenmousedowninthecanvasanddraganinteractivemarchingantslinetospecifythenewmaximumbrushsize,thenmouseup.

Usingoptionbasthehotkeywillalsorescaleanyotherinternalbrushparameterssuchastexturesorrandomizationtomatchthenewbrushsize.

YoualsohavetheoptionofsettingthebrushsizewithaslideroreditfieldinthePaintSynthesizer.ThemaximumbrushsizeisspecifiedintheBrushSourcecontrolpanel.Youcansetthehorizontalandverticaldimensionsofthesourcebrush.

TheactualbrushsizeusedfordrawingisalsoafunctionofthecontrolsontheBrushModulationcontrolpanelinconjunctionwiththemaximumsizespecifiedintheBrushSourcecontrolpanel.TheBrushSizeRangedualsliderspecifiestherangeofpossiblebrushsizesasapercentofthesourcebrushsize.Whenasizemodulatorisspecifiedthebrushsizemodulatesbetweentheminimumrangesizeandthemaximumrangesize.IfnomodulatorisspecifiedthenthebrushistheSourceBrushsize.

Studio Artist460

Erasing the Canvas

There'sanErasebuttonlocatedintheOperationToolbar.Pressingiterasesthecanvastothedefaultcolor.YoucanchangethedefaultcolorusingtheCanvas :Default Color menuflags.TheCanvas :Set to Default ColormenucommandisthesameaspressingtheErasebuttonintheOperationToolbar.

ShiftclickingtheErasebuttonwillperformacompleteerase.ThisincludestheRGBrasterimage,thealphachannel,theBlankingbuffer,andthecurrentbezierPathFrame.TheCanvas :Full ErasemenucommandisthesameasshiftclickingtheErasebutton.

Changing the Eraser Preset

IfyouhaveaWacomtablet,youcanturnthepenoverandusetheerasetiptoerasethecanvas.Theerasertipswitchesthepaintsynthesizersettingstoanerasepatchwhileinuse,andthenswitchesthesettingsbacktowhereyouwereoriginallywhenthepenisturnedoveragaintothenormaldrawingside.Youcanalsousetheehotkeywhendrawingtoswitchtotheeraserifyouareusingamousefordrawing.

Youcanuseanypresetyouwantastheerasepatch.ThesettingsarestoredinthePenErasermemory,whichisaccessedviatheEdit :Paint Synthesizer :Pen Erasermenu.UsetheRecordsubmenutorecordthecurrentpaintsynthesizersettingsintothePenErasermemory.UsethePlaybacksubmenutoplaybackthePenErasersettingsintothepaintsynthesizer.

Chapter 14: Quick Tips461

14

Processing a Movie File

ThequickestwaytoprocessamoviefileistofirstrecordaPaintActionSequencethatcontainsalloftheindividualprocessingorpaintingstepsyouwanttoapplytoeachmovieframe.Or,youcanchooseanexistingPASeqPreset.Then,runtheAction :Process With Paint Action Sequence :Movie to Movie...menucommand.Itbringsupaseriesofdialogsthatletyouchoosethemoviefileyouwanttoprecess,specifythesizeoftheoutputmoviefile,andthenameoftheoutputmoviefile.

StudioArtistwillthenprocesseachframeinthesourcemoviefilewithalloftheindividualstepsinthePaintactionSequence.

Ifyoualreadyhavealoadedsourcemovie,usetheAction :Process with Paint Action Sequence :Source to Movie...menucommand.Thisprocesscommandusesyourexistingsourcemovieandcanvassizeforprocessing,soyouonlyneedtospecifytheoutputmoviefileandprocessingbegins.

ReadtheChapteronMoviesforamoredetailedexplanation,sinceStudioArtisthasextensivemovieprocessingcapabilities.

Selecting a Region

ChoosetheSelectionOperationmodetoselectaregiontouseformaskingorcolorfills.YoucanusetheOperationmainmenutodothis.

Or,youcanalwaysusethe'cmnd6'hotkeycommandtoswitchbackandforthtotheRegionSelectionoperationmode.

Or,youcanusethe'q'hotkeyandmousedownintothecanvastoimmediatelydropintoRegionSelectionmode,doaselection,andthenrevertbacktowhereyouwereintheoverallinterfacewhenyoumouseup.

Studio Artist462

Chapter 14: Quick Tips463

14

Moving or Scrolling the Canvas With a Hand Tool

Usethe'h'hotkeytoscrolltheCanvaswithaHandtoolicon.Pressthe'h'hotkey,thenmousedownintheCanvasanddragscrolltheCanvastoanewscrollpositionwithintheoverallscrollableview.

Masking Painting With the Current Region Selection

UsetheMaskcheckboxintheOperationToolbartoturnonandoffPaintMasking.ThemaskwillbethecurrentregionselectioniftheMaskpopupisactive.Youcanalsousethe'cmndY'hotkeytotogglemaskingonandoff.

Adjusting the Paint Brush Transparency

GotothePaintSynthesizerPaintFillApplycontrolpanel.AnyoftheCompositeoptionsexceptReplacewillhaveablend%slider,whichyoucanusetoadjusttheoverallblendofthecompositing.Thisisessentiallytheequivalentofadjustingpainttransparency,thedifferencebeingthattheeffectcanbuildupbyrepeatedoverdrawing.

YoucanchoosetheTransparentCompositeoptionifyouwanttheabsolutetransparencyandthenadjusttheBlend%controlaccordingly.

ThereisalsoanadditionalTransparency%parameteravailableinversion4'sPaintFillApplycontrolpanel,whichallowsforadjustingtransparencywithoutchangingtheexistingcompositesetting.

Studio Artist464

Navigating the Studio Artist Interface

YoucanusetheOperationmainmenuandtheappropriatesubmenuswithinittoimmediatelynavigatetoanycontrolpanelintheStudioArtistinterface.

Therearealsoanumberofhotkeycommandsspecifiedinthe'Operation:GoTo'submenusthatletyoutogglequicklybackandforthtodifferenteditingareasoftheStudioArtistinterface.Exampleswouldincludecmnd6totogglebackandforthtoregionselection,andcmnd5totogglebackandforthtobezierediting.

Generating Bezier Paths from the Vectorizer Output to Paint Using the Paint Synthesizer

Activatethe'Path:PathLayerRecordOptions:Vectorizer'menuflag.Then,whenyouruntheVectorizerthevectorregionsgeneratedarerecordedinthecurrentbezierpathframe.

Ifyouactivatethe'EraseBeforeAction'menuflag,thentheexistingbezierpathframewillbeerasedbeforetheVectorizerbezieroutputisrecorded.Or,youcouldaddanerasepathlayercommandtoaPASeqbeforetheVectorizerstep.

Changing the Number of Frames in the Timeline

YouchangetheoverallnumberofframesinthePASeqtimelineusingthe#ofkeyframesnumericeditfileinthetoolbaratthetopofthePASeqpalette.

Chapter 14: Quick Tips465

14

Getting Rid of Flicker in Paint Animations

Perceivedflickerorsmoothnessinapaintedanimationorprocessedvideoisdeterminedbythetemporalcontinuityorlackofitfromframetoframe.Temporalcontinuityfromframetoframeleadstoasmoothanimation.Lackoftemporalcontinuityleadstoflickerintheresultinganimation.

Thereareawidevarietyoftechniquesyoucanusetointroducetemporalcontinuityintoyourpaintanimations.Thesimplestapproachistoaddsomeformofoverdrawingontheexistingframeimage.

Youcanalsoprocessormodifytheexistingframeinsomefashionpriortotheoverdrawing.Fadingtheexistingcanvasisprobablythesimplestapproach.Addingfeatheringcangenerateamoreartistictypeoffadeeffect.Warpingormeltingtheexistingcanvasisanotherinterestingapproach.

AllofthesevarioustechniquesforaddingtemporalcontinuitytoapaintanimationcaneasilybeaddedtoyourexistingPaintactionSequence.UsuallythisinvolvesaddinganextrasteportwotothebeginningofthePASeq.

Ifyoualreadyhaveanexistingmoviethatflickersyoucanpostprocessittoreduceflickeraswell.ThesimplestapproachistousetheFixedImageIpOptoaddapercentagemixofthepreviousframetothecurrentframe.Forexample,setthemixto80%withtheSourceRoutingsettoSourceImageifyouwant20%ofthepreviousframetobemixedwiththecurrentframe.

ThiscanberecordedinaPASeqasa1stepPASeqthatyoucanthenusetopostprocessyourflickeringoriginalmovie.

Studio Artist466

Speeding up Paint Stroke Drawing

ThesimplestthingtotryistogotothePathApplicationcontrolpanelinthePaintSynthesizerandincreasetheSpacing%parameter.Thiswillincreasethespacingbetweenindividualpaintnibs,andcandramaticallyspeedupdrawingspeedforagivenpreset.

Ifyourpaintpatchmakesheavyormultipleusageofacomputationalbackgroundtextureformodulation,considerswitchingtoothermodulationsourcesorremovingthatmodulationalltogether.

Someimageprocessingbrushloadalgorithmscanrunslowforlargebrushsizes.Youmightconsiderswitchingtootherfasteralgorithmsettingsifpossible.

Thereisaninitiallagwhenyoufirststartdrawingwithapaintpathassociatewithpre-computingthesourcebrushcache.Thesizeofthesourcebrushcacheisafunctionofthe#ofbrushsizestimesthe#ofbrushorientations.Tryreducingeitherthe#ofsizeand/orthe#ofrotationstospeedthingsup.

IfusingaGeodesicBrushType,trydecreasingtheGeoMaxCountorGeoIterationsparametersettings.

ThevectorrendertechniqueandtheAntiAliasSolidBrushTypecandrawveryquickly,soifyouhaveapresetthatmatchesthepaintlooktheycanachieveconsiderswitchingfromrasterdrawingtovectordrawing.

ThereisaThrottleSpeedparameterintheMiscellaneouscontrolpanelthatcanbeusedtoslowdownStudioArtistdrawingspeed.Thisisusefulforsomelivevisualperformancesituations.Makesurethisparameterissettooffformaximumdrawingspeed.

Chapter 14: Quick Tips467

14

Saving a Preset You Like in a Favorites Memory

Youmaybeattractedtousingcertainpresetsofteninyourwork.Ifso,youcansavetheminyourPresetFavoritesforquickandeasyaccesswhenworking.FavoritescanbeaccessedinthemainPresetpalette,orviathecompactFavoritesPresetToolbar.

YoucandraganddropthecurrentpreseticontotheFavoritesPresetToolbarandthatpresetwillbecopiedintothecurrentFavoritescategory.

Then,ifyouwanttousethatpresetagainyoucanjustclicktheassociatediconintheFavoritesPresetToolbaritisstoredin.

Adding or Changing a Preset Help Message

Youcansaveatexthelpmessageinapresetthatcancontaininformationonhowtouseit.Forexample,manyofthefactorypresetcontainhelpmessagesthatmayspecifyhowaninteractivepenchangesthewayitdraw.

Toreadapreset'shelpmessage,clickonthepresethelpicon,whichisthe?iconinthepresetcontrolpanel.

Toeditanexistingpresethelpmessageortoaddyouown,simplyoptionclickthepresethelpicon.Aneditingdialogwillcomeupthatallowsyoutocustomizeyourownpresethelpmessage.

Studio Artist468

Paint Strokes that Auto Regionize

Sometimesyoumaywantyourpaintstrokestofillinorcrosshatchregionsthatreproducethesourceimageasopposedtodrawingindividualpaintstrokesalloverthecanvas.

ThereareseveralPathStartgeneratorsthatwillauto-regionizethesourceimage.ThesecanbecombinedwiththePathShapeTypecalledPathStartRegionizetoautogeneratepaintstrokesthattrytofillinautomaticallycomputedlocalregionsusingcrosshatchingorotherregionfillpatterns.There'smuchmoreinformationonpathstartregionizationinthePaintSynthesizerchapter.

Quick and Easy Paint Synthesizer Macro Edits

ThereareanumberofdifferentpaintsynthesizermacroeditmenucommandslocatedinthePaint Synth Macro EdithelppageaccessedintheHelppalette.Eachoftheseactivecommandsprovidesawaytoquicklyperformdifferenteditstotheinternalpaintsynthesizerparameterswithouthavingtogetunderthehoodofthepaintsynthesizer.

Generating Flat Cartoon Style Effects

Thereareanumberofdifferentapproachestogeneratingflatcartoonstyleimagesoranimations.TheeasiestapproachistousetheVectorizer,whichcangenerateawiderangeofdifferentflatcartoonlooks.

TheColorSimplify,Simplify,andWatershedRegionizeImageProcessingeffectsalsowillgenerateflatcartoonlooks.YoucanalsousethePaintSynthesizer'sRegionFillasBrushpenmodeandit'svariousparameterstogenerateflatregionpainteffects.

TherearemanyprebuiltfactoryPASeqpresetsavailablethatgenerateawiderangeof

Chapter 14: Quick Tips469

14

differentcartooneffects.

Studio Artist470

Chapter 15: Menu CommandsThischaptercontainsexplanationsforallofthevariousStudioArtistmenucommands.

MostofthechapteroutlinesindetailthevariousStudioArtistmainmenus,asorganizedinthemainmenubaratthetopofthescreen.However,someofthesemainmenucommandsmayalsobeaccessiblethroughcontextualmenusasdetailedbelow.

Contextual Menus

InadditiontothemainprogrammenuslocatedintheMacintoshmenubaratthetopofthescreen,therearealsovariouscontextualmenusaccessiblethroughouttheStudioArtistinterface.PopupcontextualmenusprovidequickaccesstofrequentlyusedmenucommandsassociatedwithaparticularsectionoftheStudioArtistinterface.

LikeallMacintoshcontextualmenus,youaccessthembyholdingdownthecontrolkeyandmousingdowninaparticularinterfacepane.Onlymenucommandsassociatedwiththatparticularinterfacesectionwillcomeupinthepopupcontextualmenu.

YoucanseeifacontextualmenuisavailableinaparticularStudioArtistpanelbyholdingdownthecontrolkeyandmovingthemouseovertothatinterfacepane.Thecursorwillchangetothecontextualmenuindicatorcursorisapopupcontextualmenuisavailableforthatinterfacepane.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands471

15

Main Menus

ThemainStudioArtistmenusareorganizedaccordingtothefollowingcategories:

File Edit Canvas Path Action Operation Windows Help

Eachofthesemainmenucategorieswillbeexplainedinmoredetailinthefollowingsections.

FileMenucommandsassociatedwithallfileaccessarelocatedhere.ThisincludestheSourceImage,Canvas,Movies,allPresetPatchimportandExport,PaintSynthesizerBrushesandTextures,etc.MovieorImageStreamsmenusareaccessedhere.SourceSettingsmenuflagslocatedhere.Printingmenusarealsoaccessedhere.

EditMenucommandsassociatedwitheditingselectedobjectsarelocatedhere.SpecificmenucommandsassociatedwitheditingthePresets,PaintSynthesizer,SourceColorPalettes,andSourceColorGradientsarealsolocatedhere.

CanvasMenucommandsassociatedwiththemaindrawCanvasarelocatedhere.Thisincludesaccesstoresizing,Layer,MovieLayer,Alpha,Selection,Blanking,OnionSkinanddefaultbackgroundcolorcommands.

PathMenucommandsassociatedwithBezierPathsandthecurrentBezierPathFramearelocatedhere.

Studio Artist472

ActionMenucommandsassociatedwithStudioArtist’sActionsandPaintActionSequencesarelocatedhere.ThisincludesthePaintActionSequencewindowandit’sassociatedcommandsaswellastheHistorySequencewindowandit’sassociatedcommands.CommandsassociatedwithPASeqmovieprocessingorbatchprocessingoffoldersofimagesarealsolocatedinthismenuintheProcesssection.CommandsassociatedwithEPSorSVGvectorfilegenerationfromActionCommandsarealsoincludedhere.

OperationTheOperationmenucommandsallowforquickonestepnavigationtoanyoftheStudioArtistcontrolpanesassociatedwithparticularmodalOperations.

WindowsTheWindowsmenucommandsprovideaccessthedifferentStudioArtistpalettesandtoolbars.Youcanalsotogglefullscreenviewonoroff,andaccesstheuserlayoutmemorieswhichcanbeusedtosaveandrestoredifferentworkspaceconfigurations.

HelpTheHelpmenuallowsforquickaccesstoStudioArtist'sonlinehelp.Onlinehelpishtmlbasedandwillcomeupinyourdefaultbrowser.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands473

15

File

ThefollowingmenucommandsareaccessiblefromtheFilemainmenu:

EachoftheseFilemenucommandswillbeexplainedinmoredetailinthefollowingsections.

New Source and Canvas...ThismenucommandallowsyoutochooseanewSourceImageanddefineanewworkingCanvas.YourexistingCanvaswillbedeletedwhenyouexecutethiscommand.Youwillbepromptedtosaveyourexistingworkifyouhaven’talready. The“Canvas”istheimageyouarepainting,editing,manipulating,etc.The“Source”islocatedinthetopleftcornerofthescreen,andisthesourceofthevisualattributesusedbytheprogramforintelligent-assisteddrawing.StudioArtistdoesnotmodifyyourSourceImageinanyway.

Studio Artist474

ChooseyournewSourceImagefromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,anewdialogwillappearthatallowsyoutodefinethedimensionsofyournewCanvasworkarea.TheCanvasdoesnothavetobethesamesizeastheSourceImage.Typically,theCanvasmaybesetlargerthantheSourceImage.

Recent Source and New CanvasThismenucommandallowsyoutoopenanewsourceandcanvasfromapreviousimageyourecentlyopenedinStudioArtist.Yourlast10previouslyopenedsourceimagesareshownassubmenuoptionstochoosefrom.

Open Source…ThismenucommandallowsyoutochooseanewSourceImage.TheSourceImageisthesourceofthevisualattributesusedbytheprogramforintelligent-assisteddrawing.StudioArtistdoesnotmodifyyourSourceImageinanyway.TheworkingCanvaswillnotbechangedinanywaywhenyouopenanewSourceImage.

TheSourceImagecaneitherbeastaticimageoraQuicktimemovie.

Recent SourceThismenucommandallowsyoutoopenanewsourcefromapreviousimageyourecentlyopenedinStudioArtist.Yourlast10previouslyopenedsourceimagesareshownassubmenuoptionstochoosefrom.

Source OptionsProvidesaccesstothefollowingsourcesettingssubmenus:

:Movie Loop Action AdvanceMenuflag.WhencheckedaloadedsourcemovieadvancestothenextframeafteraloopactionorPASeqanimationcycleiscompleted.Whenuncheckedthesourcemoviewillnotframeadvanceattheendoftheloopactioncycle.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands475

15

:Movie Loop PlayMenuflag.Whencheckedaplayingsourcemoviewillendlesslyloopuntiltheuserpressesthestopbuttoninthesourcemovietransportarea(orpressesthespacebar).Whenuncheckedaplayingsourcemoviewillstopwhenitgetstoitsendframe.

:Synch Timeline Frame CountMenuflag.WhencheckedthePASeqtimeline'sframecountisalwaysupdatedtoreflectthesourcemovieframecount.

---:Live Video Capture NowThismenucommandcapturesalivevideoframeasthecurrentsourceimagewhenexecuted.

:Live Video Preview Manual CaptureMenuflag.Whencheckedthesourceimagepreviewisswitchedtolivevideopreview.Thelivevideoinputwillbedisplayedinthesourceareauntilyouclickinthesourcearea,whichcapturesalivevideostillframe.Clickingthesourceareaagainwillstartthelivevideopreviewandmanualcapturecycleover.Turnthemenuflagoffwhenyouwanttostoplivevideopreviewmanualcapture.

:Live Video Loop Action AdvanceMenuflag.WhencheckedalivevideoframeiscapturedtothesourceimageafteraloopactionorPASeqanimationcycleiscompleted.Whenuncheckedthesourceimagewillnotcapturelivevideoattheendoftheloopactioncycle.

---Save Canvas As...

Studio Artist476

ThismenucommandallowsyoutosavethecurrentCanvasimageasanimagefileonyourharddisk.Chooseaname,imageformat,anddesiredlocationforthesavedfileonyourharddiskwiththeStandardFilenavigationdialog.

---Open Session…ThismenucommandallowsyoutoopenaStudioArtistsessionfile.AsessionfileallowsyoutosaveandrestorethestateoftheentireStudioArtistinterface(exceptforthePaintActionSequenceandHistorywindowswhichneedtobesavedbydoingaPaintActionSequenceorHistoryexport).

Save Session As…ThismenucommandallowsyoutosaveaStudioArtistsessionfile.Savingasessionfilesavesthecompletestateofthestudioartistinterfaceincludingalllayers,allkeyframes,thecurrentpaintsynthsettings,etc.TheonlyexceptionisthatthecurrentPaintActionSequenceandHistorySequencearenotcurrentlysavedinasessionfile.Youcansavethemmanuallyusingtheappropriatefileexportcommands.

---StreamStreamsprovideanalternativeapproachtogeneratingmovieorsequencesofimagefilesfromStudioArtist.Onceastreamisopenedyoucanmanuallyoutputindividualframes,oryoucanrunaPASeqanimationcycletooutputacompleteanimationtotheopenstream.

StreamsarealsoawaytogeneratemoviesthatcapturerealtimedrawinginStudioArtist.Thisisdonebysettingtheappropriateauto-writeflags.Youcanspecifyautowritesattheendofprocessingoperations,orbasedonaauto-writetimervaluespecifiedintheMoviepreferences.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands477

15

Thismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithopeningastream,manuallyoutputtingframes,orcontrollingit'sauto-writebehavior:

:New Movie Stream...Thiscommandallowsyoutocreateanewopenmoviestream.Usethiscommandwhenyouwanttogenerateanewmoviefilefromscratch.

Afteryouexecutethiscommand,youcansaveindividualCanvasframestotheopenmoviefile.Or,youcangenerateandsaveframesautomaticallyfromTimelineOperationslikePaintAnimations,Warping,Morphing,orPaintActionSequenceAnimations.

Anewmoviestreampreferenceoptionalsoallowsaframetobeautomaticallywrittenaccordingtoatimeratspecifiedtimeincrementswhileyouinteractivelypaintorwarpthecanvas.

:New Image StreamThiscommandallowsyoutocreateanewopenframeimagestream.Usethiscommandwhenyouwanttogenerateaseriesofnewframeimagefilesfromscratch.ImageStreamsarethesameasMovieStreamswithidenticalfunctionalityinStudioArtistexceptthattheindividualframesinthestreamassavedasseparateimagefilesratherthanasframesinoneQuicktimemoviefile.

Afteryouexecutethiscommand,youcansaveindividualnumberedCanvasframestotheopenimagestream.Or,youcangenerateandsavenumberedframesautomaticallyfromTimelineOperationslikePaintAnimations,Warping,Morphing,orPaintActionSequenceAnimations.

:Close Open Stream

Studio Artist478

Thismenucommandclosesoffanopenmovieorimagestream.Afileassociatedwithamoviestreammustbeclosedbeforeitcanbeopenedinanotherprogram.

---:Write FrameWhenexecutedwritesthecurrentcanvasoutasanewframeintheopenstream.

:Flags :Enable Always AutoWriteMenuflag.Whenturnedonatimerbasedframeauto-writewilloccuruntilthemenuflagisturnedoff.TheautomaticframewritetimingisbasedonthemoviepreferencesMovieStreamAutoWriteFPSsetting.Withthisauto-writeoptionframesaredumpedcontinuouslyallthetime,evenifyouaredoingnothinginStudioArtist.

:Flags :Enable Gated AutoWriteMenuflag.Whenturnedonatimerbasedframeauto-writewilloccuruntilthemenuflagisturnedoff.TheautomaticframewritetimingisbasedonthemoviepreferencesMovieStreamAutoWriteFPSsetting.Withthisauto-writeoptionframesareonlydumpedwhenyouareactivelydoingsomethinginStudioArtist.Whenyouaredoingnothingthegatekicksinandframewritesareinhibiteduntilyoustartdoingsomethingagain.

:Flags :Enable Write on Op EndMenuflag.Whenturnedonaframeiswrittenattheendofanexecutedoperation.

:Flags :Enable Write on PASeq CycleMenuflag.WhenturnedonaframeiswrittenattheendofanexecutedPASeqcycle.

:Flags :Enable on Gallery Show Cycle

Chapter 15: Menu Commands479

15

Menuflag.WhenturnedonaframeiswrittenattheendofanexecutedGalleryShowcycle.

---:Flags :Use Alpha Gen Movie PrefMenuflag.Whenturnedonthestreamwillusethemoviealphagenerationpreferencesettingstoaddanembeddedalphachanneltothestream'sframeoutput.Otherwisethestreamoutputdoesnothaveanembeddedalphachannel.

Movie Codec Settings...Thismenuopensamoviecompressionpreferencesdialog.InityoucansetthedefaultmoviecompressioncodecsettingsandadefaultFPS(framespersecond)timingthatcanbeusedforoutputmovieframetiming(ifyouarenotpassingthroughasourcemoviesframetiming).

--ImportThismenucommandaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithimportingvariousfilecontentsintoStudioArtist:

:Import Paint Preset...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewPaintSynthesizerpresetfromapresetfileonyourharddisk.ApaintpresetisacompletesetofPaintSynthesizerparameters.ChooseyournewPaintpresetfromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theimportedpaintpresetwillbeloadedasthecurrentPaintPreset.

:Import Image Operation Preset..Thismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewimageoperationpresetfilefromyourharddisk.Animageoperationpresetisacompletesetofimageoperationparameters.ChooseyournewimageoperationpresetfromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theimportedpresetwillbeloadedasthecurrentimage

Studio Artist480

operationpreset.

:Import Temporal Image Operation Preset..Thismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewtemporalimageoperationpresetfilefromyourharddisk.Atemporalimageoperationpresetisacompletesetoftemporalimageoperationparameters.ChooseyournewtemporalimageoperationpresetfromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theimportedpresetwillbeloadedasthecurrenttemporalimageoperationpreset.

:Import Texture Synthesizer Preset...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewtexturesynthesizerpresetfromapresetfileonyourharddisk.Atexturesynthesizerpresetisacompletesetoftexturesynthesizerparameters.ChooseyournewtexturesynthesizerpresetfromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theimportedtexturesynthesizerpresetwillbeloadedasthecurrenttexturesynthesizerpreset.

:Import Vectorizer Preset...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewvectorizerpresetfromafileonyourharddisk.Avectorizerpresetisacompletesetofvectorizerparameters.ChooseyournewvectorizerpresetfromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theimportedvectorizerpresetwillbeloadedasthecurrentvectorizerpreset.

:Import MSG Preset...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewMSGpresetfromafileonyourharddisk.AMSGpresetisacompletemodularimageprocessingeffect.ChooseyournewMSGpresetfromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theimportedMSGpresetwillbeloadedasthecurrentMSGpreset.

:Import DualMode Preset...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewdualmodepaintpresetfromafileonyourharddisk.Adualmodepresetisacompletesetofdualmodepaintparameters.ChooseyournewdualmodepresetfromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands481

15

AfteryouclickOK,theimporteddualmodepresetwillbeloadedasthecurrentdualmodepreset.

---:Import Paint Action Sequence Preset...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewPaintActionSequencepresetfromtheharddisk.

:Import History Sequence...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewHistorySequencestoredinaPASeqpresetfromtheharddisk.

---:Import Color Palette...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewSourceColorPalettefromafileonyourharddisk.ChooseyournewColorPalettefromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theimportedcolorswillbethenewSourceColorPalette.

:Import Color Gradient...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoimportanewSourceColorGradientfromafileonyourharddisk.ChooseyournewColorGradientfromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theimportedcolorswillbethenewSourceColorGradient.

---:Import Bezier Path Frame...Thismenucommandallowsyoutochooseanewsetofpathsstoredonyourharddiskinapathfileintothecurrentlayerpathframe.

---:Open New Canvas...

Studio Artist482

ThismenucommandallowsyoutochooseanewStartingImageforyourworkingCanvas.YourexistingCanvaswillbereplacedbytheimportedimagewhenyouexecutethiscommand.ThecurrentSourceImagewillnotbechanged.ThenewworkingCanvaswillberesizedtothedimensionsoftheimportedimage.Youwillbepromptedtosaveyourexistingworkifyouhaven’talready.

You may wish to set the Canvas background to a specific image without changing your existing Canvas size, or losing your other Canvas layers. To do this, first Open a new Source image. Then, drag the source image into the canvas. The new Source Image will be loaded into the existing working Canvas.

:Open Movie as New Canvas Movie...ThismenucommandallowsyoutochooseaQuicktimemoviefileandautomaticallysetupanewworkingCanvaswheretheselectedmoviefileisloadedasaMovieLayer.ThenewworkingCanvaswillberesizedtothedimensionsoftheimportedmovie.Youwillbepromptedtosaveyourexistingworkifyouhaven’talready.

Export

Thismenucommandaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithexportingtoanexternalfile:

:Export Paint Preset...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoexportanewpaintsynthesizerpresettoyourharddisk.Apaintsynthesizerpresetisacompletesetofpaintsynthesizerparameters.ChooseanameandlocationforyournewpaintpresetontheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.ClickingOKwillsavethecurrentpaintsynthesizersettingstotheharddiskasapaintpatchfile.

:Export Image Operation Preset...

Chapter 15: Menu Commands483

15

Thismenucommandallowsyoutoexportanewimageoperationpresettoyourharddisk.Animageoperationpresetisacompletesetofimageoperationparameters.ChooseanameandlocationforyournewimageoperationpresetontheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.ClickingOKwillsavethecurrentimageoperationsettingstotheharddiskasanimageoperationpresetfile.

:Export Temporal Image Operation Preset...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoexportanewtemporalimageoperationpresettoyourharddisk.Atemporalimageoperationpresetisacompletesetoftemporalimageoperationparameters.ChooseanameandlocationforyournewimageoperationpresetontheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.ClickingOKwillsavethecurrenttemporalimageoperationsettingstotheharddiskasatemporalimageoperationpresetfile.

:Export Texture Synthesizer Preset...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoexportanewtexturesynthesizerpresettoyourharddisk.Atexturesynthesizerpresetisacompletesetoftexturesynthesizerparameters.ChooseanameandlocationforyournewtexturesynthesizerpresetontheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.ClickingOKwillsavethecurrenttexturesynthesizersettingstotheharddiskasatexturesynthesizerpresetfile.

Studio Artist484

:Export Vectorizer Preset...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoexportanewvectorizerpresettoyourharddisk.Avectorizerpresetisacompletesetofvectorizerparameters.ChooseanameandlocationforyournewvectorizerpresetontheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.ClickingOKwillsavethecurrentvectorizersettingstotheharddiskasavectorizerpresetfile.

:Export MSG Preset...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoexportanewMSGpresettoyourharddisk.AMSGpresetisacompleteMSGmodularimageprocessingeffectChooseanameandlocationforyournewMSGpresetontheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.ClickingOKwillsavethecurrentMSGpresettodisk.

---:Export DualMode Preset...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoexportanewdualmodepaintpresettoyourharddisk.Adualmodepaintpresetisacompletesetofdualmodepaintparameters.ChooseanameandlocationforyournewVectorizerPatchontheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.ClickingOKwillsavethecurrentdualmodepaintsettingstotheharddiskasadualmodepaintpresetfile.

---:Export Paint Action Sequence Preset..Thismenucommandallowsyoutoexportthecurrentpaintactionsequencetoyourharddiskasapaintactionsequencepresetfile.

:Export History Sequence...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoexportthecurrenthistorysequencetoyourharddisk.Thehistorysequenceisstoredinapaintactionsequencepresetfile.

---

Chapter 15: Menu Commands485

15

:Export Color Palette...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoexportaSourceColorPalettetoafileonyourharddisk.ChooseanameandlocationforyournewColorPalettefileontheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.ClickingOKwillsavethecurrentSourceColorPalettesettingstotheharddiskasafile.

:Export Color Gradient...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoexportaSourceColorGradienttoafileonyourharddisk.ChooseanameandlocationforyournewColorGradientfileontheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.ClickingOKwillsavethecurrentSourceColorGradientsettingstotheharddiskasafile.

---:Export Bezier Path Frame...ThismenucommandallowsyoutoexportthecurrentBezierpathframetoapathfileonyourharddisk.

---:Update Old Preset Factory LibraryThismenucommandtransversestheentirefactorypresetlibrary,importingthepresetfilesandthenexportedinplaceasupdatedversion4presetfiles.AnyoldpresetsthatyouwishtouseonwindowsmachineswithStudioArtist4needtobeupdatedtoversion4presetfiles.

:Update Old Preset Folder...Thispresetbringsupastandardfiledialogthatletsyouselectafolder.Allofthepresetsinthefolderarethenautomaticallyimportedandthenexportedinplaceasupdatedversion4presetfiles.AnyoldpresetsthatyouwishtouseonwindowsmachineswithStudioArtist4needtobeupdatedtoversion4presetfiles.

Studio Artist486

Paint SynthesizerThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithfileaccessforthePaintSynthesizer:

:New Image Brush ...ThismenucommandallowsyoutochooseanewPaintSynthesizerBrushSourceImage.ChooseyournewImageBrushfromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theBrushSourcepopupwillbeswitchedto“Image”andyournewImageBrushwillbeloadedastheactiveSourceBrush.

Exercise common sense and choose a reasonable size Image Brush. Depending on the Brush Modulation settings in the Paint Synthesizer, Studio Artist could be generating hundreds of modified copies of the Image Brush in a memory cache.

:New Movie Brush ...ThismenucommandallowsyoutochooseanewPaintSynthesizerBrushSourceMovie.ChooseyournewMovieBrush(whichisaQuickTimemoviefile)fromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theBrushSourcepopupwillbeswitchedto“Movie”andyournewMovieBrushwillbeloadedastheactiveSourceBrush.

Exercise common sense and choose a reasonable size Movie Brush. Depending on the Brush Modulation settings in the Paint Synthesizer, Studio Artist could be generating hundreds of modified copies of the Movie Brush in a memory cache.

:New Background Image Texture ...ThismenucommandallowsyoutochooseanewPaintSynthesizerBackgroundImageTexture.ChooseyournewImageTexturefromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theBackgroundTexturecontrolpanel's“TextureType”popupwillbeswitchedto“Image”andyournewImageTexturewillbeloadedastheactiveBackgroundImageTexture.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands487

15

:New Background Movie Texture ...ThismenucommandallowsyoutochooseanewPaintSynthesizerBackgroundMovieTexture.ChooseyournewMovieTexturefromtheharddiskwiththeStandardFiledialog.AfteryouclickOK,theBackgroundTexturecontrolpanel's“TextureType”popupwillbeswitchedto“Movie”andyournewMovieTexturewillbeloadedastheactiveBackgroundMovieTexture.

---Page Setup...ThismenucommandbringsupadialogthatallowsyoutochoosePageSetupsettingsforprintingfromStudioArtist.

Print...ThismenucommandbringsupadialogthatallowsyoutoprintthecurrentworkingCanvas.

This print menu prints the raster canvas. You can alternatively use the Action: Generate SVG: Print with Paint Action Sequence menu to directly print from the vector information generated during the SVG generation process.

---ThefollowingmenusarelocatedintheFilemenuwhenrunningStudioArtistonwindowsmachines.OnApplecomputerstheyarerespectivelylocatedintheAppleandStudioArtistmenus.

PreferencesThismenubringsupthemainStudioArtistpreferencesdialog.

---Quit

Studio Artist488

ThismenucommandallowsyoutoquittheStudioArtistapplication.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands489

15

Edit

ThefollowingmenucommandsareaccessiblefromtheEditmainmenu:

Thestandardeditingcommands(Copy,Paste,etc.)arecontextsensitiveandactonindividualobjectsintheinterface.Onespecificareaintheuserinterfacewillbetheactiveinterfaceelementatanygivenmoment.Youcanmousedowninaspecificinterfaceelementtoactivateit.Afteraninterfaceelementismadeactive,thenthemenucommandsassociatedwithitwillbecomeactive.

Forexample,ifyouareeditingatexteditfieldandselectsometext,thestandardeditingcommandswillactonyourselectedtext.IfyouthenselectaBezierpathintheCanvas,thestandardeditingcommandswillswitchtheircontextastheCanvasbecomestheactiveinterfacearea.ThestandardeditingcommandswillthenactonyourselectedBeziercurve.

EachoftheseEditmenucommandswillbeexplainedinmoredetailinthefollowingsections.

UndoThismenucommandallowsyoutoUndoyourlastStudioArtistoperation.

Studio Artist490

Youcansetthenumberoflevelsofundointhegeneraltabofthepreferencesdialog.

YoucanalsouseyourSessionHistorytoimplementaformofunlimitedUndo.TheHistorySequencepalette(accessiblefromtheWindowsmenu)allowsyoutorecord,playbackandedityourentireStudioArtistrecordededitinghistory.

RedoAllowsyoutoredoyourexistinglevelsofundo.

---CutRemovesselectedobjectsfromtheirinterfacelocationandplacesthemintheclipboard.

CopyCopiesselectedobjectsfromtheinterfaceandplacesthemintheclipboard.

PasteCopiesanyobjectsintheclipboardintothecurrentlyactiveinterfacearea.

ClearRemovesselectedobjectsfromtheinterface.

---Source

:Source Color...Thismenubringsupastandardsourcecolorpickerdialogyoucanusethatprovidesmoredetailedoptionsforspecifyingthecurrentsourcecolor.

PaletteThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithmodifyingthe

Chapter 15: Menu Commands491

15

SourceColorPalette:

:Generate from :Source ImageThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPalettethatbestrepresentthecolorsintheSourceImage.

:Generate from :Canvas ImageThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPalettethatbestrepresentthecolorsintheCanvasImage.

:Generate from :Selected Canvas ImageThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPalettethatbestrepresentthecolorsintheselectedareaoftheCanvasImage.

:Generate from :Source GradientThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPalettethatbestrepresentthecolorsintheSourceGradient.

---:Randomize Source Color :Lum SaturationThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPaletterandomlymutatedfromthecurrentSourceColor.Therandomizationwillbebasedonrandomizingtheluminanceandsaturationofthecurrentsourcecolor

:Randomize Source Color :OpponentThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPaletterandomlymutatedfromthecurrentSourceColor.TherandomizationwillbebasedonanopponentcolormixingschemekeyingoffoftheexistingSourceColor.

:Randomize Source Color :TriOpponentThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPaletterandomlymutatedfromthecurrentSourceColor.Therandomizationwillbebasedonantri-

Studio Artist492

opponentcolormixingschemekeyingoffoftheexistingSourceColor.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands493

15

:Randomize Source Color :AnalogousThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPaletterandomlymutatedfromthecurrentSourceColor.TherandomizationwillbebasedonananalogouscolormixingschemekeyingoffoftheexistingSourceColor.

:Randomize Source Color :MidLuminanceThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPaletterandomlymutatedfromthecurrentSourceColor.Therandomizationwillbebasedonanmid-luminancecolormixingschemekeyingoffoftheexistingSourceColor.

:Randomize Source Color :SplitOpponentThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPaletterandomlymutatedfromthecurrentSourceColor.Therandomizationwillbebasedonansplit-opponentcolormixingschemekeyingoffoftheexistingSourceColor.

---:Sort by :Color DistanceThismenucommandallowsyoutorearrangetheexistingColorPalettewithasortbycolordistance.

:Sort by :LuminanceThismenucommandallowsyoutorearrangetheexistingColorPalettewithasortbyluminancevalue.

:Sort by :HueThismenucommandallowsyoutorearrangetheexistingColorPalettewithasortbyhuevalue.

:Sort by :SaturationThismenucommandallowsyoutorearrangetheexistingColorPalettewithasortbysaturationvalue.

Studio Artist494

GradientThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithmodifyingtheSourceColorGradient:

:Generate from :Source Image ThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorGradientthatbestrepresentthecolorsintheSourceImage.

:Generate from :Canvas ImageThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorPalettethatbestrepresentthecolorsintheCanvasImage.

:Generate from :Source Palette ThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorGradientfromthecurrentSourceColorPalette.

---:Generate from :Source Color OpponentThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorGradientfromthecurrentSourceColoranditsOpponentColor.

:Generate from :Source Color TriOpponentThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorGradientfromthecurrentSourceColoranditsTri-OpponentColors.

:Generate from :Source Color AnalogousThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorGradientfromthecurrentSourceColoranditsAnalogousColor.

:Generate from :Color Mem 1-2ThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateanewSourceColorGradientfromtheSourceColorMemories1and2(leftmost).

Chapter 15: Menu Commands495

15

---:Randomize :IndexThismenucommandallowsyoutorandomizetheindexesoftheSourceColorGradient.

---:Sort by :Color DistanceThismenucommandallowsyoutorearrangetheexistingColorGradientindexeswithasortbycolordistance.

:Sort by :LuminanceThismenucommandallowsyoutorearrangetheexistingColorGradientindexeswithasortbyluminancevalue.

:Sort by :HueThismenucommandallowsyoutorearrangetheexistingColorGradientindexeswithasortbyhuevalue.

:Sort by :SaturationThismenucommandallowsyoutorearrangetheexistingColorGradientindexeswithasortbysaturationvalue.

: Sort by :Flip IndexThismenucommandallowsyoutoreversetheindexesoftheSourceColorGradient.

---PresetThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwiththecurrent

Studio Artist496

Preset:

:Update Current Preset IconThiscommandreplacesthecurrentPreseticonimagewiththecurrentvisualcontentsoftheCanvas.UsethiscommandtopersonalizefavoritePreseticonstoanimageofyourchoice.

:Make New Favorites CategoryThiscommandisusedtomakeanewcustompresetFavoritescategory.

:Current Preset Command tag to ClipboardThiscommandautomaticallygeneratesahtmlcommandtagthatloadsthecurrentpresetandplacesthecommandtagtextontheclipboard.Youcanthenswitchtothehtmleditorofyourchoiceandpastethecommandtagintoaurllinkinahtmlhelppageyouareediting.ActivetagscanbeusedinhtmlhelpdisplayedintheStudioArtisthelpbrowsertoruncommandsinStudioArtistwhenpressed.Thegeneratedactivetagwillloadthecurrentpresetwhenpressed.Thisisawaytogeneratecustomhtmlhelppagesforpresetsthatcanincludeanactivelinkthatloadsthepresetwhenpressed.---:Retarget StudioArtist FolderThiscommandallowsyoutoretargetwhereStudioArtistlooksforpresetfiles.ThisallowsforthepossibilityofhavingmultipleStudioArtistfolders.Whenyourunthiscommand,astandardfiledialogcomesupthatletsyouchooseanewtargetStudioArtistfolder.YourtargetStudioArtistfoldershouldcontainthenormalcontentsofthemainStudioArtistfolder(Preset,Brush).

---Paint SynthesizerThismenuallowsaccesstothefollowingsubmenus.

NotethatthesesubmenucommandsprovideaccesstothepaintsynthesizermemorybuttonsavailableinpreviousversionsofStudioArtist.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands497

15

:Pen EraserThesemenucommandsallowyoutorecordorplaybackthecontentsofthecurrentpenerasermemory.

---:Patch Memory 1:Patch Memory 2:Patch Memory 3:Patch Memory 4Thesemenucommandsallowyoutorecordorplaybackthecontentsoftheassociatedpaintpatchparametermemory.

Studio Artist498

---:Fixed Color 1:Fixed Color 2Thesemenucommandsallowyoutorecordorplaybackthecontentsoftheassociatedfixedcolormemory.

---:Path Memory 1:Path Memory 2Thesemenucommandsallowyoutorecordorplaybackthecontentsoftheassociatedpaintpathparametermemory.---:Brush Memory 1:Brush Memory 2Thesemenucommandsallowyoutorecordorplaybackthecontentsoftheassociatedpaintbrushparametermemory.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands499

15

Canvas

ThefollowingmenucommandsareaccessiblefromtheCanvasmainmenu:

EachoftheseCanvasmenucommandswillbeexplainedinmoredetailinthefollowingsections.

Zoom Thismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenusassociatedwithadjustingthecanvasviewmagnification:

:Zoom OutThismenucommandallowsyoutozoomout(ordemagnify)yourviewofthecurrentCanvas.

:Zoom InThismenucommandallowsyoutozoomin(ormagnify)yourviewofthecurrentCanvas.

Studio Artist500

:Zoom Full OutThismenucommandallowsyoutozoomoutallthewayyourviewofthecurrentCanvas.

:Zoom Full InThismenucommandallowsyoutozoominallthewayyourviewofthecurrentCanvas.

:Zoom to FitThismenucommandzoomsthecanvastofullyfittheavailablecanvasspace.

:Zoom to Specify...Thismenucommandbringsupadialogthatletsyouspecifyanarbitrarymagnificationratio.

---Resize Canvas...Thismenucommandbringsupadialogthatallowsyoutore-sizetheCanvastoadifferentsizeandorresolution.

Youcanre-sizetheexistingCanvasimageviaaspecifiedimageinterpolationalgorithmaswellasrerendertheexistingPASeqorHistorySequenceandit’sassociatedpathandpaintsynthesizersettings.PlayingbackthererenderedPASeqorHistorySequencewillre-executeallofyourrecordedoperationsatthenewresolution.ThisisawaytorepaintyournewsizedCanvaswithincreaseddetail.

---LayerThismenuaccessthefollowingsubmenusthatareassociatedwithcanvaslayers:

Chapter 15: Menu Commands501

15

:New LayerThismenucommandcreatesanewlayer.

:Current View as New LayerThismenucommandtakesasnapshotofthecurrentcanvasviewandthenplacesthatsnapshotimageintoanewlayer.

:Flatten All LayersThismenucommandflattensthelayerstackintoasinglelayer.

:Capture View to Current LayerThismenucommandtakesasnapshotofthecurrentcanvasviewandtheninsertsthatsnapshotimageasthecurrentlayer'simagecontent.

:View AllThismenuflagtogglesviewallmodeon(checked)oroff(unchecked).Whenviewallmodeisactive,thentheentirelayerstackiscompositedtogeneratethecanvasview.Whenviewallmodeisoff,thecurrentlayeronlyisdisplayedinthecanvasview.

:Paint Mask Type: Paint:Paint Mask Type: Path:Paint Mask Type: LithoThesemenuflagsallowyoutosetthedefaultmaskingtype.Thecurrentselectionisusedfordeterminingthemasking,butmaskingwillnottakeplaceunlesstheMaskStatusflagisenabled.

Paintmaskingmeansthemaskclipsthepaintbrushnib.Pathmaskingmeansthepaintpathismaskedbutcompletepaintbrushnibsaredrawn.Thiscanleadtoamorenaturallookingmaskedpainting.LithomaskingclipsthepaintbrushnibforthefirstpartofdualfillalgorithmsbutallowstheAlg2nibstobeunmasked.Thiscanbeusedtosimulaterubbinganinkedlithoplate,wherethefirstfillalgorithmlaysdownmasked

Studio Artist502

paintbutthesecondalgorithmthenallowsthemaskedpainttobesmearedorrubbed.

:Mask StatusThismenuflagturnsselectionmaskingonoroff.NotethathowthemaskisusedisdeterminedbythedefaultPaintMaskTypespecifiedabove.

---Movie LayerThismenuaccessthefollowingsubmenusthatareassociatedwithcanvasmovielayers:

:Convert to Movie Layer...Thismenucommandconvertsanexistingcanvaslayerintoamovielayer.Astandardfiledialogisbroughtupthatallowsyoutospecifythenameandlocationofthemoviefilethatwillbeassociatedwiththenewmovielayer.AfteryoupresstheOkbuttonthentheexistingimagelayerwillbeconvertedintoamovielayerandtheexistingcanvasimagewillbethefirstframeofthenewmovieassociatedwiththisnewmovielayer.

:New Movie Layer...Thismenucommandcreatesanewmovielayer.Astandardfiledialogisbroughtupthatallowsyoutospecifythenameandlocationofthemoviefilethatwillbeassociatedwiththenewmovielayer.AfteryoupresstheOkbuttonanewmovielayerwillbeconstructedthatreferencesthenewmoviefileyouspecified.

:Open Movie as New Layer...Thismenucommandallowsyoutoopenanexistingmovieasanewmovielayer.Astandardfiledialogisbroughtupthatallowsyoutoselectanexistingmoviefile.AfterpressingOkthismoviefilewillbeloadedintoanewmovielayer.

Theexistingmoviefilemustbethesamesizeastheexistingcanvasorthenewmovie

Chapter 15: Menu Commands503

15

layerwillnotbegenerated.

:Save Flattened Canvas Movie as...Thismenucommandflattensthecurrentcanvasmovielayer.Flattenmeansthatanewfullycompressedmoviefileisgeneratedusinganyframeeditsthathavebeengeneratedfromrecording,inserting,ordeletingframeswhileworkinginStudioArtist.

:Convert to Image LayerThismenucommandconvertsthecurrentmovielayerintoanimagelayer.Thecurrentframeimageinthemovielayerisusedasthatlayer'scontent.

...:Record to Existing FrameThismenucommandrecordsthecurrentmovielayer'simageintothecurrentframeofit'sassociatedmoviefile.

:Insert as New FrameThismenucommandinsertsthecurrentmovielayer'simageasanewframeinit'sassociatedmoviefile.

:Insert as N New Frames...Thismenucommandinsertsthecurrentmovielayer'simageasNnewframesinit'sassociatedmoviefile..

:Delete Existing FrameThis

...:Settings :Loop PlayThismenuflagspecifieswhethermovielayerswillloopwhenplayed(checked)ornot(unchecked).

Studio Artist504

:Settings :Advance on RecordThismenuflagspecifieswhetheramovielayerwillautoframeadvanceafterrecordingaframe(checked)ornot(unchecked).

---AlphaThismenuaccessthefollowingsubmenusthatareassociatedwithcanvasalphasupport:

:Enable for ViewThismenuflagturnsalphaviewforthecanvasdisplayon(checked)oroff(unchecked).

Chapter 15: Menu Commands505

15

---:Set to :Full OffThismenucommandsetsthecurrentlayeralphachannelfullon(setsitto0).

:Set to :Full OnThismenucommandsetsthecurrentlayeralphachannelfullon(setsitto255).

:Set to :SelectionThismenucommandsetsthecurrentlayeralphachanneltothecurrentselectionimage.

:Set to :Source AlphaThismenucommandturnsthecurrentlayeralphachanneltothealphachannelofthesourceimage.

:Initialize :Full OnThismenuflagsetsthedefaultinitialstateforanewlayer'salphachannelfullon(setsitto255).

:Initialize :Full OffThismenuflagsetsthedefaultinitialstateforanewlayer'salphachannelfulloff(setsitto0).

---:Background :Black:Background :White:Background :GrayThesemenuflagssetsthedefaultsolidcolorbackgroundthatthecanvaslayerssitontopofwhenalphaisenableforview.

...:Paint Synth Alpha Enable

Studio Artist506

Thismenuflagturnspaintsynthesizerdrawingintothecanvaslayer'salphachannelon(checked)oroff(unchecked)

---Blanking

ThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithresettingthecurrentBlankingframe:

:InitializeThismenucommandresetsorerasestheBlankingFrame.

:Set to CanvasThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheBlankingFrametothecontentsofthecurrentCanvas.

:Set to Source EdgesThismenucommandallowsyoutogenerateaBlankingFramefromtheSourceImageEdges.

---Selection

Thismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenusassociatedwiththecurrentregionselection:

:Set to :Full OffThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontofulloff(0).

:Set to :Full OnThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontofullon(255).

Chapter 15: Menu Commands507

15

:Set to :CanvasThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontotheluminanceofthecurrentCanvasLayerimage.

:Set to :Canvas AlphaThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontothealphachannelofthecurrentCanvasLayerImage.

:Set to :SourceThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontothecontentsofthecurrentSourceImage.

:Set to :Source AlphaThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontothealphachannelofthecurrentSourceImage.

:Set to :Regionized SourceThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontoaregionizedcalculationofthecurrentSourceImage.Regionizedselectionsusedifferentgrayscalelevelstorepresentdifferentselectregions.Inthiscase,thedifferentselectionregionswillrepresentdifferentvisualregionsintheSourceImagethatStudioArtistcalculates.

:Set to :BlankingThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontothecontentsofthecurrentBlankingFrame.

:Set to :Bezier FrameThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontotheindividualselectionregionsgeneratedfromtheBezierpathsinthecurrentPathLayer.

:Set to :Selected Bezier

Studio Artist508

ThismenucommandallowsyoutosettheCurrentSelectionRegiontotheindividualselectionregiongeneratedfromthecurrentlyselectedBezierpathinthecurrentPathLayer.

---:Invert ThismenucommandallowsyoutoinverttheCurrentRegionSelection.

:FeatherThismenucommandallowsyoutosmoothorfeathertheCurrentRegionSelection.

:ExpandThismenucommandexpandsorgrowstheCurrentRegionSelection.

:ContractThismenucommandcontractsorshrinkstheCurrentRegionSelection.

:CleanupThismenucommandremovesnoisefromtheCurrentRegionSelection

---Default Color

Thismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenusthatarealldefaultfilloptionsforthecanvas.Runningthemenucommandsspecifywhatthenewdefaultcoloroptionwillbeandthensetthecurrentcanvaslayertothatdefaultfilloption.Onlyoneoftheseoptionscanbecheckedatanygiventime,andtheonethatischeckedmeansitisthecurrentdefaultcoloroption.

:White Thismenucommandsetsthedefaultcoloroptionandthecurrentlayertosolidwhite.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands509

15

:BlackThismenucommandsetsthedefaultcoloroptionandthecurrentlayertosolidwhite.

:Source Color Thismenucommandsetsthedefaultcoloroptionandthecurrentlayertothecurrentsourcecolor.

:Source ImageThismenucommandsetsthedefaultcoloroptionandthecurrentlayertothecurrentsourceimage.

:SelectionThismenucommandsetsthedefaultcoloroptionandthecurrentlayertothecurrentselectionimage.

:Live Video Capture Thismenucommandsetsthedefaultcoloroptionandthecurrentlayertoalivevideoframecapture.

:Source Alpha Thismenucommandsetsthedefaultcoloroptionandthecurrentlayertothesourceimage'salphachannel.

:Layer Alpha Thismenucommandsetsthedefaultcoloroptionandthecurrentlayertothecurrentlayer'salphachannel.

:Source Color Mem 1Thismenucommandsetsthedefaultcoloroptionandthecurrentlayertothecolorinthecurrentsourcecolormemory#1.

Studio Artist510

Set to Default ColorThismenucommandsetsthecurrentcanvaslayertotheexistingdefaultcolorfilloption.

Default InterpolationThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenusthatareoptionsforthedefaultimageinterpolationalgorithmusedthroughoutStudioArtistwheneveranimageneedstoberesized.

:BiCubicThismenuflagspecifiesthatbicubicinterpolationisusedasthedefaultinterpolationalgorithmwhenchecked.

:SupersizerThismenuflagspecifiesthatSupersizerinterpolationisusedasthedefaultinterpolationalgorithmwhenchecked.

EraseThismenucommandperformsafulleraseofthecurrentcanvaslayer.Thismeansthelayerissettothedefaultcolor,thealphachannelissettothealphainitializationdefault,thelayer'sbezierpathframeiserased,andthepaintsynthesizerblankingbufferisinitialized.

...Canvas toThismenuaccessthefollowingsubmenusthatcopythecurrentcanvaslayerimagesomewhere:

:SourceThismenucommandallowsyoutocopythecurrentCanvasintotheSourceImage.

:Clipboard

Chapter 15: Menu Commands511

15

ThismenucommandallowsyoutocopythecurrentCanvasintotheclipboard.Youcouldthenswitchtoanotherprogramthatsupportsanimageclipboardandpastetheimage.

---Onion SkinThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwiththeCanvasOnionSkin:

:Toggle OnionSkinThismenucommandallowsyoutotoggletheonionskinlayeron(checked)andoff(unchecked).Theonionskinlayercandisplayeitherthesourceimageoradjacentmovieframesorthelastmoviestreamframeoranarbitrarystoredimagewithacertainpercentageoftransparency.Theonionskincanbeusedasanaidindrawingstillimagesoranimationframes.Thespecificsettingsforonionskincontentanddisplaytransparencyarelocatedinthemainpreferencesdialog.

...:Manual LoadLoadsthecurrentcanvasintotheonionskinbuffer.

:SourceSwitchestheonionskindisplaymodetoshowthesourceimage

:Canvas MovieSwitchestheonionskindisplaymodetoshowadjacentframesinthecanvasmovie.

:Last StreamSwitchestheonionskindisplaymodetoshowthelastframewrittenintoanopenstream.

:Sequential Key Frame

Studio Artist512

Switchestheonionskindisplaymodetoshowthelastcompletekeyframedrawnwhilesequentialkeyframerecording.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands513

15

Path

ThefollowingmenucommandsareaccessiblefromthePathmainmenu:

EachofthesePathmenucommandswillbeexplainedinmoredetailinthefollowingsections.

Paint PathsThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithpaintingthecurrentpathframe:

:Full LayerThismenucommandrepaintsthecurrentpathframepathsinorderwiththecurrentPaintSynthesizersettings.

:Reverse Full LayerThismenucommandrepaintsthecurrentpathframepathsinreverseorderwiththecurrentPaintSynthesizersettings.

:Selected OnlyThismenucommandrepaintstheselectedpathframepathswiththecurrentPaintSynthesizersettings.

Studio Artist514

---Generate PathsThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithgeneratingnewpaths:

:from Source EdgesThismenucommandexaminesthecurrentSourceImageandgeneratedaseriesofnewpathsthatrepresenttheedgesofthecurrentSourceImage.

:from Source Adjacent EdgesThismenucommandexaminesthecurrentSourceImageandgeneratedaseriesofnewpathsthatrepresenttheadjacentsidesoftheedgesinthecurrentSourceImage.

:from Canvas EdgesThismenucommandexaminesthecurrentCanvasimageandgeneratedaseriesofnewpathsthatrepresenttheedgesofthecurrentCanvasimage.

:from Selection EdgesThismenucommandexaminesthecurrentselectionimageandgeneratedaseriesofnewpathsthatrepresenttheedgesofthecurrentselection.

...:from Source SkeletonThismenucommandexaminesthecurrentsourceimageandgeneratedaseriesofnewpathsthatrepresenttheinternalskeletonofthecurrentsourceimage.

:from Canvas SkeletonThismenucommandexaminesthecurrentcanvasimageandgeneratedaseriesofnewpathsthatrepresenttheinternalskeletonofthecurrentcanvasimage.

:from Selection SkeletonThismenucommandexaminesthecurrentselectionimageandgeneratedaseriesof

Chapter 15: Menu Commands515

15

newpathsthatrepresenttheinternalskeletonofthecurrentselectionimage.

...:from NonWhite Canvas

Thismenucommandexaminesthecurrentcanvaslayerandscanconvertsallblacklinesinthecanvastonewgeneratedpaths.ItisbesttousethiscommandwithahardcontrastBWcanvasimagethatiscomposedofthinblacklinesonawhitebackground.

:from NonWhite Selection

Thismenucommandexaminesthecurrentselectionimageandscanconvertsallblacklinesintheselectiontonewgeneratedpaths.ItisbesttousethiscommandwithahardcontrastBWselectionimagethatiscomposedofthinblacklinesonawhitebackground.

...:Gen OptionThismenuaccessessubmenuflagsthatletyouspecifyadefaultgenerationoptionforthegeneratepathsalgorithms.Currentlyyoucanspecifynormalbehaviorormoredetailedpathgeneration.

...:from Ip OpThismenucommandgeneratespathsfromthecurrentImageOperation.Notethatonlyafewimageoperationscurrentlysupportpathgeneration,sothismenuitemwillonlybeaccessibleifthecurrentimageoperationsupportspathgeneration(likeSketchEdgeforexample).

Studio Artist516

Path Layer CommandsThismenuaccessesthefollowingsubmenucommandsassociatedwithmanipulatingthecurrentpathlayer:

:EraseThismenucommanddeletesallofthepathsinthecurrentpathframe.-

--:ExpandThismenucommandexpandsthecurrentpathframepaths.Apathisexpandedbydrawinganewpatharounditsedgesinacircle.ParametersettingstoadjustthisprocessarelocatedontheBezierEditOperationpane.

:Expand and RemoveThismenucommandexpandsthecurrentpathframepathsandthenremovestheoldpathframepaths.

:Complete ExpandThismenucommandexpandsthecurrentpathframepathsinmultipleiterationsuntilthecompletecanvasiscovered.

---:Connect ClosestThismenucommandconnectstheclosestsetsofneighboringpaths.

:Connect Closest and RemoveThismenucommandconnectstheclosestsetsofneighboringpaths..Theoldpathframepathsarethenremovedfromthepathframebufferleavingjustthenewpathsthatconnectedtheoldremovedoriginalpaths.

:Connect if CloseThismenucommandconnectssetsofneighboringpathsiftheyarecloseandotherwise

Chapter 15: Menu Commands517

15

doesnotconnectthem.

---:SkeletonizeThismenucommandgeneratesnewpathsthatarelocatedatthecenterdistancesbetweentheexistingpathsusingaskeletondistancecalculation.

:Skeletonize and RemoveThismenucommandgeneratesnewpathsthatarelocatedatthecenterdistancesbetweentheexistingpathsusingaskeletondistancecalculation.Theoldpathframepathsarethenremovedfromthepathframebuffer.

---:SimplifyThismenucommandsimplifiesthepathframebysmoothingtheindividualcurves.Theresultingeffectisaformofstylization,andisusefultoconvertautomaticallygeneratedpathsintocurvesthatlookliketheyweredrawnwithafewsmoothcurves.

:Simplify LiteThismenucommandlightlysimplifiesthepathframebysmoothingtheindividualcurves.

:StraightenThismenucommandstraightenstheindividualcurvesinthepathframe.Theresultingeffectisaformofstylizationthatlookslikehanddrawnstraightlines.

:Straighten SubtleThismenucommandsubtlystraightenstheindividualcurvesinthepathframe.Theresultingeffectisaformofstylizationthatlookslikehanddrawnstraightlines.

...:Size Prune

Studio Artist518

Thismenucommandremovessmallpathsfromthepathframe.

:Size Prune1Thismenucommandremoveslargersmallpathsfromthepathframe.

:Size Prune2Thismenucommandremovesevenlargersmallpathsfromthepathframe.

---Convert to Paint SynthesizerThismenucommandaccessesthefollowingpowerfulsubmenucommandsassociatedwithconvertingthecurrentpathlayerorlayerbezierkeyframesintoasinglepaintactionstep:

:as Time ParticlesThismenucommandgeneratesaPaintSynthesizerpatchthatencapsulatesthecurrentBezierpathframeasaseriesoftimeparticlepaintstrokesthatwillrunasasinglepaintactionstep.

:as Autodraw Embedded Bezier FrameThismenucommandgeneratesaPaintSynthesizerpatchthatencapsulatesthecurrentBezierpathframeasaseriesofinternalBeziermemoryPathShapepaintstrokesthatwillrunasasinglepaintactionstep..

:as Repeating PatternThismenucommandgeneratesaPaintSynthesizerpatchthatencapsulatesthecurrentBezierpathframeasarepeatingpathshapepattern.

:Convert PASeq Bezier Context to Embedded AutodrawThismenucommandconvertsallbeziercontextactionstepsinthecurrentpaintactionsequence(PASeq)intoautodrawembeddedpaintactionsteps.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands519

15

:Convert PASeq Source Context to Bezier ContextThismenucommandgeneratesanewBezierContextactionstepinthecurrentpaintactionsequence(PASeq).BeforethathappensthecurrentpaintactionsequenceisrunateachkeyframeassociatedwithaSourceContextactionstep.AfterthePASeqisfinishedrunningatthatkeyframe,theresultingbezierpathframeisusedasthecontentsforthenewBezierContextactionstepatthatframetime.

:Convert MSG Scan to Embedded Bez Path StartThismenucommandrunsthecurrentMSGpresetasaMSGpathstartgeneratorandthengeneratesaPaintSynthesizerpatchthatencapsulatesthoseMSGgeneratedpathstartlocationsasaninternalpathmemorypathstartgenerator.

All of these menu commands edit the current Paint Synthesizer parameters to support the Bezier encapsulation. All of these menu commands will also record as a Paint Action Sequence action step if PASeq recording is turned on when the me nu command is run. The Paint Synthesizer Action Step to playback the path frame as paint strokes is what is recorded in the PASeq, not the path conversion step.

---Path Layer Record OptionsThismenuallowsyoutoaccessdifferentmenuflagsettingsassociatedwithrecordingandplayingbackpaths.Thedifferenteditablesettingsareaccessedviathefollowingsubmenus:

:Pen DrawSettingthisflagspecifiesthatindividualmouseorpendrawnstrokepathswillbeimmediatelyconvertedtoBezierpathsinthecurrentPathLayerwhenthestrokeisfinishedbeingdrawn.

:Action DrawSettingthisflagspecifiesthatindividualautodrawnstrokepathswillbeimmediately

Studio Artist520

convertedtoBezierpathsinthecurrentPathLayerwhenthestrokeisfinishedbeingdrawn.

:VectorizerSettingthisflagspecifiesthatindividualregionsgeneratedwiththeVectorizerarerecordedintothecurrentpathframe.

:Erase Before ActionSettingthisflagspecifiesthatthecurrentpathframeiserasedbeforeanActionstartsoutputtingnewregionpaths.

:Use Recorded Paint ColorSettingthisflagspecifiesthatinitialrecordedpaintstrokecolorsassociatedwitheachpathwillbeusedwhenredrawingtheindividualpaths.Iftheflagisnotset,thenthecurrentsourcecolorwillbeusedwhenredrawingthepaths.

:Split NonContiguousSettingthisflagmeansthatgeneratedpathsthatarenon-contiguousinternally(pathswithholesinthem)arefirstsplitintomultiplecontiguouspathsandeachofthosepathsarethenconvertedtoBezierpaths.ThenormalBezierconversionprocesswouldstoptheconversionatthefirstnon-contiguousboundary.

---Path MemoriesThismenuallowsyoutoaccessdifferentmenuflagsettingsassociatedwithglobalandinternalBezierpathmemories.

:Internal : Playback:Internal : RecordThesemenucommandsallowyoutoplaybackthecontentsoftheinternalpaintsynthesizerbezierpathmemoryintothecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframe.Ortorecord

Chapter 15: Menu Commands521

15

fromthecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframeintotheinternalbezierpathmemory.

:Global1 : Playback:Global1 : Record:Global2 : Playback:Global2 : Record:Global3 : Playback:Global4 : Record:Global5 : Playback:Global5 : RecordThesemenucommandsallowyoutoplaybackthecontentsoftheglobalbezierpathmemories(1,2,3,4)intothecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframe.Ortorecordfromthecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframeintotheglobalbezierpathmemories.

Studio Artist522

Action

ThefollowingmenucommandsareaccessiblefromtheActionmainmenu:

EachoftheseActionmenucommandswillbeexplainedinmoredetailinthefollowingsections.

Do Current ActionThiscommandexecutesthecurrentOperation'sAction.

Run Loop ActionThiscommandexecutesthecurrentOperation'sActionasaloopaction.Aloopactionmeansthatassoonastheactionisfinisheditstartsoveragainandrepeatsindefinitelyuntiltheuserstopsitbypressingthespacebar.

History Sequence

ThismenuallowsyoutoaccessdifferentcommandsassociatedwiththecurrentHistorySequence.Thedifferentcommandsareaccessibleviathefollowingsubmenus:

Chapter 15: Menu Commands523

15

:Play ThismenucommandstartsplaybackofthecurrentHistorySequence.

:Erase ThismenucommanderasestheentirecurrentHistorySequence.

:RecordSettingthisflagspecifieswhetherrecordingisonoroffforthecurrentHistorySequence.

:Copy Replace to PASeq Thismenucommandreplacesthecontentsofthecurrentpaintactionsequencewiththecurrenthistorysequence.

:Copy Replace to PASeq Thismenucommandappendsthecurrenthistorysequenceattheendofthecurrentpaintactionsequence.

---Paint Action SequenceThismenuallowsyoutoaccessdifferentcommandsassociatedwiththecurrentPaintActionSequence.Thedifferentcommandsareaccessibleviathefollowingsubmenus:

:Play ThismenucommandstartsplaybackofthecurrentPaintActionSequence.

:Loop Play Paint Action Sequence ThismenucommandstartsloopplaybackofthecurrentPaintActionSequence.WhentheendofthePASeqisreached,itwillloopandbeginplayingagainfromthebeginning.

---

Studio Artist524

:Activate Paint Action Sequence RecordingSettingthisflagspecifieswhetherrecordingisonoroffforthecurrentPaintActionSequence.

:Record Last Action as Paint Action StepRunningthismenucommandrecordsyourlastexecutedStudioArtistActionasanActionStepinthePASeq.PASeqrecordingdoesnothavetobeactivatedforthiscommandtorecordthestep.

This command is useful if you did something using one of the Studio Artist Actions, like the result and want to save it, but did not have PASeq or History recording turned on when you did the Action. By running this command you can still record what you did after the fact, including any internal randomization parameters so you can play it back later.

---:Erase ThismenucommanderasestheentirecurrentPaintActionSequence.

PASeq TimelineThismenuallowsyou to access the followingcommandsassociatedwith the currentPaintActionSequencetimeline.

:Time Compress/Expand...Thismenucommandbringsupadialogthatletsyouspecifyatimingadjustmentratio.Thepaintactionsequencetimelineisthentimecompressedorexpandedappropriately.

:Delete KeyframesThismenucommanddeletesallexistingpaintactionsequencekeyframesexceptforthoserecordedatframe1.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands525

15

...:Embedded Bezier Frame :Reorder Minimal DistanceThismenucommandreordersalloftheindividualpathindexesintheembeddedbezierframesstoredinpaintactionstepsusingaminimaldistancemetricbetweenkeyframes.Whatthisdoesisreorderstheindividualpathssothattheymovetheshortestdistancewhenkeyframeanimating.Reorderingthepathsusingthisalgorithmgeneratessmootherkeyframeanimationwhenkeyframeanimatingsketchanimation.

:Embedded Bezier Frame :Normalize RecycleThismenucommandnormalizesthepathindexmaximumcountacrossallembeddedbezierframesstoredinpaintactionstepssothatallkeyframesinaparticularPASeqstephavethesamenumberofpaths.Existingpathsinakeyframeareduplicatedasnecessarytonormalizethepathcount.

:Embedded Bezier Frame :Normalize SplitThismenucommandnormalizesthepathindexmaximumcountacrossallembeddedbezierframesstoredinpaintactionstepssothatallkeyframesinaparticularPASeqstephavethesamenumberofpaths.Existingpathsinakeyframearesplitinhalfasnecessarytonormalizethepathcount.

...:Record Context :SourceThismenucommandrecordsasourcecontextactionsteptothecurrentpaintactionsequence.Thecurrentsourceimageisusedforthesourcereferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedsourcecontextactionstep.

:Record Context :BezierThismenucommandrecordsabeziercontextactionsteptothecurrentpaintactionsequence.Thecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframeisusedforthebezierreferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedbeziercontextactionstep.

:Record Context :Content

Studio Artist526

Thismenucommandrecordsacontentcontextactionsteptothecurrentpaintactionsequence.Thecurrentsourceimageisusedforthecontentreferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedcontentcontextactionstep.

:Record Context :Bezier+ContentThismenucommandrecordsabezier+contentcontextactionsteptothecurrentpaintactionsequence.Thecurrentsourceimageisusedforthecontentreferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedbezier+contentcontextactionstep.Thecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframeisusedforthebezierreferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedbezier+contentcontextactionstep.

:Record Context :MorphThismenucommandrecordsamorphcontextactionsteptothecurrentpaintactionsequence.Thecurrentsourceimageisusedfortheimagereferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedmorphcontextactionstep.Thecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframeisusedforthebezierreferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedmorphcontextactionstep.

:Record Context :WarpThismenucommandrecordsawarpcontextactionsteptothecurrentpaintactionsequence.Thecurrentsourceimageisusedfortheimagereferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedwarpcontextactionstep.Thecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframeisusedforthebezierreferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedwarpcontextactionstep.

:Record Context :FilterThismenucommandrecordsawarpcontextactionsteptothecurrentpaintactionsequence.Thefiltersourceimageisusedfortheimagereferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedfiltercontextactionstep.Thecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframeisusedforthebezierreferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedfiltercontextactionstep.

:Record Context :Inv Warp

Chapter 15: Menu Commands527

15

Thismenucommandrecordsaninversewarpcontextactionsteptothecurrentpaintactionsequence.Thecurrentsourceimageisusedfortheimagereferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedinversewarpcontextactionstep.Thecurrentlayer'sbezierpathframeisusedforthebezierreferencerecordedatframe1inthegeneratedinversewarpcontextactionstep.

:Record Context :Multiple Keys :Source...:Record Context :Multiple Keys :Content...:Record Context :Multiple Keys :Morph...Thesemenucommandsallowsyoutorecordanewsource,contentormorphcontextwithmultiplekeyframes.Runningthemenucommandbringsupastandardfiledialog.YoucanselectasourceimageandthenpressOktoadditasanewkeyframe.AslongasyoucontinuetopressOkyoucanselectnewsourceimagesthatwillbeaddedasnewadjacentkeyframes.Whenyouarefinishedselectingsourcekeyframespressthecancelbutton.

---Process Movie With Paint Action SequenceThiscommandprocessesasourceQuickTimemovielocatedonyourharddiskwiththecurrentPaintActionSequenceframebyframe.ThefollowingsubmenusspecifytheoutputformatfortheprocessedQuickTimemovie:

:Movie to Movie...ThiscommandprocessesasourceQuickTimemovielocatedonyourharddiskwiththecurrentPaintActionSequenceframebyframe,generatinganewprocessedQuickTimemovie.Thesizeorresolutionoftheprocessedoutputmoviecanbedifferentfromtheoriginalsourcemovie.Thesourcemoviefileisnotchangedoreditedinanyway.

Thiscommandisexecutedinthreesteps.First,youwillbepromptedwithastandardfiledialogtochooseasourcemoviefile.AfteryouclickOK,adialogwillcomeup

Studio Artist528

thatallowsyoutospecifytheoutputmoviesize.Thesizeoftheoutputmoviecanbedifferentthanthesourcemovie.AfteryouclickOK,youwillbepromptedbyafinalstandardfiledialogtonameyouroutputmoviefileandspecifyit’slocationonyourharddisk.WhenyouclickOK,themovieprocessingwillbegin.

You can stop the movie processing at any time by hitting the spacebar or by mousing down in the Studio Artist interface. If you click Cancel in the final standard file dialog, the processing will still take place, but will not be written to an output movie file. This is a useful way to preview your processing sequence in the Canvas prior to final execution into an output movie file on your hard disk.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands529

15

:Movie to Image...ThiscommandprocessesasourceQuickTimemovielocatedonyourharddiskwiththecurrentPaintActionSequenceframebyframe,generatingaseriesofoutputimagefilesforeachprocessedframe.Thesizeorresolutionoftheprocessedoutputimagescanbedifferentfromtheoriginalsourcemovie.Thesourcemoviefileisnotchangedoreditedinanyway.

Thiscommandisexecutedinthreesteps.First,youwillbepromptedwithastandardfiledialogtochooseasourcemoviefile.AfteryouclickOK,adialogwillcomeupthatallowsyoutospecifytheoutputimagesize.Thesizeoftheoutputimagecanbedifferentthanthesourcemovie.AfteryouclickOK,youwillbepromptedbyafinalstandardfiledialogtonameyouroutputimagefileandspecifyit’slocationonyourharddisk.WhenyouclickOK,themovieprocessingwillbegin.Eachprocessedimagefilewillbesequentiallynumberedusingyourspecifiedoutputfilenameasarootstring.

You can stop the movie processing at any time by hitting the spacebar or by mousing down in the Studio Artist interface. If you click Cancel in the final standard file dialog, the processing will still take place, but will not be written to an output image files. This is a useful way to preview your processing sequence in the Canvas prior to final execution into output image files on your hard disk.

:Movie to EPS...ThiscommandprocessesasourceQuickTimemovielocatedonyourharddiskwiththecurrentPaintActionSequenceframebyframe,generatingaseriesofoutputEPSvectorfilesforeachprocessedframe.ThesizeorresolutionoftheprocessedoutputEPSframescanbedifferentfromtheoriginalsourcemovie.Thesourcemoviefileisnotchangedoreditedinanyway.

IndividualPaintActionstepsthatcurrentlysupportEPSoutputincludeanythingthatusesthePaintSynthesizer,RegionSelectionFills,ortheVectorizer.

Studio Artist530

Thiscommandisexecutedinthreesteps.First,youwillbepromptedwithastandardfiledialogtochooseasourcemoviefile.AfteryouclickOK,adialogwillcomeupthatallowsyoutospecifytheoutputEPSframesize.ThesizeoftheoutputEPSframecanbedifferentthanthesourcemovie.AfteryouclickOK,youwillbepromptedbyafinalstandardfiledialogtonameyouroutputEPSfileandspecifyit’slocationonyourharddisk.WhenyouclickOK,themovieprocessingwillbegin.EachprocessedEPSfilewillbesequentiallynumberedusingyourspecifiedoutputfilenameasarootstring.

You can stop the movie processing at any time by hitting the spacebar or by mousing down in the Studio Artist interface. If you click Cancel in the final standard file dialog, the processing will still take place, but will not be written to an output image files. This is a useful way to preview your processing sequence in the Canvas prior to final execution into output image files on your hard disk.

:Image to Movie...:Image to Image...:Image to EPS...

ThesecommandsprocessesafolderofimagefileslocatedonyourharddiskwiththecurrentPaintActionSequenceimagebyimage.ThesubmenudestinationshavethesamefunctionalityastheonesdetailedintheprevioussectiononProcessingaMovieWithaPASeq.Theonlydifferentisthatafolderofframeimagesisusedasthesourceoftheindividualframesforthemovieprocessing.

These commands are also useful for batch processing groups of different images or a cd-rom of stock photos with a PASeq aesthetic effect.

Batch ProcessThismenuaccessthefollowingsubmenusthatallowforPASeqbatchprocessingoptions:

Chapter 15: Menu Commands531

15

:with Paint Action Sequence...Thiscommandallowstheusertoprocessafolderofimagesand/ormoviefileswiththecurrentpaintactionsequenceintoa2ndoutputfolderforthePASeqrenderedimagesormoviefiles.

:with Folder of Paint Action Sequences...ThiscommandallowstheusertochooseafolderofPaintActionSequencesandprocessasecondfolderofimagesand/ormoviefileswitheachPASeqinthePASeqfolderintoa3rdoutputfolderforthePASeqrenderedimagesormoviefiles.

...Generate EPSThismenuaccessessubmenusthatgeneratevectorEPSoutputfilesfromaStudioArtistAction.ThefollowingsubmenusspecifytheparticularactionusedtogeneratetheEPSfile:

:with Vectorizer...ThiscommandrunstheVectorizerActionandoutputsthegeneratedBezierRegionstoanEPSfileaswellastothecurrentcanvas.

:with Paint Action Sequence...ThiscommandrunsthePASeqActionandoutputsthegeneratedBezierinformationfromstepsinthePASeqtoanEPSfileaswellastothecurrentcanvas.

IndividualPaintActionstepsthatcurrentlysupportEPSoutputincludeanythingthatusesthePaintSynthesizer,solidcolorDefaultColorFills,ortheVectorizer.

You should be aware that postscript EPS files do not support the wide range of organic paint and textural effects that can be generated using Studio Artist's Paint Synthesizer and Image Processing functionality. Studio Artist EPS output will have a flat color look to the individual regions or regionized paint strokes.

Studio Artist532

You should edit your paint patches accordingly so what you see displayed on the screen in raster paint matches what you will get in the eps output. Paint Synthesizer macro edits are provided to allow you to make these editing changes to any presets quickly.

Generate SVGThismenuaccessessubmenusthatgeneratevectorSVGoutputfilesfromaStudioArtistAction.ThefollowingsubmenusspecifytheparticularactionusedtogeneratetheSVGfile:

:with Vectorizer...ThiscommandrunstheVectorizerActionandoutputsthegeneratedBezierRegionstoanSVGfileaswellastothecurrentcanvas.

:with Paint Action Sequence...ThiscommandrunsthePASeqActionandoutputsthegeneratedBezierinformationfromstepsinthePASeqtoanSVGfileaswellastothecurrentcanvas.

:Print with Paint Action Sequence...ThiscommandallowsyoutoprintdirectlyfromthegeneratedSVGvectors.ThenormalFile:PrintfunctionalityprintsfromtherasterframebufferassociatewiththeStudioArtistlayersandview.PrintingdirectlywiththegeneratedSVGvectorsusingthiscangeneratebetterqualityhighresolutionprints.ThemacstandardprintdialogalsoallowsforthecreationofPDFfiles(bottomleft),sothisisawaytocreateavectorPDFfilefromthegeneratedSVGvectors.

BeawarethatonlyStudioArtistactionsthatusevectordrawingcangenerateSVGvector.Thisincludesthevectorizer,paintsynthesizerpresetsthatusetheAnti-AliasSolidBrushTypeortheVectormainRenderTechnique,andsolidcolordefaultcolorfills.

...

Chapter 15: Menu Commands533

15

Run Gallery ShowThismenucommandstartsthegalleryshowfeature.Galleryshowwillcontinuetorununtilyoupressthespacebartostopit.Therearegalleryshowpreferencesthatyoucansetthatdeterminewhatgalleryshowwilldowhenrunning.

Studio Artist534

Operation

ThefollowingmenucommandsareaccessiblefromtheOperationmainmenu:

TheOperationmenusprovidequickonestepaccesstothevariousmodalOperationsandtheirassociatedparametersubpanes.Thismenucanbeusedasanalternativetonavigatingthehierarchalparameterpanesviatheirpopupcontrols.

EachoftheseOperationmenucommandswillbeexplainedinmoredetailinthefollowingsections.

FlipThissubmenusassociatedwiththismenuprovidesconvenientquicknavigationbackandforthbetweendifferentStudioArtistfloatingpalettewindowsaswellascertainmainOperationmodesusedcommonlyintypicalworksuchasBezierEditingorRegionSelection.AllGoTomenusareassociatedwithcmndkeysforquickcmndkeynavigationwhileworking.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands535

15

--PresetsThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualparameterpanesassociatedwithStudioArtist’sPresets.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualPresetaccesspanes.

---Image OperationThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualparameterpanesassociatedwithStudioArtist’sImageOperations.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualImageOperationcontrolpanes.

Temporal Image OperationThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualparameterpanesassociatedwithStudioArtist’sImageOperations.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualImageOperationcontrolpanes.

Texture SynthesizerThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualparameterpanesassociatedwiththeTextureSynthesizer.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualTextureSynthesizercontrolpanes.

VectorizerThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualparameterpanesassociatedwithVectorizer.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualVectorizercontrolpanes.

MSGThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualparameterpaneassociatedwiththeMSGOperationmodeUserAdjustments.

...

Studio Artist536

Paint Synthesizer ClassicThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualparameterpanesassociatedwiththePaintSynthesizer.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualPaintSynthesizercontrolpanes.

DualMode PaintThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualparameterpanesassociatedwiththeDualModePaintoperation.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualDualModePaintcontrolpanes.

---WarpThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualselectionmodesassociatedwithInteractiveWarping.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualInteractiveWarpmethods.

AdjustThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualselectionmodesassociatedwithInteractiveAdjustments.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualInteractiveAdjustmentmethods.

---SelectionThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheindividualselectionmodesassociatedwithRegionSelection.ThereisasubmenuforeachoftheindividualRegionSelectionmethods.

BezierThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstotheBezierDrawandEditcontrolpanesandOperationmode.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands537

15

---Paint Action SequenceThismenuprovidesquicknavigationaccesstothePaintActionSequencecontrolpanesandOperationmode.

Studio Artist538

Windows

ThefollowingmenucommandsareaccessiblefromtheWindowsmainmenu:

TheWindowsmenucommandsprovideaccessthedifferentStudioArtistpalettesandtoolbars.Youcanalsotogglefullscreenviewonoroff,andaccesstheuserlayoutmemorieswhichcanbeusedtosaveandrestoredifferentworkspaceconfigurations.

Chapter 15: Menu Commands539

15

Studio Artist540

Chapter 16: Technical Questions

StudioArtistisapowerfulcreativetoolwithanextremeamountofuserconfigurability.Allofthiscreativepowercomesatthecostofacertainamountofcomplexityunderthehood.Inaddition,theextensiveandopenendededitingcapabilitiesgiveauserthechancetopaintthemselvesinacornerbyspecifyinglogicallyinconsistentpaintpatches. Thischapterprovidessomeanswerstocommontechnicalquestions.BeforeyouemailTechnicalSupport,youshouldcheckthischaptertoseeiftheanswertoyourquestionishere.Also,youcanusetheStudioArtistUserForumavailableviastudioartist.ning.comtoaskquestionsandgetanswersfromexpertusersaswellasSynthetik.

IfyoudoneedtocontactTechnicalSupport,pleaseincludeasmuchinformationaspossibletohelpusdiagnoseandfixyourproblem.Keepinmindthetroubleshootingmantraslistedbelow.

Troubleshooting Your Problem

Istheproblemabugoristheresomethingyoudon’tunderstand?

Istheproblemrepeatable?

Traceyoursignalflow.

Ifyougetanerrormessage,writeitdownandincludeitinyouremail.

IfyouarerunningOSXandyoucrash,pleaseincludethecrashreportinyouremailstous.Theinformationinthecrashreporthelpsusdiagnoseandcorrectanyproblemsyou

Chapter 16: Technical Questions541

16

mayruninto.

Studio Artist542

Things to Keep in Mind

ThefollowingareafewtipstokeepinmindwhenyouuseStudioArtist.

Large Source Images

StudioArtistisuniquefromothergraphicsprogramsinthatithastheconceptofasourceandcanvasimage.TheSourceandCanvasdimensionsorresolutionscanbedifferent.Thesourcewasoriginallyconceivedtobeusedlikeanartistusesamodel,asasourceofvisualabstraction.StudioArtistdoesnotmodifythesourceimageinanyway.However,itdoescurrentlyloadthecompletesourceimageintoram.WorkingwithlargesourceimageswillreducetheamountofmemoryavailablefortheCanvasanditsassociatedworkingbuffers.

Formanyapplications(especiallythoseinvolvingpainting),alowresolutionsourceimagemaybemorethanadequate.StudioArtist’spaintalgorithmswillbegeneratingdetailatthecompleteCanvasresolutionevenwhenworkingwithalowresolutionsourceimage.Thisisadifferentmetaphorthanotherimageprocessingprogramswhereyouwouldtypicallychooseasourceimagescannedatprintresolution.

Ifyouhavehighresolutionsourceimages,considergeneratinglowresolutionversionsofthemforuseassourceimageswhenpaintinginStudioArtist.Thiswillfreeupmoreramspaceforyourhigherresolutionworkingpaintcanvasandmakeyouroverallpaintsessionmoreresponsive.

StudioArtistversionspriortoversion3hadahardlimitationof4000x4000pixelsforit’sCanvassize.ThislimitationwasremovedstartingwithStudioArtistversion3.TheonlyCanvassizerestrictionistheamountofvirtualmemoryswapspaceondiskthattheMacintoshOperatingSystemsupportsandtheamountoffreephysicaldiskspaceyouactuallyhaveavailableforvirtualmemorytouse.

OS-Xversionspriorto10.3hadalimitof2gigvirtualmemoryswapspaceperprocess.

Chapter 16: Technical Questions543

16

Thishascurrentlybeenexpandedto8gigunderPanther.ThisisanoperatingsystemvirtualmemorylimitationasopposedtoalimitationexistingwithinStudioArtist.

Studio Artist544

Image Open and Save Operations

StudioArtistprimarilyusesApple’sQuicktimeimageimportandexportcomponentstoreadandwriteimagefilestoandfromdisk.IftheQuicktimeimageimport/exportcomponentsaremissingordamagedinanyway,thiscanaffecttheabilityoftheprogramtoreadandwriteimagefiles.

Movie Frame Writing to a Disk File

StudioArtistusesApple’sQuicktimeinternalapi'sforwritingindividualmovieframestoamoviefile.Wesupportalloftheavailableimagecompressioncodecsyouhaveinstalledonyourcomputer.

Somecompressioncodecs(Avidcodecforexample)willonlyworkwithspecificframepixeldimensions.Ifyourunintoproblemsassociatedwiththeuseofaparticularcompressioncodec,tryswitchingtoanotherandseeifyoucanpinpointiftheproblemisassociatedwithaparticularcodec.

AnotherthingtobeawareofisthatwhenyouupgradeyouroperatingsystemorQuicktimeversion,yourexistingStudioArtistmoviecompressionpreferencesmaybecomeinvalid.ThiscouldcauseproblemswhenyoutrytowriteamovieframewhenprocessingamoviefilewithinStudioArtist,orwhenwritingtoanopenMovieStream.

Ifyourunintoacrashproblemwhenwritingamovieframe,tryopeningyourmoviecompressionpreferences,locatedinthe'File:MovieCodecSettings'dialog.Changeallofthesettingsinthemoviecompressionpreferencesdialog.Evenifyouchangethemandthenchangethembacktotheiroldsettings.ThenquitStudioArtistandthenrestartStudioArtist.Thisshouldfixtheproblemforyou.

Chapter 16: Technical Questions545

16

Common Problems

The application launches but never starts up properly.

Youmayhavetrashedyourpreferenceorsettingsfiles.Ifthepreferenceorsettingsfilesaredamaged,theprogrammayhavetroublestartingasitwilltrytoreadthedamagedfileandmayrespondinappropriately.

Under OS-X:OS-Xsupportstheconceptofmultipleusersonthesamemachine.Individualuserpreferencesarelocatedinaparticularuser'spersonalfolder.GototheUsersfolder.Inthereshouldbeafolderwithyourspecificusername.InthatfoldershouldbeafoldercalledLibrary.InthereshouldbeafoldercalledPreferences.

Tofixaproblemwithdamagedpreferencefiles,gototheSystemFolderPreferencesfolderandremovethefilenamedcom.synthetik.StudioArtist4.

The application takes forever to launch and there are no presets.

TheStudioArtistapplicationneedstobeinthesameStudioArtistfolderasthePresetandBrushfolders.Ifthesespecialpresetfoldersarenotphysicallynexttoapplicationfileinthesamefolder,theapplicationwillbeunabletofinditsassociatedfactorypresetsandbrushfiles.

A common error is that someone makes an application alias and then drags the actual application file to their desktop rather than the alias. Always keep the physical Studio Artist application in the Studio Artist folder next to the preset folder.

Studio Artist546

I keep getting assert error messages when running the program.

Youareprobablyrunningoutofworkingmemory.Aspecificsymptomforthisparticularproblemisanerrormessagethatincludesthedescription“(data!=nil)”.

StudioArtistOSXusesvirtualmemoryinadditiontophysicalram.VirtualmemoryexpandstheamountofphysicalmemoryanapplicationcanworkwithbeyondwhatisavailableinRAMbyswappingblocksofmemorybackandforthfromyourharddisktoRAM.

If you are running Studio Artist OSX and you get error messages associated with running out of memory it means you are running out of either physical swap space for virtual memory on your hard disk or you have exceeded the OS limitations for virtual memory swap space. Prior to OSX 10.3 this was a 2 gig virtual memory limitation. Starting with the OSX10.4 release this limitation was increased to 4 gig.

ReducingthesourceimageandcanvassizewillreducetheamountofmemoryStudioArtistuses.YoualsohavetheoptionofworkingwithasmallerSourceimagewhilekeepingtheCanvassizethesameifyouareusingalargesourceimage.Typically,youcanuseasmallsourceimagewhenpaintingintoamuchlargercanvassizeStudioArtistwillanalyzethesmallsourceimageandgeneratepaintdetailatthehigherresolutioncanvasdimensions.

I installed a new Wacom tablet driver and now the application doesn’t launch.

Didyoude-installtheoldWacomdriverormanuallyremovetheoldWacomControlPanel,Extensions,andPreferences.WehavefoundincompatibilitiesbetweenWacompreferencefilesanddifferenttabletsortabletdrivers.RemovingtheoldWacompreferencefilesfixestheproblem.

Chapter 16: Technical Questions547

16

YoucanalwaysgototheWacomwebsitewww.wacom.comtodownloadthemostrecentversionsoftheWacomtabletdriversoftware.

The program doesn't seem to be drawing.

ThekeytoaproblemofthisnatureistologicallyworkthroughyourcurrentStudioArtistinterfacesettingsandcurrentPaintPatchparametersettingstodeterminewhydrawingisn'ttakingplace.Orperhapsdrawingistakingplacebutyoujustaren'tseeingit.

For example, you may have Layer Alpha view On, but have Paint Synth Alpha Enable turned off. If this was the case, your paint strokes would not be drawing into the layer alpha channel, so you would not see the rgb channels draw when alpha view was turned on.

Anotherpotentialproblemcouldbespecifyingapaintpatchthatislogicallyinconsistent.Thereareanumberofpossiblewaystodothis.Herearesomescenariostowatchoutfor.

Check to make sure you don't have a region mask specified as a part of the paint patch. If you do, it will only draw or image process within the mask region (i.e.. the white part).

Check the Paint Fill Setup parameter pane. Make sure you don't have the Paint Fill settings Fill From and Fill To both set to Canvas Image. If you do, this will just repaint the Canvas Image back onto itself.

Check to make sure the maximum brush size (located in the Brush Modulation parameter pane) isn't set to 0 or very low. If the brush size is pressure modulated and you are using a mouse, make sure the Autodraw Pressure Range (located in the Miscellaneous parameter pane) isn't set to 0.

Studio Artist548

Check the Paint Fill parameters. For example, if you have a black background and you are using a Composite setting of Min, then nothing will draw because the black background is as minimum as it can get. Same thing for a white background and a Composite setting of Max.

Check your Path Start and Path End parameters carefully. You may have set them up in a way that is prohibiting you from drawing. For example, if the canvas is all black and you have the Path Start control panel configured to only start paths in white areas, you will never get a new path when autodrawing.

Ifyourunintosituationswheredrawingdoesnotseemtobeoccurring,hereareaseriesofstepsyoucantrytodebugwhatisgoingon.

First, are you in an Operation mode that supports drawing? For example, Paint Synthesizer does support drawing, but Image Processing does not.

Second, try working with the Layer window composite settings to see if you have something set up there that is blocking you from seeing the layer drawing if in View All mode. Third, try a different preset to see if the problem is internal to the editable parameters in a particular preset. If that is the case, you can then try to work through the various control panels to debug the problem.

I reset the background but nothing changed?I reset the background to white but i still see a black canvas?

Checktomakesureyoudon'thavealphaviewenabled.Ifyoudo,thenthecanvasbackgroundwillbethedefaultbackgroundcoloryouhavespecifiedintheLayerPreferencesdialoguntilyoupaintwithalphadrawingenabledoryoumanuallyresetthealphachannelwithoneofthe'Canvas:Alpha:Setto'tomenucommands.

Chapter 16: Technical Questions549

16

Youcanalwayssetthealphaviewpopuptooffinthelayerswindowtoseewhatisreallyinthelayerwithoutitbeingmaskedbythelayer'salphachannel.

Studio Artist550

Why don't I have any Presets? Why does the application take forever to boot?

Theapplicationneedstoliveonyourharddisknexttothe'Preset'and'Brush'folders.

Itdoesn'tknowhowtofindthepresetsunlessthesefoldersareinthesamefolderastheapplication.Itwillspendalongtimesearchingforthemonyourentireharddiskiftheyaren'tthere.Thenwhentheapplicationdoesfullylaunch,therewillnotbeanypreseticonstochoosefrom.

AlwayskeeptheStudioArtistapplicationintheStudioArtistfoldernexttothefactoryPresetfolders!

While you can run Studio Artist directly off of the cd-rom, it will run much slower if you do so. You should follow the install procedure and drag the Studio Artist folder with all of its contents to your hard disk and run the application from there.

Why can’t I open an image file?

StudioArtistlooksfortheimagefiletypeid.Ifthatisnotset,thenitlooksattheextensionofthefile.Forexample,ajpegfilewithoutajpegfiletypeneedstobenamedmyImage.jpgormyImage.jpeginorderforStudioArtisttoknowitisajpegfile.

ManydigitalcameraacquisitionprogramsunderOS-XdonotproperlywriteouttheMacintoshfiletypeid.Ifthisisthecase,thenyouneedtomakesureyouprovidetheproperfileextensiontotheimagenames,ortheywillcomeupgrayedoutintheOpenfindfiledialog.

Filetypeidsarenotsupportedonwindows,sousingproperfileextensionsareessentialwhenworkingonwindows.

Chapter 16: Technical Questions551

16

Why am I running out of memory after running the program for a long time?

HistorySequencerecordingmaybeturnedonandyouareunawareofthis.Thehistorysequencedoesnotspooltodiskwiththisversion.Thismeansthatyourhistorysequencewillgrowovertimeasyoudothingswiththeprogram,takingupmoreandmorememory.Ifyouareworkingclosetothememoryedge,youwilleventuallyrunout.

AnotherpotentialmemoryissuetobeawareofarethePath:PathLayerRecordOptionmenuflags.IfyouhavethePathLayerRecordOptionPenDraw,ActionDraw,orVectorizermenuflagsset,theneachtimeyouperformtheassociatedactiontheinternalpathsgeneratedbytheactionareconvertedtoBezierpathsandaddedtotheexistinglayer'sBezierpathframe.

TheexistingcontentsoftheBezierpathframewillnotbeerasedunlesstheEraseBeforeActionmenuflagisturnedon.BeawarethatifthismenuflagisnotsettheneverytimeyouperformtheassociatedactionyouareaddingmoreandmoreBezierpathstotheBezierpathframe,andthiswilluseupmoreandmorememory.

I’m processing a movie file with a Paint Action Sequence and the output movie file is all white?How do I get the individual movie frames to appear in the Canvas when processing a movie file?

SomeofthefactorypaintactionsequencesweredesignedtoprocesstheexistingCanvaswithaseriesofvisualeffects.Theseeffectsmaynotchangethevisualappearanceofawhitecanvas.

StudioArtistusestheActionstepscriptstoredinaPaintActionSequenceveryliterally.InordertoloadthecurrentmovieframeintotheCanvaswhenthescriptisrun,there